User Manual

For Multi-Player System: Novo Multi-Table Roulette FV680 FS695 FS696 FS681 FS690 FS773 Terminal Novo Unity Server Game Server 8 Player Configuration Roulette Bowl Animation Display

45M002P1UK-03

Novo Unity Server Version: 1.0.8.0 or higher

NO BILLS INSERT BILLS

08 2006

Wiener Strasse 158 A-2352 Gumpoldskirchen Austria Europe Tel.: +43-2252-606 www.austrian-gaming.com e-mail: support@novomatic.com

Austrian Gaming Industries GmbH

GENERAL INFORMATION

All technical information contained in this manual has been developed and compiled with great care and has been reproduced taking advantage of advanced controlling mechanisms. The manufacturer reserves the right to make changes to this manual at any time. AUSTRIAN GAMING INDUSTRIES GmbH gives no guarantee and accepts no legal responsibility (neither as a liability nor in any other way) for any errors and consequences that may arise from incorrect statements or incorrect use. The author welcomes any notifications of errors or ambiguities. The product names used in this manual may be registered trademarks and / or brands of the relevant companies belonging to the Novomatic Group. All rights reserved. Any form of reproduction (printing, photocopying or other means) of any part of this manual, and any processing, multiplying and distributing by the use of electronic systems shall be prohibited unless AUSTRIAN GAMING INDUSTRIES GmbH has given written consent. This manual is a part of the device and must be passed on together with the device to any new owner or holder of the device. It must be kept for the whole useful life of the device and must be accessible to technical staff at all times. The instructions contained in this manual must be strictly observed. This manual was created in accordance with the European norm EN 62079:2001 and is valid for Novo Multi-Table Roulette Novo Unity Server Version: 1.0.8.0 or higher until a newer version is released. The version number of the User Manual is indicated as the identification number on the inner page margin. For identification of the device refer to the ID plate attached on either side of the device. The plate also contains the necessary official approval symbol (CE, CSA).
45M002P1UK-03

Space for official approval symbol

Illustr. 0.1 ID plate

Copyright AUSTRIAN GAMING INDUSTRIES GmbH NOVOMATIC GROUP OF COMPANIES Wiener Strasse 158 2352 Gumpoldskirchen, Austria, Europe Internet: www.austrian-gaming.com Technical Support Page 2 Tel.: +43 2252 606-285 Fax: +43 2252 607-001 E-Mail: support@novomatic.com
08 2006 AGI GmbH

GENERAL INFORMATION

About this Manual

This Manual is intended to be a permanent source of reference for the user. The individual sections contain important information on: Handling Operation Service Repairs This Manual is divided into nine sections. Each part explains specific aspects relating to the operation of the system.

Part I

Introduction

General information of the machine. General information of individual components and elements. Dimensions of the installation. General information on the game. Comprehensive instructions for game play. Explains the software, the accounting as well as the configuration and initialisation options of the terminal. Explains the software, the accounting as well as the configuration and initialisation options of the Novo Unity Server. Explains the software of the Game Server. Contains a description of the possible error messages and handling. Describes the maintenance work for all component parts of the installation. Describes the individual component parts of the installation. Certificate of conformity for the various machine types.

Part II Part III Part IV

45M002P1UK-03

System Information Gaming Instructions Game Manager

Part V

Novo Unity Server

Part VI Part VII

Game Server Error Handling

Part VIII

Maintenance

Part IX Annex A

Hardware ECCertificate of Conformity List of Illustrations Novo CAM

Annex B Annex C

Contains illustrations used in the manual. Describes the Novo Camera Analysing Module.

INFORMATION
Please note that this manual may contain sections which do not relate to the installation as actually delivered to you and which therefore may not be relevant.

08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page 3

GENERAL INFORMATION

Table of Contents
Part I I.1 I.2 I.3 I.4 I.5 I.6 I.7 I.8 I.9 I.10 I.11 I.12 I.13 I.14 I.15 Part II II.1 II.2 II.3 II.4 II.5 II.6 II.7 II.8 II.9 Part III III.1 Part IV IV.1 IV.2 IV.3 IV.4 IV.5 IV.6 IV.7 IV.8 Part V V.1 V.2 V.3 V.3.1 V.3.2 Page 4 Introduction Dimensions of the Terminals Dimensions of the 8 Player Configuration - FS681 Dimensions of the Roulette Bowl (Airwheel) - FS690 Dimensions of the Novo Unity Server - FS695PC and of the Game Server - FS696PC Dimensions of the Game Server - FS696PC Dimensions of the Dealer Board Dimensions of the Animation Display - FS773 Dimensions of the Camera TMC-6700/TMC-6760 Description of Components - Terminals Description of Components - 8 Player Configuration (FS681) Description of Components - Roulette Bowl / Airwheel (FS690) Description of Components - Novo Unity Server (FS695PC) Description of Components - Game Server (FS696PC) Description of Components Novo Unity and Game Server (FS695PC) in Combination Description of Components - Animation Display (FS773) System Information Inspection (damage in transport) Installation Instructions Power Up Safety Precautions Cash System Mechanical Meters Doors Novo Unity Network Configuration Gaming Instructions Gaming Instructions for Novo Multi-Table Roulette Game Manager (Terminal) Audit Menu Remote Reset Data Service Finances Printer Shutdown Game Previous Games Novo Unity Server General Information Novo Unity Server Multi Game Installed Game Novo Multi-Table Roulette 15 19 20 21 22 22 23 24 25 27 28 29 30 32 34

37 37 37 38 41 42 43 47 51

59

105 109 111 115 143 157 161 162

167 213 231 231 269

08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

GENERAL INFORMATION

Table of Contents
Part VI VI.1 VI.2 VI.3 VI.4 Part VII VII.1 VII.2 VII.3 VII.4 Part VIII Part IX Game Server Main Window Additional Game Server Window Dealer Board for Novo Touchbet Live-Roulette Roulette Server Options Error Handling Lack of Line Voltage Error Handling Procedure Error Messages - Overview Error Clearing Maintenance Hardware Description of Components - Terminals Description of Components - 8 Player Configuration (FS681) Description of Components - Roulette Bowl / Airwheel (FS690) Description of Components - Novo Unity Server (FS695PC) Description of Components - Game Server (FS696PC) Description of Components Novo Unity and Game Server (FS695PC) in Combination Description of Components - Animation Display (FS773) Main Power Supply Switching Power Supply Bill Acceptor Coin Acceptor Hopper Ticket Printer Mechanical Meters Illumination Monitor Touchscreen Multi-Interface Logic Unit (PC) Security Board Animation Display PC Network Distributor (HUB) Barcode Reader (Cashdesk) Monitor (Server) Server PC Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS) Modem Server Interface Board Top Light Airwheel for Novo Multi-Roulette Camera Dealer Panel Reader Heads for Novo Touchbet Live-Roulette 305 311 317 319

323 325 327 329 363

375 378 379 380 381 383 385 387 393 397 403 407 411 419 423 427 431 433 437 453 457 461 463 467 471 475 479 481 483 489 505 507 51 Page 5

45M002P1UK-03

IX.1 IX.2 IX.3 IX.4 IX.5 IX.6 IX.7 IX.8 IX.9 IX.10 IX.11 IX.12 IX.13 IX.14 IX.15 IX.16 IX.17 IX.18 IX.19 IX.20 IX.21 IX.22 IX.23 IX.24 IX.25 IX.26
08 2006 AGI GmbH

GENERAL INFORMATION

Definition of Terms

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Animation Display Audit Key Audit Menu

Device to show game animation.

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

A key that allows service staff to access certain data of the machine and make adjustments.

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Menu item with which to adjust various parameters of the machine and in which to view the machine accounting data. A board which contains the connection sockets and plug connections to which additional electronic devices, boards or cards can be attached if required. A barcode is a sequence of vertical lines of varying widths representing binary data (ticket).

Backplane

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Barcode Bill Acceptor Bill Acceptor Channel BIOS Black Box Camera Coin Acceptor COM CPU CRC Credits CRT

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Device for examination and collection or rejection of bills (e. g. WBA, GPT, etc.) The bill acceptor comprises of various software channels to detect and accept different kinds of bills.

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Abbr.: Basic Input Output System. In the BIOS, settings are made for basic hardware components including hard disk and keyboard.

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

A system for logging accounting transactions in an external device.

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

The camera transmits live images (for example of the Roulette wheel) to each terminal and to the plasma monitor (animation display) in real time.

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Device for examination or rejection of coins.

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Abbr.: Communications Port; this is a serial interface.

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Abbr.: Central Processing Unit; refers to the central processor component that performs all the calculations.

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Abbr.: Cyclic Redundancy Checking; this is a method of detecting errors in data flows. Deposit, gaming currency. Abbr.: Cathode Ray Tube; refers to monitors where the image is produced by scanning a fluorescent surface (tube monitor). Abbr.: Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol. This protocol dynamically assigns a terminal a free address from a list of available IP addresses and provides secure TCP/IP network communication.

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

DHCP

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

DIP Switch

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Abbr.: Dual In-line Package switch; those are numerous attached microswitches; according to the position of the switches, different adjustments are possible. Board used for recording the door openings of a machine.

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Door Logger EEPROM

E
Page 6

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Abbr.: Electrically Erasable Programmable Read-Only Memory; an EEPROM is a ROM that is modifiable by the user. It contains the set-up of the device and is programmed at the factory.

08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

GENERAL INFORMATION

Flash ROM

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Abbr.: Flash Read Only Memory; the information in a Flash ROM can only be read. The Flash ROM contains software that allows the device to reboot whenever powering up. Information in the Flash ROM is not lost when the machine is powered down. The Flash ROM does not have any battery supply. Disk drive for floppy disks.

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Floppy Disk Drive

G H

Ground Strap

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Metallic, non-insulated, electrically conductive part that is used to balance electrical potential. Manual pay-out of credits and/or winnings by the attendant after pressing the HANDPAY button. A drive storing data on one or more disks using platters covered with magnetisable material and providing random access.

Handpay Hard Disk Drive (HDD) Hopper HUB

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Coin dispensing device receiving and storing coins for pay-out.

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Network distributor; device allowing several PCs to communicate with each other, i.e. several PCs (terminals) can use data from one Server.

I
45M002P1UK-03

ISA IP

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Abbr.: Industry Standard Architecture; refers to the slot within the PC into which the ISA card (PC card) plugs.

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Abbr.: Internet Protocol; refers to a messaging protocol in TCP/IP which is responsible for addressing and sending TCP packages in the network. Fund of non-distributed insertions in gaming; the Jackpot grows until one player reaches the required win criteria.

J L

Jackpot

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

LAN

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Abbr.: Local Area Network; a local network of devices which are distributed over a relatively limited area and which are connected with each other through communication lines for the exchange of data.

LED LPT

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Abbr.: Light Emitting Diode; a light source based on semi-conductor technology featuring high mechanical stability and long life-span. Abbr.: Line Printer; a parallel interface for the printer.

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page 7

GENERAL INFORMATION

MAC Main Power Supply Mechanical Meters Modem Modular Power Supply Motherboard, Mainboard

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Abbr.: Media Access Control; refers to the worldwide unique serial number of the network component which is stored on the network card. Power supply that provides voltage for the consuming devices.

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Mechanical devices for automatic counting of continuous, uniform activities such as coin insertion, wins.

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

A modem (Modulator/Demodulator) enables transmission of digital data from the computer via an analogue telephone network. Complete power supply unit; consisting of main power supply unit and switching power supply.

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

This is a physical assembly of fundamental circuits and components. On a typical motherboard the circuits are imprinted or fixed on a hard, planar surface. It also contains all important software components.

Novo Unity

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

A database-based game platform universally expandable for future game developments, which allows to present all games installed on it in statistical form (accounting, wins, player behaviour, etc.)

Novo Unity Server

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

The Novo Unity Server provides data, programs and memory to the connected terminals.

O P

Online System

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

PC PLC

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Abbr.: Personal Computer; it is part of each terminal, Novo Unity Server, Game Server and Animation Display.

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Abbr.: Programmable logic control; the control unit of the Roulette wheel. The PLC is responsible for control and verification of motors, sensors and micro-switches. Additional power supply (12 V, 5 V, ground). Please see CPU.

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Power Expansion Processor

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Page 8

08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

A system in which several machines are connected to an accounting system.

GENERAL INFORMATION

Raid System RAM

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

The Raid System provides additional security by writing data to two hard disks at the same time, i.e. the system always creates a back-up copy.

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Abbr.: Random Access Memory; this is the temporary, writable memory within the computer, in which the operating system, applications and data actually used are stored in a way that the processor can quickly access them. RAM arrays are cleared whenever the system is powered down.

Real Time Clock

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

This is an electronic clock within the computer that continues working after the machine has been powered down and therefore displays the correct time after powering up again.

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Reel Interface

Device for triggering and supplying the reels.

Reference Coin Remote ROM

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Coin used to verify inserted coins. The sample coin is inserted into the coin comparator.

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

A function that permits inserting credits to the machine when using the audit key. Abbr.: Read Only Memory; Information can only be read. The ROM contains software that allows the machine to power up when switched on. Information stored in the ROM is not lost when the computer is powered down.

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Roulette Wheel
45M002P1UK-03

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

The mechanical Roulette wheel is used to determine the winning numbers in Novo Multi-Roulette games. Device used as a DHCP Server between the Novo Unity Server and the terminals, as a firewall against Internet security threats and as a network distributor.

Router

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Scanner SIMM

Device to scan tickets issued from the ticket printer.

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Switching Power Supply

Power supply that provides voltage for the logic area.

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Abbr.: Single In-line Memory Module; a SIMM consists of several RAM chips or Flash ROMs on a small circuit board. This board is attached to the motherboard. The more RAM a computer possesses, the less frequently it is necessary to access secondary memory.

TCP/IP

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Abbr.: Transmission Control Protocol/Internet Protocol; refers to a connection-oriented Internet protocol. TCP/IP encompasses the rules which determine how computers exchange data. Abbr.: Thin Film Transistor - Liquid Crystal Display; monitor display used in the terminals, Game Servers and the Novo Unity Server. Device that prints credits and winnings onto a ticket that can be redeemed at the cash desk. Gaming coin.

TFT/LCD Monitor Ticket Printer Token

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Top Light

Notification light on top of the device displaying different operating statuses.

Touchscreen

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Display with sensor fields; the control of certain functions results from touching the screen.

08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page 9

GENERAL INFORMATION

USB UPS

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Abbr.: Universal Serial Bus; a serial interface used to connect devices with the logic unit.

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Abbr.: Uninterruptible Power Supply; UPS provides uninterruptible and undisturbed AC voltage within defined tolerance (battery).

V W

Validation Number

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

A generated coded number that verifies the authenticity of a printed ticket (barcode).

WAN WBA

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Abbr.: Wide Area Network; refers to a communication network which connects geographically distant devices. Abbr.: World Bill Acceptor; refers to a certain make of bill acceptor.

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Page 10

08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

GENERAL INFORMATION

Legend

DANGER

Alludes to dangerous situations for the operator (risk of electric shock).

ATTENTION

Special, situational and operational danger warnings.

INFORMATION

Provides further information and/or explanation.

NOTE

Provides additional instructions and tips.

45M002P1UK-03

TROUBLESHOOTING

Explains the debugging of different errors.

Refers to a related subject / part of this manual.

08 2006 AGI GmbH

P a g e 11

GENERAL INFORMATION

Technical Data
Manufacturer Austrian Gaming Industries GmbH Wiener Strasse 158 2352 Gumpoldskirchen Austria Type FV FS FS FS FS FS 680 PC Slanttop Steel 681 Multi-Player Configuration 690 Roulette Bowl 695 PC Novo Unity Server 696 PC Game Server 773 Animation Display Humidity in % 30 - 80 (non-condensing) Service Socket You can find a service socket on the inner side of the device. Place of identification decal ID plate on the side of the machine. Thermal danger Certain parts become hot during operation and can cause injuries (e.g. TFT monitors, lamps)! Electrical danger Whenever the machine is open, voltaged parts can be touched! Whenever you do repair or maintenance work disconnect the power plug of the machine! For server cabinets the shut down of the uninterruptible power supply (UPS) must be completed too! Mechanical danger Note that some flanges within the device are sharp-edged and can cause injuries! Improper opening and closing of the device can cause contusion! Fuses T3A15 (230 V) T5A (12 V) Favourable operating temperature in C 10 - 35

Weight Slanttop: max. 166 kg 8 Player Configuration: max. 2500 kg Roulette Wheel: max. 405 kg Novo Unity Server: max. 130 kg Game Server: max. 70/130 kg Animation Display: max. 420 kg Power Supply 230 V / 50 Hz / 1,6 A resp. 110 V / 60 Hz Power Consumption Slanttop: 250W Fuse: 16 Ampere (time-lag T) 8 Player Configuration: 2500W Novo Unity Server: 250W Game Server: 250W Animation Display: 800W

Page 12

08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

Dimensions in mm (l / d / h) Slanttop: 710 / 804 / 1059 8 Player Configuration: 3420 / 3420 / 2310 Roulette Bowl: 1330 / 1330 / 1190 Novo Unity Server/ Game Server: 540 / 515 / 705 Game Server: 540 / 515 / 580 Animation Display: 1450 / 900 / 2440 (standard)

Part I - Introduction

I.1 I.2
45M002P1UK-03

Dimensions of the Terminals Dimensions of the 8 Player Configuration Dimensions of the Roulette Bowl Dimensions of the Novo Unity Server / Game Server Dimensions of the Game Server Dimensions of the Dealer Board Dimensions of the Animation Display Dimensions of the Camera

I.9

Description of Components Terminals

I.3 I.4 I.5 I.6 I.7 I.8

I.10 Description of Components 8 Player Configuration I.11 Description of Components Roulette Bowl I.12 Description of Components Novo Unity Server I.13 Description of Components Game Server I.14 Description of Components Novo Unity and Game Server in Combination I.15 Description of Components Animation Display

08 2006

Wiener Strasse 158 A-2352 Gumpoldskirchen Austria Europe Tel.: +43-2252-606 www.austrian-gaming.com e-mail: support@novomatic.com

Austrian Gaming Industries GmbH

INTRODUCTION

Page 14

08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

INTRODUCTION

I.1 Dimensions of the Terminals

I.1.1 Terminal FV680PC

954
849

105

1059

550
45M002P1UK-03

710

670
804
Illustr. I.1 Dimensions Terminal FV680PC (in millimetres)

955 785 995

550 670 805 40

710

Illustr. I.2 08 2006 AGI GmbH

Dimensions Terminal FV680PC 8 Player Configuration (in millimetres)

Page 15

INTRODUCTION

Dimensions of the Square Tops - FV680PC (possible designs)

110

254

Player Tracking Top Box

710

143

433

576

Standard Square Top

146
710

Illustr. I.3

Dimensions Square Top FV680PC (in millimetres)

Page 16

08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

INTRODUCTION

I.1.2

Terminal - FV623PC

45M002P1UK-03

1231

441
Illustr. I.4 Dimensions Terminal FV623PC (in millimetres)

540

Dimensions of the Square Tops - FV623PC (possible designs)

107

255

Player Tracking Top Box

540

246

107

255

Premium Top Box

540

270
Illustr. I.5 Dimensions Square Tops FV623PC (in millimetres)

08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page 17

INTRODUCTION

Dimensions of the bottom part - FV623PC

355

600

325 454
Illustr. I.6 Dimensions bottom part FV623PC (in millimetres)

540

Page 18

08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

INTRODUCTION

I.2 Dimensions of the 8 Player Configuration - FS681

45M002P1UK-03

5500

3420

2310

Illustr. I.7 08 2006 AGI GmbH

Dimensions 8 Player Configuration FS681 (in millimetres)

710

2700

Page 19

INTRODUCTION

I.3 Dimensions of the Roulette Bowl (Airwheel) - FS690

1013

1190

Diameter = 1330
Illustr. I.8 Dimensions Roulette Bowl FS690 (in millimetres)

Page 20

08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

INTRODUCTION

I.4 Dimensions of the Novo Unity Server - FS695PC and of the Game Server - FS696PC
125
567
65
495
515
Illustr. I.9 Dimensions Novo Unity Server FS695PC / Game Server FS696PC (in millimetres)

385

497
540

45M002P1UK-03

13

705

08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page 21

INTRODUCTION

I.5 Dimensions of the Game Server - FS696PC

567

495
515
Illustr. I.10 Dimensions Game Server FS696PC (in millimetres)

540

I.6 Dimensions of the Dealer Board

37 33 77

13

65

385

497

580

56 30 190.14 180.1

10 98.5 170
Illustr. I.11 Dimensions Dealer Board (in millimetres)

47

37

110 150 251.2

Page 22

08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

229

INTRODUCTION

I.7 Dimensions of the Animation Display - FS773

1470

880
45M002P1UK-03

* = Hight 2500 (Standard) 2325 (optional)

1470
Illustr. I.12 Dimensions Animation Display FS773 (in millimetres)

900

165

*2500
08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page 23

INTRODUCTION

I.8 Dimensions of the Camera TMC-6700/TMC-6760

3200

3375 MAX

Illustr. I.13

Dimensions Camera (in millimetres)

Page 24

08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

2270

2445 MIN

INTRODUCTION

I.9 Description of Components - Terminals

I.9.1 Terminal FV680PC

H I

J K

B C
45M002P1UK-03

L M

D E F G
PRINT1 USB COM1 COM2 MOUSE KB MIC LINE SPK UPT VGA

N O P

Illustr. I.14

Description of Components Terminal FV680PC

A B C D

E F G

- Monitor (Touchscreen) - Main Power Switch - Mechanical Meters - USB Camera Module (optional for Novo Touchbet Liveand Multi-Roulette) - Hopper - Security Board (not in all jurisdictions) - Logical Unit

H I J K L M N O P

- Bill Illumination - Ticket Printer - Multi-Interface - Bill Acceptor - Coin Acceptor - Stacker Box - Switching Power Supply (behind WBA) - Main Power Supply Unit (behind WBA) - Cashbox

08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page 25

INTRODUCTION

I.9.2

Terminal FV623PC A B

H I J K C D E F L M N O P Q R

Illustr. I.15

Description of Components Terminal FV623PC

A B C D E F G

H I Page 26

- Top Light - Top Box - Coin Acceptor - Mechanical Meters - Illumination (fluorescent tube) - Door in Door System - USB Camera Module (optional for Novo Touchbet Liveand Multi-Roulette) - Monitor - Main Power Supply Unit (behind Monitor)

J K L M N N O P Q R

- Monitor (Touchscreen) - Logical Unit (behind Monitor) - Bill Acceptor - Stacker - Ticket Printer - Switching Power Supply - Hopper - Main Power Switch - Door Switch - Cashbox
08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

INTRODUCTION

I.10 Description of Components - 8 Player Configuration (FS681)

45M002P1UK-03

Illustr. I.16

Description of Components 8 Player Configuration FS681

A B C D

Speaker Switching Delay HUB (Network Distributor) PLC (Programmable Logic Controller)

08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page 27

INTRODUCTION

I.11 Description of Components - Roulette Bowl / Airwheel (FS690)

G H

Illustr. I.17

Description of Components Roulette Bowl FS690

A B C D E F G H

Fan Speaker HUB (Network Distributor) Speaker Speaker PLC (Programmable Logic Controller) Switching Delay Speaker

Page 28

08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

INTRODUCTION

I.12 Description of Components - Novo Unity Server (FS695PC)

B C

H
POWER H.D.D. LAN

POWER

45M002P1UK-03

PUSH

POWER

H.D.D.

LAN

POWER

I J K L M

POWER

H.D.D.

LAN

POWER

Smart-UPS

7 0 0

E F
Illustr. I.18

Smart-UPS

7 5 0

Description of Components Novo Unity Server FS695PC

A B C D E F G H I J K L M

Monitor Fan Keyboard / Trackball Novo Unity Server PC Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS) Distributor Board Fan Monitor Power Supply Raidsystem RS232 to RS485 Adapter (behind Raidsystem) Router/DHCP Server Server Interface Board Switching Power Supply (Server Interface Board)

08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page 29

INTRODUCTION

I.13 Description of Components - Game Server (FS696PC)

I.13.1 Game Sever for Novo Multi- and Flying-Roulette

B C

I
POWER H.D.D. LAN

POWER

PUSH

D E

POWER

H.D.D.

LAN

POWER

POWER

H.D.D.

LAN

POWER

Smart-UPS

7 0 0

F G
Illustr. I.19

Smart-UPS

K L

7 5 0

Description of Components Game Server FS696PC for Novo Multi- and Flying-Roulette

A B C D E F G

- Monitor - Fan - Keyboard / Trackball - USB Camera Module (optional for Novo Multi-Roulette) - Game Server PC - Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS) - Distributor Board

H I J K L

- Fan - Monitor Power Supply - RS232 to RS485 Adapter (behind Raidsystem) - Server Interface Board - Switching Power Supply (Server Interface Board)

Page 30

08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

INTRODUCTION

I.13.2 Game Server for Novo Touchbet Live-Roulette

A
POWER H.D.D. LAN

F
POWER

B
POWER H.D.D. LAN

POWER

POWER

H.D.D.

LAN

POWER

PUSH

Smart-UPS

7 0 0

D E
Illustr. I.20

Smart-UPS

I J

7 5 0

Description of Components Game Server FS696PC for Novo Touchbet Live-Roulette

A B C D E F G H I J

- Security Key Switch - USB Camera Module (optional) - Game Server PC - Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS) - Distributor Board - Audible Dealer Signal - Monitor Power Supply - RS232 to RS485 Adapter (behind Raidsystem) - Server Interface Board - Switching Power Supply (Server Interface Board)

45M002P1UK-03

INFORMATION
For Novo Touchbet Live-Roulette a Dealer Board (10.4" Touchscreen) or a Dealer Panel can be optionally connected to allow the dealer to intervene in the game play. For detailed information please see part VI Game Server, section VI.3 Dealer Board for Novo Touchbet Live-Roulette and Part IX Hardware, section IX.17 Monitor (Server) and section IX.25 Dealer Panel.

08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page 31

INTRODUCTION

I.14 Description of Components OPTIONAL FOR SINGLE TABLE INSTALLATIONS Novo Unity and Game Server (FS695PC) in Combination
I.14.1 Novo Unity and Game Server for Novo Multi- and Flying-Roulette

B C

D
POWER H.D.D. LAN

K
POWER

E F G

POWER

H.D.D.

LAN

POWER
PUSH

POWER

H.D.D.

LAN

POWER

L M N O P

POWER

H.D.D.

LAN

POWER

Smart-UPS

7 0 0

H I
Illustr. I.21

Smart-UPS

7 5 0

Description of Components Game and Novo Unity Server FS695PC for Novo Multi- and Flying-Roulette

A B C D E F G H I Page 32

- Monitor - Fan - Keyboard / Trackball - Monitor Switch Box - Game Server PC - USB Camera Module (optional for Novo Multi-Roulette) - Novo Unity Server PC - Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS) - Distributor Board

J K L M N O P

- Fan - Monitor Power Supply - Raidsystem - RS232 to RS485 Adapter (behind Raidsystem) - Router/DHCP Server - Server Interface Board - Switching Power Supply (Server Interface Board)

08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

INTRODUCTION

I.14.2 Novo Unity and Game Server (FS695PC) for Novo Touchbet Live-Roulette

B C

D
POWER H.D.D. LAN

K L
POWER

E F G

POWER

H.D.D.

LAN

POWER
PUSH

45M002P1UK-03

POWER

H.D.D.

LAN

POWER

M N O P Q

POWER

H.D.D.

LAN

POWER

Smart-UPS

7 0 0

H I
Illustr. I.22

Smart-UPS

7 5 0

Description of Components Game and Novo Unity Server FS695PC for Novo Touchbet Live-Roulette

A B C D E F G H I J

- Monitor - Fan - Keyboard / Trackball - Security Key Switch - Game Server PC - USB Camera Module (optional) - Novo Unity Server PC - Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS) - Distributor Board - Fan

K L M N O P Q

- Monitor Power Supply - Audible Dealer Signal - Raidsystem - RS232 to RS485 Adapter (behind Raidsystem) - Router/DHCP Server - Server Interface Board - Switching Power Supply (Server Interface Board)

For Novo Touchbet Live-Roulette a Dealer Board (10.4" Touchscreen) or a Dealer Panel can be optionally connected to allow the dealer to intervene in the game play. For detailed information please see part VI Game Server, section VI.3 Dealer Board for Novo Touchbet Live-Roulette and Part IX Hardware, section IX.17 Monitor (Server) and section IX.25 Dealer Panel.
08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page 33

INTRODUCTION

I.15 Description of Components - Animation Display (FS773)

B C D F G

Illustr. I.23

Description of Components Animation Display FS773

A B C D E F G

- Monitor - Speaker - USB Camera Module - Fan - Speaker - Animation Display PC - Fan

Page 34

08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

Part II - System Information

II.1 II.2
45M002P1UK-03

Inspection (damage in transport) Installation Instructions Power Up Safety Precautions Cash System Mechanical Meters Doors Novo Unity Network Configuration

II.3 II.4 II.5 II.6 II.7 II.8 II.9

08 2006

Wiener Strasse 158 A-2352 Gumpoldskirchen Austria Europe Tel.: +43-2252-606 www.austrian-gaming.com e-mail: support@novomatic.com

Austrian Gaming Industries GmbH

SYSTEM INFORMATION

Page 36

08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

SYSTEM INFORMATION

II.1 Inspection (damage in transport)

1) 2) 3) Remove the shipping carton. Remove the material used to secure the machine components during transport (necessary only for some types of cabinet). Should any damages caused by transport have occurred on the exterior, report them immediately to the carrier and have them confirmed by the same.

II.2 Installation Instructions

It must be ensured that the machine is operated in an upright position.

ATTENTION
For installation, the animation display must be fixed to the floor by means of bolts or a base to avoid tilting! The terminals can be installed very close one beside the other. The minimum distance to a back wall or the like should be 10 cm. For Novo Multi-Roulette 8 Player Configurations please consider a maximum distance of 10 m between the Game Server and the Programmable Logic Controller (PLC) to ensure failure-free transfers.

45M002P1UK-03

INFORMATION
An alteration of the lighting conditions after adjustment of the Reader Heads may cause an increased number of ball recognition failures.

II.3 Power Up
1) Before start check the line voltage. The machine has been designed to sustain 230 V +/- 10%, 50 Hz or 110 V +/- 10%, 60 Hz. Make sure that the line voltage corresponds to the voltage indicated on the machine. As the system is equipped with an earthing connection, it should be ensured that the mains supply is also equipped with an earthing connection. Plug in the mains plug correctly. Open the Top Large Door/Main Door. If the machine is equipped with a coin comparator, insert the reference coin in there. Fill the hopper and enter the amount in the audit system. Please see section IV.5.6 - Hopper refill. Turn the mains switch to the ON position (switching unit). Close the Top Large Door/Main Door. After a short self test the machine is ready for operation. Credits can be added and a new game can be started.

2) 3) 4) 5) 6)

7) 8) 9) 10)

08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page 37

SYSTEM INFORMATION

II.4 Safety Precautions

For operating safety and to avoid damage to the machine, read carefully and observe the following instructions. As the machine has to be opened for normal maintenance work, please ensure that the relevant staff are made aware of the following safety precautions. There are static-sensitive parts inside the machine which could be damaged by electric discharge. Ground yourself by touching a ground strap inside the machine to neutralise electric charges before replacing or performing maintenance work of inner parts.

DANGER
In case of emergency power off the machine The power cord must be disconnected from the electrical outlet! For machines with an uninterruptible power supply (UPS) you have to switch this off too! Unplugging the machine with wet hands can result in a risk of electric shock. If there is smoke or if there are unusual smells or sounds coming from the machine, unplug the unit from the electrical outlet immediately and for machines with a UPS power this off too. Contact qualified service personnel. Continued operation may be dangerous and can result in a risk of fire or electric shock. Do not open the cabinet by force There are potentially dangerous high voltage components inside. Opening the cabinet can result in a serious risk of fire hazard or electric shock. There are no user serviceable parts inside. Refer all service to qualified service personnel. Never insert objects into the cabinet ventilation openings Do not push any objects through cabinet ventilation slots as they may touch dangerous voltage points or cause short circuits that could result in a risk of fire or electric shock. Never spill liquid of any kind (coffee, wine, etc.) on the machine. If this happens accidentally, it may result in a risk of fire or electric shock. Unplug the unit and have it checked by qualified service personnel. Avoid damage to the wires Prevent mechanical strain, such as squeezing or stretching, on the power cord, wires and plug connections. Damaged wires can result in a risk of fire or short circuit. Keep the wires away from where people will walk on them or stumble and be injured.

Page 38

08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

SYSTEM INFORMATION

DANGER
Operating environment Suitable for indoor use only! Under no circumstances expose the machine to rain or temperatures greater than 50C. The operating environment temperature must not exceed 35C. If the machine has been exposed to very low temperatures, do not power it up immediately The machine has to reach room temperature (convenient temperature is 10C to 35C). Be aware not to exceed the operation humidity range of 30% to 80% (non-condensing). Do not install the machine close to a radiator heating. Do not install the machine in locations with rapidly changing temperatures or excessive dust. This could cause risk of fire hazard, short circuit or other damage. Provide adequate space for ventilation Openings on top, sides and in the bottom of the cabinet are provided for ventilation. To ensure proper operation and to prevent overheating, these openings should not be blocked or covered. To allow hot air to escape make sure that there is a minimum space of 10 cm between the machine and a wall or the like. If the machine becomes too hot, it could cause a fire hazard.
45M002P1UK-03

MISCELLANEOUS
Influence of magnetic fields Do not install machines with CRT monitors close to strong magnetic fields like loudspeakers or fluorescent lamps. Other devices may cause interference or noise in the monitor. Machines with LCD monitor The surface of the LCD monitor is very delicate and scratches easily. High pressure or pointed objects could cause irreparable damage. To clean the surface use absorbent cotton or a soft cloth and a window cleaner. Never use thinner or products containing alcohol. If the display is accidentally broken and the liquid crystal material leaks, it should be kept away from eyes and mouth. In case of contact with skin or clothes, wash thoroughly with soap and water.

08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page 39

SYSTEM INFORMATION

NOTE
If you follow these instructions closely and the machine is maintained and handled in a proper way, it complies with the usual safety standards. The manufacturer warns specifically against any foreseeable improper use of the machine as well as foreseeable misuse. Do not bypass the built-in safety precautions in the machine! Unauthorised modifications and alterations of the machine are prohibited for safety reasons. For replacement of damaged or defective parts, use original or manufacturer Approved Spare Parts only. The manufacturer warns specifically that original or spare parts that are not supplied by Austrian Gaming Industries are neither tested nor approved by AGI. Installation and/or use of such parts may impair the machine's performance. The manufacturer cannot be held liable for damage that results from such parts. Any liability is disclaimed if the machine is improperly handled.

DANGER
The following service instructions are for use by qualified and authorised personnel only. The owner of the machine must ensure that service work is performed by qualified and authorised personnel only. To avoid personal injury or damage to the equipment, do not perform any servicing other than such described in this manual.

Page 40

08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

SYSTEM INFORMATION

II.5 Cash System

Bills and coins can be used for pay-in. The value of bills accepted through the individual bill channels is configured on the Novo Unity Server. The value of the coins is also configured on the Novo Unity Server. After a coin has been accepted it is transported automatically either to the hopper or to the cashbox depending on the filling level of the hopper and controlled by the multi-interface.

STACKER

Bill Acceptor

HOPPER

Coin Acceptor

45M002P1UK-03

Hopper Box full

Cashbox

08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page 41

SYSTEM INFORMATION

II.6 Mechanical Meters

Each player terminal is equipped with 8 mechanical meters. These meters are used to verify machine accounting. The meter settings will be made by the Technical Support of AGI on the Novo Unity Server. Please see also part V Novo Unity Server, section V.3.1.2.1.9 Counters. Each meter can be configured individually. The following configurations can be selected on the Novo Unity Server: Coin In (Bet): Total Win: Remote In: Remote Out: Printer Out: Tip Money: Hopper Refill: Cashless In: Cashless Out: Ticket In: Handpay: Cancelled Credit: Unused: Bill In: Coins to Drop: Total In: Total Out: Coin In (Real): Coin Out (Real): Game Number: Total amount of bets Total amount of wins Total of credits added by the attendant via the remote function Total amount of manual payouts by the attendant (Handpays + Cancelled Credits) Total amount of printed, redeemable tickets Total amount of tip money Total amount of coins refilled into the hopper Total amount of credits paid in via cards Total amount of payouts to a card Total amount of credits paid in via tickets Total amount of wins paid out manually by the attendant (after pressing the HANDPAY button) Total amount of manual payouts by the attendant, except for handpays No configuration. Total amount of bills accepted via the bill acceptor Total amount of coins transferred to the cashbox Total value paid in (coins + bills + tickets + remote in) Total value paid out (coins + tickets + remote out) Total value of coins accepted via the coin acceptor Total value of coins paid out via the hopper Total sum of games

Illustr. II.1

Meter Interface

Page 42

08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

SYSTEM INFORMATION

II.7 Doors
II.7.1 Terminal (FV680PC)
There are 8 door switches on the terminal FV680PC (Slanttop).

F G B
45M002P1UK-03

C D H

Illustr. II.2

Door Switches Terminal FV680PC

The following error messages are displayed on the screen when a door is opened: A B C D E F G H
08 2006 AGI GmbH

- Top Large Door - Front Large Door - Logic Door - Security Cover (behind Logic Door, not for all jurisdictions) - Service Door (Ithaca printer, optional) - Stacker Door - Security Bill Door (behind Stacker Door, not in all jurisdictions) - Cashbox Door Page 43

SYSTEM INFORMATION

II.7.2 Novo Unity Server / Game Server (FS695PC)

There are 3 door switches on the Novo Unity / Game Server FS695PC:

Illustr. II.3

Door Switch Server Display Door (FS695PC)

Illustr. II.4

Door Switch Server Back Door (FS695PC)

Illustr. II.5

Door Switch Server Front Door (FS695PC)

The following error messages are displayed on the screen when a door is opened: A - Server display door is open (registered only in the Log File, but not displayed on the screen) B - Server back door is open C - Server front door is open

Page 44

08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

SYSTEM INFORMATION

II.7.3 Game Server (FS696PC)

There are 2 door switches on the Game Server FS696:

Illustr. II.6

Door Switch Server Front Door (FS696PC)

45M002P1UK-03

Illustr. II.7

Door Switch Server Back Door (FS696PC)

The following error messages are displayed on the screen when a door is opened: A - Server front door is open B - Server back door is open

08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page 45

SYSTEM INFORMATION

II.7.4 Roulette Bowl (FS690)

There are 2 door switches on the Roulette bowl.

Illustr. II.8

Door Switch Wheel Service Door

Illustr. II.9

Door Switch Wheel Door

The following error messages are displayed on the screen when a door is opened: A - Wheel Service Door B - Wheel Door

Page 46

08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

SYSTEM INFORMATION

II.8 Novo Unity

The main components of the Novo Unity game platform include: Windows XP Embedded Novo Unity Server Game Server Game Manager Novobase Installed Game Novo Unity runs on the Windows XP Embedded operating system providing write protection to increase fail safe operation to a maximum level. The network consists of the Novo Unity Server, the Game Server(s), a DHCP server and several terminals. The Novo Unity Server enables the installation of software, generates the results of the game and statistics and is used to monitor parameter settings like language settings and minimum and maximum bet limits. The program of the terminals and Game Servers is called Game Manager. The Game Manager transfers data from the Novo Unity Server to the Game Server(s) and to the terminals and vice versa. Each terminal has an IP address in order to guarantee the identification of all terminals. Therefore the Novo Unity Server is able to transfer the right data to the right terminal/Game Server and to identify the terminal/Game Server that has sent data to the Novo Unity Server. The terminals/Game Servers receive the IP address from the DHCP server, which is part of the network. The DHCP or Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol is used to find a free address out of a list including several IP addresses. This enables a safe and reliable network communication. Each terminal/Game Server has a network card including a MAC (Media Access Control) address in order to enable the DHCP server to identify the terminals. The MAC address is clear and unique worldwide.

45M002P1UK-03

08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page 47

SYSTEM INFORMATION

After power up, the terminal goes through the following processes: Start of Windows XP Embedded Transfer of the MAC address from the terminal/Game Server to the DHCP server Transfer of the IP address from the DHCP server to the terminal/Game Server Start of Game Manager Transfer of MAC and IP addresses from the terminals/Game Servers to the Novo Unity Server Data transfer between Novo Unity Server and Game Manager For example: Installed Game (e.g. Novo Multi-Table Roulette) Group and terminal settings Game timing Parameter settings After receiving these data from the Novo Unity Server, the Game Manager loads the executable program Novobase and transfers these data to Novobase. Novobase activates the installed game to visualise the data received. Other games can be selected by just switching to the desired game. In addition, Novo Unity allows to present all games installed on it in statistical form (accounting, wins, player behaviour, etc.). As a database-based game platform, Novo Unity is universally expandable for future game developments.

Page 48

08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

45M002P1UK-03

Novo Unity / Terminal

INSTALLED GAME

08 2006 AGI GmbH

GAME MANAGER
NOVOBASE

SYSTEM INFORMATION

SOFTWARE

Operating System: Microsoft Windows XP Embedded (Write Protected)

GAME SERVER

NOVO UNITY SERVER

LAN

PC / Mainboard
LPT
ISA

COM

Printer

Touch screen

PC Card

HARDWARE

Meter Interface

RS485

I/O's

Security Print

Multi Interface

Bill acceptor lighting

Coin acceptor

Bill acceptor

Coin diverter

Hopper

Page 49

SYSTEM INFORMATION

Page 50

08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

SYSTEM INFORMATION

II.9 Network Configuration

The Novo Multi-Roulette System consists of the below main elements: Electromechanical Roulette wheel Novo Unity Server Game Server Router/DHCP Server Player Terminals The Novo Touchbet Live-Roulette System consists of the below main elements: Mechanical Roulette wheel Reader Heads Novo Unity Server Game Server Router/DHCP Server Player Terminals The Novo Multi-Roulette and the Novo Touchbet Live-Roulette system can optionally be expanded by the camera and/or animation system including the below additional elements:
45M002P1UK-03

Camera Camera Module (USB) Animation Display The Novo Flying-Roulette System consists of the below main elements: Animation Display Novo Unity Server Game Server Router/DHCP Server Player Terminals The Novo Unity Server represents as central-server the basis of the system where setup, statistic, accounting, trace and game-relevant data are stored. The Novo Unity Server is connected to the Game Sever, to the Animation Display (optional) and to all individual terminals (via ETHERNET). The following illustrations outline the data and the camera network configuration of the Roulette system.

08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page 51

SYSTEM INFORMATION

Roulette Wheel
NO BILLS INSERT BILLS

NO BILLS INSERT BILLS

NO BILLS INSERT BILLS

Ethernet
Terminal 2
Animation Display Camera
Game Server

Terminal XX

Terminal 1

NO BILLS INSERT BILLS

Roulette Wheel
NO BILLS INSERT BILLS

NO BILLS INSERT BILLS

Terminal XX Terminal 2
45M002P1UK-03

Terminal 1

Animation Display

Camera

Game Server

Novo Unity Server

NO BILLS INSERT BILLS

NO BILLS INSERT BILLS

Roulette Wheel
NO BILLS INSERT BILLS

Terminal XX Terminal 2

Ethernet

Terminal 1

Animation Display

Camera

Game Server

Router
Illustr. II.10 Data network configuration (Novo Multi-Roulette and Novo Touchbet Live-Roulette)

Page 52

08 2006 AGI GmbH

SYSTEM INFORMATION

NO BILLS INSERT BILLS

NO BILLS INSERT BILLS

NO BILLS INSERT BILLS

Ethernet
Terminal 2
Animation Display
Game Server

Terminal XX

Terminal 1

NO BILLS INSERT BILLS

NO BILLS INSERT BILLS

NO BILLS INSERT BILLS

Terminal XX Terminal 2
45M002P1UK-03

Terminal 1

Animation Display

Game Server

Novo Unity Server

NO BILLS INSERT BILLS

NO BILLS INSERT BILLS

NO BILLS INSERT BILLS

Terminal XX Terminal 2

Ethernet

Terminal 1

Animation Display

Game Server

Router
Illustr. II.11 Data network configuration (Novo Flying-Roulette)

08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page 53

SYSTEM INFORMATION

Roulette Wheel

1 GB Switch

Camera

Game Server

NO BILLS INSERT BILLS

NO BILLS INSERT BILLS

NO BILLS INSERT BILLS

Roulette Wheel

Animation Display

Terminal 1

Terminal 2

Terminal XX

1 GB Switch

Roulette Wheel
NO BILLS INSERT BILLS NO BILLS INSERT BILLS NO BILLS INSERT BILLS

Animation Display

Terminal 1

Terminal 2

Terminal XX

1 GB Switch

Camera

Game Server

NO BILLS INSERT BILLS

NO BILLS INSERT BILLS

NO BILLS INSERT BILLS

Animation Display
Illustr. II.12 Camera star layout network configuration

Terminal 1

Terminal 2

Terminal XX

Page 54

08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

Camera

Game Server

SYSTEM INFORMATION

NO BILLS INSERT BILLS

NO BILLS INSERT BILLS

Roulette Wheel
NO BILLS INSERT BILLS NO BILLS INSERT BILLS

NO BILLS INSERT BILLS

NO BILLS INSERT BILLS

NO BILLS INSERT BILLS

NO BILLS INSERT BILLS

NO BILLS NO BILLS INSERT BILLS NO BILLS INSERT BILLS NO BILLS INSERT BILLS NO BILLS INSERT BILLS INSERT BILLS

NO BILLS INSERT BILLS

NO BILLS INSERT BILLS

Camera

Game Server
Animation Display

Roulette Wheel
NO BILLS INSERT BILLS

NO BILLS

NO BILLS INSERT BILLS

45M002P1UK-03

INSERT BILLS

NO BILLS INSERT BILLS

NO BILLS INSERT BILLS

NO BILLS INSERT BILLS

NO BILLS INSERT BILLS

Camera

Game Server
NO BILLS NO BILLS INSERT BILLS NO BILLS INSERT BILLS NO BILLS INSERT BILLS NO BILLS INSERT BILLS INSERT BILLS NO BILLS INSERT BILLS NO BILLS INSERT BILLS

Roulette Wheel
Animation Display

NO BILLS INSERT BILLS

NO BILLS INSERT BILLS

NO BILLS INSERT BILLS

Camera

Game Server

NO BILLS INSERT BILLS

NO BILLS INSERT BILLS

NO BILLS INSERT BILLS

NO BILLS INSERT BILLS

NO BILLS NO BILLS INSERT BILLS NO BILLS INSERT BILLS NO BILLS INSERT BILLS NO BILLS INSERT BILLS INSERT BILLS

NO BILLS INSERT BILLS

NO BILLS INSERT BILLS

Animation Display

Illustr. II.13 Camera daisy chain network configuration (optional) 08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page 55

SYSTEM INFORMATION

Page 56

08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

Part III - Gaming Instructions

III.1

Gaming Instructions for NOVO MULTI-TABLE ROULETTE

45M002P1UK-03

08 2006

Wiener Strasse 158 A-2352 Gumpoldskirchen Austria Europe Tel.: +43-2252-606 www.austrian-gaming.com e-mail: support@novomatic.com

Austrian Gaming Industries GmbH

GAMING INSTRUCTIONS

Page 58

08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

GAMING INSTRUCTIONS

III.1 Gaming Instructions for Novo Multi-Table Roulette

Novo Multi-Roulette is an electromechanical simulation of the traditional Roulette live game. The system incorporates an electromechanical Roulette wheel around which a number of player terminals are arranged. Novo Touchbet Live-Roulette system consists of a number of player terminals that are arranged around an mechanical Roulette wheel. Additionally, two reader heads (i.e. sensors) are attached to the Roulette wheel to transmit the definite winning number to the Novo Unity Server. Novo Flying-Roulette is a full-featured electronic simulation of the traditional Roulette live game. The system incorporates an Animation Display around which a number of player terminals are arranged. A virtual Roulette table is displayed on the Animation Display showing bets and wins, including out-bets, neighbour bets, etc. for all players with each player assigned a different chip colour. Additionally an animated Roulette wheel showing the winning number, which is randomly generated, is displayed on the screen. Each Roulette system incorporates a Novo Unity Server polling the data from the networked player terminals and a Game Server controlling the game-play. Each terminal includes a video monitor on which the player's credits and bets placed are indicated. Each player can place or cancel bets by selecting the respective functions on the touchscreen.
45M002P1UK-03

Pay-In: Upon insertion of a coin or banknote the relevant amount is indicated in the CREDIT display area. Credits may be also be inserted using a key switch. General system information: Once credits have been registered (through the insertion of coins and bills, or using the remote function) the terminal is ready for game-play. The system supports a choice of different languages (e. g. English, German, French, Spanish, and so on). A multiplier function is available, allowing players to vary their bet amounts in consideration of the maximum bets limit (e. g. 1, 2, 10 or 1, 10, 100 etc.). The CALL NEIGHBOUR BETS function allows players to quickly and easily place bets on various number combinations (e. g. Series 0/2/3, 0-Game). Information screen functions include showing the Hot / Cold numbers on n spins, the even chance bets on n spins, minimum bets, maximum bets, the player's last game and payout odds. Payout: Payout of credits may be effected in coins (via the hopper), by printing of redeemable tickets or manually by the attendant. Placing bets: The amount of the bets placed on individual winning odds can be selected from a range of possibilities shown on the info screen maximal possible bets.

08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page 59

GAMING INSTRUCTIONS

Cancelling bets: The CANCEL function can be used to clear the most recent bet placed. Other bets can be cancelled by simply pressing the respective number or betting option again. If the CANCEL function is selected again all bets will be cleared. Novo Multi-Roulette - game start: At the start of each game players are given a predetermined period of time to place their bets. The wheel lift motor rises and the ball of the previous game drops into the ball collecting channel under the Roulette wheel at the beginning of the Finish Betting or Place Your Bets game phase (depending on the set Wheel Game Mode in Novo Unity Server path Casino \ Multi Game \ Novo Multi-Table Roulette \ Parameters \ Server \ Novo Multi-Roulette). Subsequently the second ball rolls into the air-operated ball launching mechanism (slide), the wheel lift motor goes down and the Roulette wheel starts to spin. The ball is launched in the Finish Betting game phase. Novo Touchbet Live-Roulette - game start: At the start of each game players are given a predetermined period of time to place their bets. The dealer takes the ball of the previous game out of the Roulette wheel and changes the spin direction of the Roulette wheel to launch the ball again. When the circulation time of the ball exceeds an assigned value (approx. 2 rounds before the ball runs towards the centre), the betting time is concluded. Novo Flying-Roulette - game start: At the start of each game players are given a predetermined period of time to place their bets. After the beginning of the No More Bets game phase the virtual Roulette wheel changes the spin direction and the ball is launched. The ball remains in the pocket of the spinning Roulette wheel until the next ball launching. Completion of the game: The betting time of all Roulette games is concluded with the spoken announcement: NO MORE BETS THANK YOU and the subsequent locking of all betting functions on player terminals. After the ball settles into a pocket, the winning number will be announced by a spoken message. All winning areas are highlighted with a change of colour on the terminal screens and if present also on the Animation Display screen. A game is deemed completed when: - A winning number was not selected or - in the event of a win, the amount won is indicated by the win animation and subsequently incremented in the CREDIT display area. A new game can now start with new bets, or the same bets as for the previous game may be wagered by selecting the PREVIOUS BET function. The PAYOUT ODDS information screen displays the different odds for each wager option.

Page 60

08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

GAMING INSTRUCTIONS

45M002P1UK-03

08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page 61

GAMING INSTRUCTIONS

III.1.1 Main Screen - Buttons and Display Areas

Page 62

08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

GAMING INSTRUCTIONS

Description of buttons and display areas on the main screen

CASH Press the CASH button for payout of existing credits. COLOUR CHIP The sample chip indicates the colour in which the chips of this terminal are shown on the animation display. SERVICE Press this button to call a casino attendant (if an error message is displayed etc.). H/L/F The letters H, L and F refer to the payout options for outside bets (Red/Black, Even/Odd or 1-18/19-36) when the ball lands on 0/00. H means the player will lose only half of any outside bets. L means the player will lose all of any outside bets.
45M002P1UK-03

F means that the outside bets are locked. The bet is returned (1:1) if it is won on the next spin. If 0/00 occurs on the second spin the outside bets are double locked. In this case two winning bets in a row must occur to release them. If anything else occurs, including more zeros, the outside bets are lost. PREVIOUS WINNING NUMBERS Shows the last 20 winning numbers. ? - HELP For information on the function of a button or of a display area on the current game screen please press the ? button first and then the desired button or area on the screen. CALL NEIGHBOUR BETS This function displays an additional betting screen where bets can be placed on various combinations of numbers. BET Shows the total bet for the current game. CREDIT Shows the total amount of credits available.

08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page 63

GAMING INSTRUCTIONS

MULTIPLIERS This function offers a selection of pre-set bet increments. The MAX button (may not be permitted in all jurisdictions) activates the maximum bet function: Each betting option selected by the player will automatically be played at maximum possible bet. Pressing any of the other multiplier buttons deactivates the maximum bet function again. STATUS DISPLAY This display area shows the current game status (game phase) and information on the game play (e. g. WINNING NUMBER). PREVIOUS BET This function selects all numbers and bets of the most recent game played on the terminal automatically again. TIME DISPLAY This function shows the time remaining until the end of the betting phase. If Novo Touchbet LiveRoulette is installed, this function shows the current game status (game phase). CANCEL Pressing this button cancels the most recent alteration of the bet. If this button is pressed again, all bets on the Roulette layout are cancelled. The corresponding credits are refunded to the CREDIT meter. INFO This function displays additional information screens. FLAG Press this button for button designations to be displayed in the desired language.

Page 64

08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

GAMING INSTRUCTIONS

45M002P1UK-03

08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page 65

GAMING INSTRUCTIONS

III.1.2 Main Screen - Betting Options

5) 4) 1)

7)

2) 8) 3) 10) 11) 9) 12)

45M002P1UK-03

6)

Page 66

08 2006 AGI GmbH

GAMING INSTRUCTIONS

Description of betting options on the main screen

1) STRAIGHT UP A bet on a single number. The chip is placed on the selected number field (all numbers including zero / double zero). Pays: 35 times the bet + bet 2) SPLIT A bet on any two adjacent numbers on the numbers layout. The chip is placed on the line between the two selected numbers. Pays: 17 times the bet + bet 3) STREET A bet on the three consecutive numbers of any row on the numbers layout. The chip is placed on the outside line of the selected row of three numbers. Example: 1, 2, 3 or 4, 5, 6 Pays: 11 times the bet + bet 4) CORNER A bet on any group of four adjacent numbers on the numbers layout. The chip is placed on the intersection point where the lines between the four number fields meet. Example: 8, 9, 11, 12 Pays: 8 times the bet + bet 5) FIRST FOUR NUMBERS A bet on the first 4 numbers (0, 1, 2, 3 - available only for Roulette wheels with a French single zero). The chip is placed on the intersection point of the outside line of the numbers layout with the line between 0 and 3. Pays: 8 times the bet + bet 6) FIRST FIVE NUMBERS A bet on the first 5 numbers (0, 00, 1, 2, 3 - available only for Roulette wheels with zero / double zero). The chip is placed on the intersection point of the outside line of the numbers layout with the line between 00 and 3. Pays: 6 times the bet + bet 7) LINE A bet on the six consecutive numbers of any two adjacent rows on the numbers layout. The chip is placed on the intersection of the outside line of the numbers layout with the line between the two selected rows. Pays: 5 times the bet + bet
08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

Page 67

GAMING INSTRUCTIONS

8) COLUMN A bet on the 12 numbers of any column. The chip is placed in one of the three sections marked 2 <- 1 (zero / double zero is not included). Pays: 2 times the bet + bet 9) DOZEN A bet on a group of twelve numbers. The chip is placed in one of the sections marked 1st 12, 2nd 12, 3rd 12 (zero / double zero is not included). Pays: 2 times the bet + bet 10) RED/BLACK A bet on the section RED or BLACK covers half (or 18) of the numbers of the Roulette wheel (zero / double zero is not included). Pays: 1 time the bet + bet 11) EVEN/ODD A bet on the section EVEN or ODD covers half (or 18) of the numbers of the Roulette wheel (zero / double zero is not included). Pays: 1 time the bet + bet 12) 1 - 18/19 - 36 A bet on the section 1 to 18 or 19 to 36 covers half (or 18) of the numbers of the Roulette wheel (zero / double zero is not included). Pays: 1 time the bet + bet
45M002P1UK-03

Page 68

08 2006 AGI GmbH

GAMING INSTRUCTIONS

Description of additional betting options on the main screen (may not be permitted in all jurisdictions)
LUCKY DIP

This function places a bet on 6 numbers randomly selected by the random generator (requires a total of 6 chips). The chips are placed as on Straight Up.

INFORMATION
Any bets placed before accepting the randomly selected numbers of the LUCKY DIP will be cancelled. After pressing the LUCKY DIP button the randomly selected numbers will be offered in a window as displayed above. Minus Plus Accept Reject Cancel To decrease the bet per number. To increase the bet per number. To play the randomly selected numbers indicated in the window. To start a new random selection of 6 numbers. Closes the window without any bets being played.
45M002P1UK-03

Pays: 35 times the bet + bet

24 BET

A bet on 24 numbers. The chip is placed on the line between the sections provided for the Dozen and Column betting options respectively. Pays: 0.5 times the bet + bet
08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page 69

GAMING INSTRUCTIONS

III.1.3 Select Table Screen (optional) - Buttons and Display Areas

Page 70

08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

GAMING INSTRUCTIONS

Description of the SELECT TABLE function on the main screen (OPTIONAL)

On the main screen the select table function can optionally be displayed. If the Select Table button is pressed the display switches to the select table screen offering the option to choose one from three tables you would like to play on.

Description of buttons and display areas on the select table screen

CASH Press the CASH button for payout of existing credits. SERVICE Press this button to call a casino attendant (if an error message is displayed etc.). TABLE 1, 2, 3 Names and pictures of the respective tables to be chosen by the casino.
45M002P1UK-03

PRESS TO SELECT Symbols of two selectable tables are displayed. Select this button to change the activated table. PRESS TO ACTIVATE The biggest table symbol signifies the currently activated table. Press this button to return to the main screen to play on the activated table. GAME PHASE DISPLAY (below table symbol) This display area shows the current game status of the respective table. PREVIOUS WINNING NUMBERS Shows the last 20 winning numbers of the respective table. LIVE RECORDING IMAGE In the right upper part of the select table screen a picture can be displayed showing a live recording image of the Roulette wheel belonging to the table currently activated. BET Shows the total bet for the current game. CREDIT Shows the total amount of credits available. STATUS DISPLAY This display area shows the current game status (game phase) and information on the game play (e. g. WINNING NUMBER) of the activated table.
08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page 71

GAMING INSTRUCTIONS

TIME DISPLAY This function shows the time remaining until the end of the betting phase on the activated table. If Novo Touchbet Live-Roulette is installed, this function shows the current game status (game phase). SHOW DEALER Press this button to shortly display a picture of the current dealer. INFO This function displays additional information screens. FLAG Press this button for button designations to be displayed in the desired language.

Page 72

08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

GAMING INSTRUCTIONS

45M002P1UK-03

08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page 73

GAMING INSTRUCTIONS

III.1.4 Call Neighbour Bets Screen - Buttons and Display Areas

Page 74

08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

GAMING INSTRUCTIONS

Description of buttons and display areas on the call neighbour bets screen
CASH Press the CASH button for payout of existing credits. COLOUR CHIP The sample chip indicates the colour in which the chips of this terminal are shown on the animation display. SERVICE Press this button to call a casino attendant (if an error message is displayed etc.). H/L/F The letters H, L and F refer to the payout options for outside bets (Red/Black, Even/Odd or 1-18/19-36) when the ball lands on 0/00. H means the player will lose only half of any outside bets. L means the player will lose all of any outside bets.
45M002P1UK-03

F means that the outside bets are locked. The bet is returned (1:1) if it is won on the next spin. If 0/00 occurs on the second spin the outside bets are double locked. In this case two winning bets in a row must occur to release them. If anything else occurs, including more zeros, the outside bets are lost. PREVIOUS WINNING NUMBERS Shows the last 20 winning numbers. ? - HELP For information on the function of a button or of a display area on the current game screen please press the ? button first and then the desired button or area on the screen. BACK TO MAIN SCREEN If this button is pressed, the display switches back to the main screen. BET Shows the total bet for the current game. CREDIT Shows the total amount of credits available.

08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page 75

GAMING INSTRUCTIONS

Page 76

08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

GAMING INSTRUCTIONS

MULTIPLIERS This function offers a selection of pre-set bet increments. The MAX button (may not be permitted in all jurisdictions) activates the maximum bet function: Each betting option selected by the player will automatically be played at maximum possible bet. Pressing any of the other multiplier buttons deactivates the maximum bet function again. STATUS DISPLAY This display area shows the current game status (game phase) and information on the game play (e. g. WINNING NUMBER). PREVIOUS BET This function selects all numbers and bets of the most recent game played on the terminal automatically again. TIME DISPLAY This function shows the time remaining until the end of the betting phase. If Novo Touchbet LiveRoulette is installed, this function shows the current game status (game phase). CANCEL Pressing this button cancels the most recent alteration of the bet. If this button is pressed again, all bets on the Roulette layout are cancelled. The corresponding credits are refunded to the CREDIT meter. INFO This function displays additional information screens. FLAG Press this button for button designations to be displayed in the desired language.

45M002P1UK-03

08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page 77

GAMING INSTRUCTIONS

III.1.5 Call Neighbour Bets Screen - Betting Options

5) 3) 4) 2) 1)

6)

5)

6)

Page 78

08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

GAMING INSTRUCTIONS

Description of betting options on the call neighbour bets screen

The betting options described below are not available for all types of Roulette wheels. Please see explanations below. 1) 0 GAME A bet on adjacent numbers on the Roulette wheel. This bet covers the below combinations of numbers (requires a total of 4 chips): Split 0/3 Split 12/15 Split 32/35 Straight Up 26 1 1 1 1 Chip Chip Chip Chip

2) SERIES 0/2/3 A bet on adjacent numbers on the Roulette wheel. This bet covers the below combinations of numbers (requires a total of 9 chips): Street 0/2/3 Corner 25/26/28/29 Split 4/7 Split 12/15 Split 18/21 Split 19/22 Split 32/35 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 Chips Chips Chip Chip Chip Chip Chip

45M002P1UK-03

3) SERIES 5/8 A bet on adjacent numbers on the Roulette wheel. This bet covers the below combinations of numbers (requires a total of 6 chips or for Roulette wheels with French double zero a total of 7 chips, respectively): Plein 00 Split 5/8 Split 10/11 Split 13/16 Split 23/24 Split 27/30 Split 33/36 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Chip (for Roulette wheels with a French double zero only) Chip Chip Chip Chip Chip Chip

4) ORPHELINS A bet on adjacent numbers on the Roulette wheel which are covered neither by the Series 0/2/3 nor by the Series 5/8. This bet covers the below combinations of numbers (requires a total of 5 chips): Straight Up 1 Split 6/9 Split 14/17 Split 17/20 Split 31/34 1 1 1 1 1 Chip Chip Chip Chip Chip

08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page 79

GAMING INSTRUCTIONS

5) 3) 4)

6)

Page 80

08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

GAMING INSTRUCTIONS

5) NEIGHBOUR BETS A bet on one number and the two numbers adjacent to it to the left and to the right on the Roulette wheel. The chip is placed on the selected number on the Roulette wheel layout (requires a total of 5 chips). Example: If 1 is selected, the bet covers the following numbers: 16, 33, 1, 20 and 14. 6) FINALS A bet on all numbers that have the same last digit. The chip is placed on the selected number between 1 and 9 (requires a total of 3 or 4 chips): Example: If 1 is selected, the bet covers the following numbers: 1, 11, 21 and 31.

INFORMATION
Because of the different sequence of numbers on Roulette wheels with American double zero, only Neighbour Bets and Finals are available. For Roulette wheels with French double zero the betting options 0 Game and Series 0/2/3 are not available, as it is not possible to place a split on 0/3 or a street on 0/2/3 because of the arrangement of these numbers on the layout.

45M002P1UK-03

08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page 81

GAMING INSTRUCTIONS

III.1.6 Info Screen - Hot / Cold Numbers

Page 82

08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

GAMING INSTRUCTIONS

Description of buttons and display areas on the info screen - hot / cold numbers
CASH Press the CASH button for payout of existing credits. SERVICE Press this button to call a casino attendant (if an error message is displayed etc.). HOT/COLD NUMBERS ON LAST n GAMES Shows the frequency with which each individual number was the winning number in the last predefined number of games. How many games are considered for this statistical computation can be set with the parameter Hot-Cold Samples Count in path Casino \ Multi Game \ Novo Multi-Table Roulette \ Parameters \ Game \ Game Info on the Novo Unity Server. EVEN CHANCE BETS ON LAST n GAMES Shows the frequency with which the various betting options resulted in a win in the last predefined number of games. How many games are considered for this statistical computation can be set with the parameter Hot-Cold Even Chance in path Casino \ Multi Game \ Novo Multi-Table Roulette \ Parameters \ Game \ Game Info on the Novo Unity Server. BACK TO MAIN SCREEN If this button is pressed, the display switches back to the main screen.
45M002P1UK-03

BET Shows the total bet for the current game. CREDIT Shows the total amount of credits available. STATUS DISPLAY This display area shows the current game status (game phase) and information on the game play (e. g. WINNING NUMBER). TIME DISPLAY This function shows the time remaining until the end of the betting phase. If Novo Touchbet LiveRoulette is installed, this function shows the current game status (game phase). INFO This function displays additional information screens. FLAG Press this button for button designations to be displayed in the desired language.

08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page 83

GAMING INSTRUCTIONS

III.1.7 Info Screen - Your Last Game

Page 84

08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

GAMING INSTRUCTIONS

Description of buttons and display areas on the info screen - your last game
CASH Press the CASH button for payout of existing credits. SERVICE Press this button to call a casino attendant (if an error message is displayed etc.). BACK TO MAIN SCREEN If this button is pressed, the display switches back to the main screen. BET Shows the total bet of the last game. WIN Shows the total win of the last game. INFO This function displays additional information screens. FLAG Press this button for button designations to be displayed in the desired language.
45M002P1UK-03

08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page 85

GAMING INSTRUCTIONS

III.1.8 Info Screen - Minimal Possible Bets

Page 86

08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

GAMING INSTRUCTIONS

Description of buttons and display areas on the info screen minimal possible bets
CASH Press the CASH button for payout of existing credits. SERVICE Press this button to call a casino attendant (if an error message is displayed etc.). BACK TO MAIN SCREEN If this button is pressed, the display switches back to the main screen. BET Shows the total bet for the current game. CREDIT Shows the total amount of credits available. STATUS DISPLAY This display area shows the current game status (game phase) and information on the game play (e. g. WINNING NUMBER).
45M002P1UK-03

TIME DISPLAY This function shows the time remaining until the end of the betting phase. If Novo Touchbet LiveRoulette is installed, this function shows the current game status (game phase). INFO This function displays additional information screens. FLAG Press this button for button designations to be displayed in the desired language.

08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page 87

GAMING INSTRUCTIONS

III.1.9 Info Screen - Maximal Possible Bets

Page 88

08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

GAMING INSTRUCTIONS

Description of buttons and display areas on the info screen maximal possible bets
CASH Press the CASH button for payout of existing credits. SERVICE Press this button to call a casino attendant (if an error message is displayed etc.). BACK TO MAIN SCREEN If this button is pressed, the display switches back to the main screen. BET Shows the total bet for the current game. CREDIT Shows the total amount of credits available. STATUS DISPLAY This display area shows the current game status (game phase) and information on the game play (e. g. WINNING NUMBER).
45M002P1UK-03

TIME DISPLAY This function shows the time remaining until the end of the betting phase. If Novo Touchbet LiveRoulette is installed, this function shows the current game status (game phase). INFO This function displays additional information screens. FLAG Press this button for button designations to be displayed in the desired language.

08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page 89

GAMING INSTRUCTIONS

III.1.10 Info Screen - Multiplier Value - Payout Odds

Page 90

08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

GAMING INSTRUCTIONS

Description of buttons and display areas on the info screen - payout odds
PAYOUT ODDS 1) STRAIGHT UP 2) SPLIT 3 STREET 4) CORNER 5) FIRST FOUR NUMBERS 6) FIRST FIVE NUMBERS 7) LINE 8) COLUMN 9) DOZEN 10) RED/BLACK 11) EVEN/ODD 12) 1 - 18/19 - 36 35 17 11 8 8 6 5 2 2 1 1 1 times the bet + bet times the bet + bet times the bet + bet times the bet + bet times the bet + bet times the bet + bet times the bet + bet times the bet + bet times the bet + bet time the bet + bet time the bet + bet time the bet + bet

CASH Press the CASH button for payout of existing credits. SERVICE Press this button to call a casino attendant (if an error message is displayed etc.).
45M002P1UK-03

BACK TO MAIN SCREEN If this button is pressed, the display switches back to the main screen. BET Shows the total bet for the current game. CREDIT Shows the total amount of credits available. STATUS DISPLAY This display area shows the current game status (game phase) and information on the game play (e. g. WINNING NUMBER). TIME DISPLAY This function shows the time remaining until the end of the betting phase. If Novo Touchbet LiveRoulette is installed, this function shows the current game status (game phase). INFO This function displays additional information screens. FLAG Press this button for button designations to be displayed in the desired language.

08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page 91

GAMING INSTRUCTIONS

Page 92

08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

GAMING INSTRUCTIONS

III.1.11 Top Message Box

Information on the game play is displayed in a pop-up window at the top of the screen (please see illustrations below).

45M002P1UK-03

08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page 93

GAMING INSTRUCTIONS

III.1.12 Wheel Information Display (OPTIONAL)

9) 5) 6) 8)

4)

7)

10)

3)

Page 94

1)

2)

11)

08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

GAMING INSTRUCTIONS

Description of buttons and display areas on the Wheel Information Display

1) Previous Winning Numbers Shows the last 20 winning numbers. 2) Small Casino Logo To be set with the parameter WID - Small Casino Logo in path Casino \ Multi Game \ Novo Multi-Table Roulette \ Parameters \ Server \ Settings on the Novo Unity Server. 3) Table Name To be set with the parameter Server 1,2,3 - Name in path Casino \ Multi Game \ Novo Multi-Table Roulette \ Parameters \ Server \ Settings on the Novo Unity Server. 4) Minimum and Maximum Bet To be set with parameter Server 1,2,3 - Min / Max Table Limit in path Casino \ Multi Game \ Novo MultiTable Roulette \ Parameters \ Server \ Settings on the Novo Unity Server. 5) Dealer's Picture (for Novo Touchbet Live-Roulette only) By adding an user with the user type Dealer a picture can be assigned to be displayed on the Dealer Board, Wheel Information Display and terminals. Please see also part V - Novo Unity Server, section V.1 General Information, Path User \ Users. 6) Dealer's Name Display of the dealer's user name. Please see also part V - Novo Unity Server, section V.1 General Information, Path User \ Users. 7) Graphic Illustration of the Hot / Cold Numbers Shows the frequency with which each individual number was the winning number. How many games are considered for this statistical computation can be set with the parameter Hot-Cold Samples Count in path Casino \ Multi Game \ Novo Multi-Table Roulette \ Parameters \ Game \ Game Info on the Novo Unity Server. 8) Display of the Hot / Cold Numbers Shows the five numbers with the highest and lowest winning number frequency. How many games are considered for this statistical computation can be set with the parameter Hot-Cold Samples Count in path Casino \ Multi Game \ Novo Multi-Table Roulette \ Parameters \ Game \ Game Info on the Novo Unity Server. 9) Live Recording Image of the Roulette wheel (with camera system only) or Big Casino Logo If a camera system is installed, a live recording image of the Roulette wheel will be displayed. Otherwise an individual picture can optionally be displayed. To be set with the parameter WID - Big Casino Logo in path Casino \ Multi Game \ Novo Multi-Table Roulette \ Parameters \ Server \ Settings on the Novo Unity Server.

45M002P1UK-03

08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page 95

GAMING INSTRUCTIONS

10) Statistics Shows the frequency with which the various betting options (even chance bets and 0/00 bets) resulted in a win. How many games are considered for this statistical computation can be set with the parameter Hot-Cold Even Chance in path Casino \ Multi Game \ Novo Multi-Table Roulette \ Parameters \ Game \ Game Info on the Novo Unity Server. 11) Ticker Text To be set with the parameter WID - Ticker Text in path Casino \ Multi Game \ Novo Multi-Table Roulette \ Parameters \ Server \ Settings on the Novo Unity Server.

Page 96

08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

GAMING INSTRUCTIONS

III.1.13 Top Light

III.1.13.1 Novomatic Standard
The various operating statuses are indicated on the toplight (error, service call, etc.):

Blue

Blue

Blue light on: The SERVICE button has been pressed. If the SERVICE button is pressed again by the attendant the light goes off.

White

White

Blue

Blue

White light is blinking quickly: The device is in idle mode with a door opened. The light is blinking until the beginning of the next game.

White

White

45M002P1UK-03

Blue

Blue

Blue light is blinking slowly: Error - the device is not ready for game play. The error message is displayed on the screen. Please see part VII Error Handling.

White

White

Blue

Blue

Blue light is blinking slowly and white light is blinking quickly: Error - the device is not ready for game play. The error message is displayed on the screen and a door of the device is open. Please see part VII Error Handling.

White

White

Blue

Blue

Blue and white lights are blinking slowly: A manual payout by the attendant is required (CANCEL CREDITS or HANDPAY button). Afterwards the lights go off. Page 97

White

White

08 2006 AGI GmbH

GAMING INSTRUCTIONS

III.1.13.2 Bally France

The various operating statuses are indicated on the toplight (Jackpot, error, service call, etc.):

Green Red Yellow

Green Red Yellow

Green light is blinking quickly: A limit has been reached. After the manual payout the light goes off.

Green Red Yellow

Green Red Yellow

Red light on: Error - the machine is not ready for game play. The error message is displayed on the screen. Please see part VII Error Handling.
45M002P1UK-03 08 2006 AGI GmbH

Green Red Yellow

Green Red Yellow

Red light is blinking slowly: A door is open on the machine.

Green Red Yellow

Green Red Yellow

Yellow light is blinking quickly: The SERVICE button has been pressed. If the SERVICE button is pressed again by the attendant the light goes off.

Green Red Yellow

Green Red Yellow

Yellow light is blinking slowly: The blackbox was removed or is damaged.

Page 98

GAMING INSTRUCTIONS

III.1.13.3 Ontario

White

White

Blue

Blue

At any one time, each of the two tower lights may be in one of the five states as follows: 1) 2) 3) 4) 5) Off means the light is off; On means the light is on continually; Slow Flash means the light is flashing regularly at a 500 millisecond interval; Medium Flash means the light is flashing regularly at a 250 millisecond interval; Fast Flash means the light is flashing regularly at 125 millisecond interval.

There are three separate methods by which a machine may be placed in an unplayable state: 1) 2)
45M002P1UK-03

3)

Administrative mode means that an authorised person has placed the machine in an unplayable state in order to access the setup or recall functions of a machine game. Disabled mode means that an authorised person has placed the machine in an unplayable state for any reason other than those described in administrative mode. Tilt mode means that the machine placed itself in an unplayable state due to some type of malfunction or an exception condition whereby the machine cannot return to a playable state without intervention by an authorised person.

Each of the following combinations of light states are displayed by the machine tower light to indicate the machine operational status that is described therewith until the status is changed by an authorised person:

White (top) Light

Off Off Off

_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Coloured (bottom) Light

Off

Machine Operational Status

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Idle and the machine door(s) is (are) closed. Idle and the machine door(s) is (are) open.

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Medium Flash Fast Flash Off On

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Idle and the machine Cashbox Door is open.

On On On

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Change or another service request by patron and the machine door(s) is (are) closed. Machine in disabled mode. The machine door(s) is (are) open and a) a patron is requesting change or another service; or b) the machine is in disabled mode.

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Medium Flash

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

On

Fast Flash

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

The machine is in disabled mode and its Cashbox Door is open.

08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page 99

GAMING INSTRUCTIONS

White (top) Light

Slow Flash Slow Flash

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Coloured (bottom) Light

Off Slow Flash

Machine Operational Status

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

The machine is in tilt mode and its door(s) is (are) closed.

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

a) The machine is displaying a hand-paid jackpot combination and its door(s) is (are) closed; or b) The machine is displaying a hand-paid jackpot and has gone into tilt mode while its door(s) is (are) closed. a) The machine is displaying a hand-paid jackpot combination and its door(s) is (are) open; or b) The machine is displaying a hand-paid jackpot and has gone into tilt mode while its door(s) is (are) open.

Slow Flash

Medium Flash

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Slow Flash

Fast Flash

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

a) The machine is displaying a hand-paid jackpot combination and its Cashbox Door is open; or b) The machine is displaying a hand-paid jackpot and has gone into tilt mode while its Cashbox Door is open. The machine is in administrative mode and its door(s) is (are) closed.

Fast Flash Fast Flash Fast Flash

Off Medium Flash Fast Flash

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

The machine is in administrative mode and its door(s) is (are) open.

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Additional information:

The Cashbox Door and machine door open operational status conditions have higher priority when more than one condition triggers the display of tower light.

Page 100

08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

The machine is in administrative mode and its Cashbox Door is open.

Part IV - Game Manager (Terminal)

IV.1 IV.2 IV.3

45M002P1UK-03

Audit Menu Remote Reset Data Service Finances Printer Shutdown Game Previous Games

IV.4 IV.5 IV.6 IV.7 IV.8

08 2006

Wiener Strasse 158 A-2352 Gumpoldskirchen Austria Europe Tel.: +43-2252-606 www.austrian-gaming.com e-mail: support@novomatic.com

Austrian Gaming Industries GmbH

GAME MANAGER

Page 102

08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

GAME MANAGER

Game Manager
After applying power, the Game Manager appears on the terminal/Game Server screen. The Game Manager starts the current game program automatically and then retreats into the background to allow the betting screen resp. the Game Server window to be displayed. On the terminal screen the Game Manager can be brought into the foreground again by connecting a keyboard. To switch to the Game Manager on the Terminal or Game Server the keys ALT + TAB must be pressed. The Game Manager provides the following functions and information:

45M002P1UK-03

START

- Function provided to start the installed program. The START button need not be pressed when booting up the terminal (autostart procedure). The START button is provided to restart a game that was halted with the STOP button. - Function provided to terminate the current game after completion of a full game cycle. To restart the game play, the START button needs to be pressed. - Function provided to clear the log window (area on the right). - After the STOP button has been pressed a manual parameter update can be carried out. This is required only for analysis purposes (log window) because a required update is effected in every start procedure of the program (Autostart/Start button) and after every parameter update executed on the Novo Unity Server.

STOP

CLEAR UPDATE

08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page 103

GAME MANAGER

Terminal

- Identifies the terminal/Game Server on the Novo Unity Server. The number is assigned on the Novo Unity Server (as per the settings made by AGI technical staff on site). - Indicates the group number or name (Attachments) to which the terminal or Game Server belongs. Settings can be made on the Novo Unity Server. - Indicates the IP address of the terminal/Game Server. - This number is the physical number of the network card (unique identification code worldwide). - Indicates the version of the Game Manager Program.

Group

IP MAC

Ver

Page 104

08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

GAME MANAGER

IV.1 Audit Menu

To access the audit menu a key switch must be turned on the terminal, which will display the window below:

45M002P1UK-03

08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page 105

GAME MANAGER

Description: The below options can be selected without entering a password:

CANCEL CREDITS - After selecting this button a manual payout can be performed by the attendant. Pressing the CANCEL CREDITS button will set the credit to 0. Credits paid out in this way are automatically registered on the Cancelled Credit meter and then saved in the bookkeeping. To leave the audit menu, the key switch must be removed. If on the Novo Unity Server (in path Casino \ Multi Game \ Installed Game \ Parameters \ Settings \ Pay Out) the parameter Cancel Credits is activated the attendant can perform a manual payout in every game phase, except when bets are placed. If this parameter is deactivated also the CANCEL CREDITS button will be inactive, except for the case that one of the following error messages is displayed on the terminal screen: Hopper Limit Reached - Wait for Attendant Ticket Payout Limit Reached - Wait for Attendant Door Errors, e. g. Stacker Door open Hardware- and Connection Errors - e. g. Connection with Game Server lost RAM Clear required Page 106
08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

GAME MANAGER

HANDPAY

- If the maximum win or credit amount has been reached, the dealer must pay out the current amount won by pressing the HANDPAY button. To leave the audit menu, the key switch must be removed. Please see also section V.3.1.2.1.8 Credit Limits, parameter description for Max Credit and Max Win. - If the remote in function is activated on the Novo Unity Server (path: Casino \ Multi Game \ Installed Game \ Parameters \ Settings \ Pay In \ Remote In) the attendant can effect a pay-in in every game phase, except during the drawing phase and when there are bets placed. - When this button has been selected (with no bets placed) information on the last 1000 games played on the terminal is displayed on the screen. For further information: Please see section IV.8 Previous Games. - This function allows to initiate the shutdown procedure of the game program on all terminals that are connected to the Game Server or Novo Unity Server. Please see section IV.7 Shutdown Game.

REMOTE

PREVIOUS GAMES

SHUTDOWN GAME

45M002P1UK-03

WIN NUMBER BY SUPERVISOR - This function is only relevant for LIVE games and Multi-Roulette systems in case of losing connection between Novo Unity Server and terminal. For further information: Please see part VII Error Handling. EXIT - No function - the Audit key must be released to leave the audit menu.

The options below can only be read and/or changed after an appropriate password has been entered. RESET DATA - Depending on the user's access rights, data from the following areas can be cleared under this menu item: Supervisor - Authorised to clear partial statistics data. Administrator - Authorised to clear partial and total statistics data.

This function can only be carried out if no credits are available on the terminal. SERVICE - Depending on their access rights, authorised technicians can view or change technical settings of the devices. - Here all bookkeeping data can be viewed depending on the access rights of the user. (Changes cannot be made!)

FINANCES

Printer PRINTED TICKETS << / >> RESET

08 2006 AGI GmbH

- Opens a window to view all tickets printed at the terminal (since last reset!). - The arrow keys facilitate the paper control of the ticket printer. - To reset the printer to a defined initial state. Page 107

GAME MANAGER

LOGIN
Title: Password

Function:

This window is used to log into the respective subdirectory of the audit menu. Access to the system is granted depending on the access rights of the user.

Description:

LOGIN ACCOUNT

- Use the drop-down button or the arrow key to select the user status (Supervisor or Administrator). - Area to enter the password. - Closes this option. - Password check.

ENTER PASSWORD Cancel OK

Additional information:

All characters entered by a user are edited with an asterisk * in the edit window. After a password has been entered and OK has been pressed, the respective menu is displayed.

Page 108

08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

GAME MANAGER

IV.2 Remote
Title: Path: REMOTE AUDIT MENU \ REMOTE

Function:

If the Remote In function is activated on the Novo Unity Server (path: Casino \ Multi Game \ Installed Game \ Settings \ Parameters \ Pay In \ Remote In) the attendant can effect a pay-in in every game phase, except during the drawing phase and when there are bets placed. Depending on activation or deactivation of the Remote Dialog function on the Novo Unity Server (path: Casino \ Multi Game \ Installed Game \ Parameters \ Settings \ Pay In \ Remote Dialog) the following options are available: Remote Dialog activated: After the REMOTE button has been pressed the following window will be displayed:

45M002P1UK-03

REMOTE IN CURRENT CREDIT APPLY ABORT

Description:

- Press the respective button(s) to add the desired amount. - Shows the current credit. - To insert the selected amount. - Closes the window without any cash transfer.

Remote Dialog not activated: After the REMOTE button has been pressed the value defined as Remote In Rate (path: Casino \ Multi Game \ Installed Game \ Parameters \ Settings \ Pay In \ Remote In Rate) is accumulated to the credit each time the Remote function is carried out.

08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page 109

GAME MANAGER

P a g e 11 0

08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

GAME MANAGER

IV.3 Reset Data

Title: Path: RESET ALL DATA AUDIT MENU \ RESET DATA

This window can be used to reset (set to zero) partial/total statistics. This function can only be carried out if no credits are available on the terminal.

Function:

45M002P1UK-03

Description:
Reset Cash Reset Tickets

- If this option is selected, the Cash In and Cash Out statistics can be cleared. - If this option is selected, the value of the printed tickets can be cleared on the terminal. (A reset has no influence on the cashdesk! Data are maintained.)

Level Partial Total (RAM CLEAR) EXIT RESET Access rights: Supervisor Administrator

- By selecting this option the partial statistics can be cleared. - By selecting this option the total statistics can be cleared. - No reset is performed and the program window is closed. - The selected statistics will be cleared.

- Authorised to clear partial cash data. - Authorised to clear partial and total cash and tickets data.

Additional information:

For certain jurisdictions a modified RAM Clear procedure is provided. Following describes this procedure including the PC Security Cover to fulfil relevant technical standard requirements.

08 2006 AGI GmbH

P a g e 111

GAME MANAGER

Modified RAM Clear Procedure for certain jurisdictions only:

CASE 1 The terminal requires RAM Clear procedure due of according actions (parameter change, etc.). In this case the terminal will be blocked and a message indicates the required RAM Clear procedure on the screen: Parameter Changed RAM Clear required. CASE 2 The RAM Clear procedure will be executed by an authorized person due of any according reason directly on the terminal.

NOTE
The RAM Clear procedure can only be executed when the Logic Door has been opened and the PC Security Cover has been removed before by an authorized person (audit key). Further a RAM Clear procedure can only be executed when there are no credits on the terminal. 1) Turn the audit key to get access to the audit menu:

2) Select the RESET DATA button to gain access to the RAM Clear area. The login window will pop up automatically:

P a g e 11 2

08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

GAME MANAGER

3) Enter the Administrator password (only the Administrator role is allowed to execute the RAM Clear procedure; the Supervisor role may only clear the cash and partial data, but not any ticket data). 4) After a successful login the RESET ALL DATA window will open automatically.

45M002P1UK-03

5) Check the radio button next to Total (RAM Clear). The check box next to Reset Tickets can be activated optionally.

NOTE
It is also possible to clear only ticket data without losing any cash data. If no check box is activated (neither next to Reset Tickets nor next to Reset Cash), the RESET button will be inactive. 6) Press the RESET button. The following confirmation message will appear automatically:

7) Confirm the execution of the RAM Clear procedure by pressing the OK button. The procedure can also be aborted by pressing the Cancel button. In this case the application will switch back to the RESET ALL DATA window without deleting any data.

08 2006 AGI GmbH

P a g e 11 3

GAME MANAGER

NOTE
For the case the Logic Door and/or the PC Security Cover has not been opened or removed before, the following confirmation message will occur automatically after the RESET button has been pressed:

After confirming this message by pressing the OK button the application returns to the RESET ALL DATA window without deleting any data. The procedure must be repeated. Without fulfilling above conditions first a RAM Clear cannot be executed! 8) When the RAM Clear sequence has been confirmed all selected data (tickets and/or cash) will be cleared and set to zero. The successful completion of the procedure will be confirmed by the following message:

9) Mount the PC Security Cover and close the Logic Door again. 10) Close the audit menu by turning the audit key.

INFORMATION
After any clear data procedure the game will be reloaded by the Game Manager application (file integrity check, etc.) automatically for the initialisation of the terminal.

After completion of the RAM Clear procedure:

CASE 1 Audit menu + Logic Door closed + Security Cover mounted: The terminal switches back to the normal game mode (reload and check via Game Manager) after the audit menu has been closed by turning the audit key. CASE 2 Audit menu + Logic Door open + PC Security Cover removed: After closing the audit menu and game reloading the warning messages Security Cover and Logic Door will appear successively on the terminal screen. The machine will be blocked and the Logic Door Open Sound will appear (same sound for PC Security Cover and for Logic Door opened). In this case both conditions (mounting the PC Security Cover and closing the Logic Door) must be rectified. Afterwards the warning messages can be reset by turning the audit key. P a g e 11 4
08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

GAME MANAGER

IV.4 Service
Title: Path: Service Menu AUDIT MENU \ SERVICE

Function:

The options of the service menu will only be displayed after an appropriate password has been entered. A variety of machine settings can be viewed. The following window will be displayed:

45M002P1UK-03

08 2006 AGI GmbH

P a g e 11 5

GAME MANAGER

Supervisor Administrator

- Reading rights (except Hardware Settings and Set Parameters) - Reading rights

P a g e 11 6

08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

GAME MANAGER

Description:

ATTENTION
The menu Hardware Settings is used to check all binary inputs and outputs of the PC card. It is exclusively provided for error analyses and testing purposes after consulting with the Technical Support of AGI! Test Functions Calibrate Touch Screen Check Game Protocol - Used to test hardware devices connected with the terminal. - Used to calibrate the touchscreen. - To check the online protocol which is implemented on the Novo Unity Server. - Shows information about hardware-related events and game-related that are saved in a log file. - Shows name, date and version of individual program Dlls. - Here all game-related data are saved and can be viewed. - To quit the service menu.

Show Trace File

Dll`s Version Set Parameters

45M002P1UK-03

Exit

Additional information:
None.

08 2006 AGI GmbH

P a g e 11 7

GAME MANAGER

IV.4.1 PC Card Title: Path: PC Card AUDIT MENU \ SERVICE \ Hardware Settings

Function:

This window checks all binary inputs and outputs of the PC card. The functioning of cash and meter components at the player terminal can be checked.

Description:
Interfaces

Mount Unmount Multi Cash Multi IO Meter

- Shows the existing interfaces and their status. Mounted Connection with interface exists. Unmounted No connection to the interface. - Establish connection with interface. - Discontinue connection with interface. - Can be used to check the status of the multi-interface card. - Can be used to check inputs and outputs of the multi-interface card. - Can be used to check the meter hardware.

P a g e 11 8

08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

GAME MANAGER

DoorLog

- Shows the number of times the Logic Door has been opened and closed and how often the terminal has been switched on and off. For certain jurisdictions the Security Bill Door and the Security Cover will be displayed additionally. - Without function. - Shows the current power supply. - Shows the error status of the PC card. - Can be used to check active key switches. - Can be used to check the door status of each terminal (open, closed). An empty check box means the door is closed. Exception: Top Large Door and Door In Door -> empty check box means the door is open! - Can be used to check inputs and outputs of the PC card. - Closes the window.

Watchdog Status Error Keys Doors

Binary IO Exit

45M002P1UK-03

Additional information:
None.

08 2006 AGI GmbH

P a g e 11 9

GAME MANAGER

IV.4.1.1 Multi Cash Title: Path: Multi-Interface AUDIT MENU \ SERVICE \ Hardware Settings \ PC Card \ Multi Cash

Function:

This window can be used to check the status of the multi-interface card.

Device

Description:

- Shows the address, identification number (Id) and software version of the current multi-interface card. - Reads in commands and forwards them to the multi-interface for execution.

Set Global Command Diverter Hopper Control Mode

- If the hopper high level is reached (= high level + 100 coins) all subsequent coins will go into the cashbox. - A manual check of the functioning of the diverter coil. - Without function. - Clears the memory of the multi-interface.

Diverter Off Clear Status All Clear RAM

Page 120

08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

GAME MANAGER

Reset Show Status Exit Channels

- Resets the multi-interface. - Can be used to check and display the status messages of the multi-interface. - Closes the window. - This area is used to activate and check/test hopper, bill and coin acceptor channels. (After quitting this menu, these settings will be reset to the Novo Unity Server settings.) - Can be used to check all settings of the bill and coin acceptor channels as well as of the hopper channel. For security reasons, however, it is strongly recommended not to use this function. Any changes should only be made in the Novo Unity Server software. Please see part V Novo Unity Server. This function allows the user to stop the coin acceptor, the bill acceptor and the hopper. - To start the test of the selected channels. - To apply the changes until the Audit key is operated again.

Enable global

Set Get
45M002P1UK-03

Additional information:
None.

08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page 121

GAME MANAGER

IV.4.1.1.a Multi-Interface's Status Title: Path: Multiinterface's Status AUDIT MENU \ SERVICE \ Hardware Settings \ PC Card \ Multi Cash \ Show Status

This window can be used to check and display the status and error messages of the multi-interface.

Function:

Description:
Exit

If a check box is empty, no message/status exists. - Closes the window.

Additional information:
None.

Page 122

08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

GAME MANAGER

IV.4.1.2 Multi Binary Inputs and Outputs Title: Path: Multi Binary Inputs and Outputs AUDIT MENU \ SERVICE \ Hardware Settings \ PC Card \ Multi IO

Function:

This window can be used to check inputs and outputs of the multi-interface card.

45M002P1UK-03

Description:
Binary I/O Exit

- Manual input (activation) of the inputs and outputs of the multi-interface. - Closes the window.

Additional information:
None.

08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page 123

GAME MANAGER

IV.4.1.3 Meter Interface Title: Path: Meter Interface AUDIT MENU \ SERVICE \ Hardware Settings \ PC Card \ Meter

Function:

This window can be used to check meters whose function can be freely assigned. These settings are made upon installation of the system by AGI's Technical Support team.

Description:

Get total (Channel)

- Indicates the amount of the electronic meters (this value need not be identical with the amount of the mechanical meters). - Enter any value (e. g. amount of the mechanical meter). - To set the values entered in the input fields of Set total/Increase which can be transferred to the Get total values by pressing the Get button. These values will be transferred automatically after leaving the menu Hardware Settings. If set to zero, these meters will function as daily meters. - After the Set button has been pressed the values entered in the input fields of Set total/Increase can be transferred to the Get total values by selecting the Get button, but without leaving the menu Hardware Settings. - This function is reserved to AGI technicians for testing purposes (hardware password is required). - Indicates the current status of the meters.
08 2006 AGI GmbH

Set total/Increase Set

Get

Increase

Status Page 124

45M002P1UK-03

GAME MANAGER

Clear RAM

- This function is reserved to AGI technicians for testing purposes (a hardware password is required). - Resets the Set total/Increase values. - Closes the window.

Reset Exit

Additional information:
None.

45M002P1UK-03

08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page 125

GAME MANAGER

IV.4.1.4 Door Log Title: Path: Door Log AUDIT MENU \ SERVICE \ Hardware Settings \ PC Card \ Door Log

Function:

The Door Log function is provided only for certain jurisdictions and requires the installation of the security board in the terminal. In this case a window will be opened after pressing the Door Log button. It shows how often the Logic Door has been opened and closed and how often the terminal has been switched on and off. If the Security Bill Door and the Security Cover are installed additionally in the terminal, also their openings and closings can be followed in this window. As the security board is equipped with a battery the openings and closings will also be registered if the terminal is switched off.

Description:
Device Status Events Count

Last Events Set Time

- Shows the current address of the security board. - Shows the current status of the security board. - Shows how often the Logic Door has been opened/closed and how often the terminal has been switched on and off. Additionally the openings and closings of the Security Bill Door and the Security Cover can be displayed. - Shows the date, the time and the kind of the event. - The current system time is transmitted to the security board. This function is reserved to AGI technicians for testing purposes (a hardware password is required).
08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page 126

45M002P1UK-03

GAME MANAGER

Clear RAM Exit

- Allows to clear Last Events data. This function is reserved to AGI technicians for testing purposes (hardware password is required). - Closes the window.

Additional information:
None.

45M002P1UK-03

08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page 127

GAME MANAGER

IV.4.1.5 Binary IO Title: Path: PC Card Inputs & Outputs AUDIT MENU \ SERVICE \ Hardware Settings \ PC Card \ Binary IO

This window is used to check and control inputs and outputs of the PC card.

Function:

Binary I/O

- Manual entry (activation) of inputs and outputs of the multi-interface (e. g. illumination of the mechanical meters). - Closes the window.

OK

Additional information:
None.

Page 128

08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

Description:

GAME MANAGER

IV.4.2 Test Functions Title: Path: Test Functions AUDIT MENU \ SERVICE \ Test Functions

This window is used to test hardware devices connected with the terminal. The Exit button closes the window and returns to the service menu.

Function:

45M002P1UK-03

08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page 129

GAME MANAGER

IV.4.2.1 Hopper Test Title: Path: Hopper Test AUDIT MENU \ SERVICE \ Test functions

The window is used for testing the functioning of the hopper.

Function:

Description:
Payout

Exit

- First insert several coins (maximum 10 coins) to activate the Payout button. Press the Payout button to eject the inserted coins in order to test the payout and meter function of the hopper. - Closes the window.
45M002P1UK-03 08 2006 AGI GmbH

IV.4.2.2 Bill Validator Test Title: Path: Bill Validator Test AUDIT MENU \ SERVICE \ Test functions

By pressing the Bill Validator Test button the functioning of the bill acceptor can be checked. After insertion of a bill the values can be verified.

Function:

Page 130

GAME MANAGER

IV.4.2.3 Top Light Test Title: Path: Top Light Test AUDIT MENU \ SERVICE \ Test functions

After pressing the Top Light Test button the Top light will be activated to check the lamps and flashing frequency. The below window appears:

Function:

Description:
Exit

- Aborts the test, closes the window and goes back to the audit menu.

IV.4.2.4 Printer Test

45M002P1UK-03

Title: Path:
Not used.

Printer Test AUDIT MENU \ SERVICE \ Test functions

Function:

Additional information:
None.

08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page 131

GAME MANAGER

IV.4.3 Calibrate Touchscreen Title: Path: Micro Touch Touchscreen Properties AUDIT MENU \ SERVICE \ Calibrate Touchscreen

For an easy and exact calibration of the touchscreen use the Calibrate Touch Screen menu option. The below window will be displayed:

Function:

ATTENTION
The Front Large Door have to be closed during the calibration process! The terminal cabinet must not be touched during the calibration process in order to avoid incorrect settings! - Select the Calibrate button to start the calibration.

INFORMATION
If you press the Escape key or do not touch the screen within twenty seconds, the system automatically cancels the calibration process with no change to the current settings.

Page 132

08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

GAME MANAGER

Two calibration targets (2-point calibration) will appear on the screen. Next to the calibration target in the lower left corner a hand symbol will be displayed that guides you through the calibration process: - Press the calibration target next to the hand symbol. The hand symbol will begin to flash and the information Hold will be displayed next to it. - Hold on pressing until the hand symbol stops flashing and the information Touch Enabled appears. - Repeat these instructions for the second calibration target by following the hand symbol. Afterwards the below warning will shortly appear:

45M002P1UK-03

- The Calibration Complete window will open asking for the calibration test:

08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page 133

GAME MANAGER

- Test the calibration as recommended. Done Calibrate Press the Done button to accept the calibration settings and to return to the TouchWare Properties window. To correct the settings, press the Calibrate button to repeat the calibration process.

- Select the tab Cursor within the TouchWare Properties window:

- Press the Stabilise Cursor... button and the below window will appear:

Page 134

08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

GAME MANAGER

- Press Yes to continue. In the following window the suggested frequency will be displayed:

Accept - Select the Accept button to save the setting. Cancel - Closes the window without saving the setting. Advanced - Opens the Select Frequency window. Please do not make any changes!

!
45M002P1UK-03

ATTENTION Please do not change any other options!

08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page 135

GAME MANAGER

IV.4.4 Check Game Protocol Path: AUDIT MENU \ SERVICE \ Check Game Protocol

Function:

This menu item can be used to check whether the online protocol set on the Novo Unity Server is activated or deactivated. Depending on the kind of online protocol one of the following windows will be displayed:

Description:

Additional information:

If the Online Protocol or the Online Protocol COM Port on the Novo Unity Server are set to None (path: Casino \ Multi Game \ Installed Game \ Parameters \ Settings \ Online Protocols) the following window will be displayed:

Page 136

08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

Start test (BACTA) Quit, OK or Exit

- Initiates tests of the BACTA protocol. - Closes the window.

GAME MANAGER

If a connection to the online protocol cannot be established, an error message will be displayed on the terminal screen depending on the online protocol set on the Novo Unity Server. For example:

If the serial interface assigned to the parameter Online Protocol COM Port is already used by another device, an error message will be displayed on the terminal screen depending on the online protocol set on the Novo Unity Server. For example:

45M002P1UK-03

08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page 137

GAME MANAGER

IV.4.5 Show Log File Path: AUDIT MENU \ SERVICE \ Show Log File

Function:

This window provides information on data contained in the log file at the player terminal. The information saved in this window allows to capture the most important hardware- and game-related events occurred on the player terminal. These data are relevant only for AGI service technicians and programmers.

Description:

DATE and TIME DESCRIPTION Pg Up Pg Dn Ln Up Ln Dn Home End Refresh Options

Close

- Date and time of the event. - Designation of the event, for example new parameters, game finished, game started, cash: set wins/bets, door: open/closed, etc. - Go to previous page. - Go to next page. - Go back one line. - Go to next line. - Show first entry. - Show last entry. - Perform an update (required only if the window is open for a longer period of time while games are being played in the background). - Opens the options window shown below allowing to filter certain entries out of the log file. Please see next page additional information. - Closes the window.

Page 138

08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

GAME MANAGER

Additional information:

After pressing the Options button in the Log File window the following window will be opened:

To filter certain entries out of the log file activate the respective check box(es) and press the OK button to display only the selected events in the Log File window. The Cancel button closes the window without setting any filter.
45M002P1UK-03

Description:

08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page 139

GAME MANAGER

IV.4.6 Dlls Version Title: Path: Dlls Version AUDIT MENU \ SERVICE \ Dlls Version

Function:

This window shows the DLL version number and the date and time when the version installed was compiled.

Description:
Name Current Version TIME DATE OK

- Name of the respective DLL. - Shows the DLL version currently used. - Indicates the time when the DLL was compiled. - Indicates the date when the DLL was compiled. - Closes the window.

Additional information:
None.

Page 140

08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

GAME MANAGER

IV.4.7 Set Parameters Title: Path: PARAMETERS (Read only) AUDIT MENU \ SERVICE \ Set Parameters

Function:

Here all settings that have been made on the Novo Unity Server can be viewed. Changes can only be made on the Novo Unity Server!

45M002P1UK-03

Description:
Arrow buttons Exit

- Navigates up and down within the window. - Closes the window.

Additional information:
None.

08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page 141

GAME MANAGER

IV.4.8 Exit Path: AUDIT MENU \ SERVICE \ Exit

Function:

Press this button to quit the service menu and to go back to the audit menu.

Page 142

08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

GAME MANAGER

IV.5 Finances
Title: Path: Finances Menu AUDIT MENU \ FINANCES

Function:

This program menu shows bookkeeping statistics.

45M002P1UK-03

Supervisor Administrator

- Reading and writing rights for partial data - Reading and writing rights for partial and total data

08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page 143

GAME MANAGER

IV.5.1 Finances Title: Path: FINANCES AUDIT MENU \ FINANCES \ Finances

Function:

This window shows total and partial bookkeeping statistics of the terminal.

Description:
Wins Coin Out (Win) - Total amount of wins in all games, except for manual payouts (handpays). Please see also section IV.1 Audit Menu - Description of the HANDPAY button. - Total amount of wins in all games including manual payouts (handpays). Please see also section IV.1 Audit Menu - Description of the HANDPAY button. - Total amount of tip money in all games. - No function. - No function.

Total Win

Tip money Cashcon JP Novo Unity JP

Page 144

08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

GAME MANAGER

Bets Coin In (Bet) Games Total Games Won Games Games Since Power Up Games Since Door Close Total Total In Total Out Income

- Total amount of bets in all games.

- Number of games played. - Total number of all games won. - Total number of all games played since commencement of play (power up). - Total number of games played since the most recent door error reset.

- Total amount paid in for all games. - Total amount paid out for all games. - Difference between Total In and Total Out = Net profit of the terminal.

INFORMATION
The Income value does not relate to the payout rate! Total Out/In % - Ratio in percent between the total amount paid in and the total amount paid out. - Total amount of bets in all games. - Total amount of tip money in all games. - Total amount of wins in all games including manual payouts (handpays). - Difference between Total Bet and Total Win. - Ratio in percent between bets and wins for all games. - Closes the window. - The bookkeeping report can be written to a file and saved on a disk or on a hard disk.

45M002P1UK-03

Total Bet Total Tip Money Total Win Income Wins/Bets % EXIT SAVE REPORT

Additional information:
None.

08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page 145

GAME MANAGER

IV.5.2 Cash In/Out Title: Path: CASH AUDIT MENU \ FINANCES \ Cash

Function:

This window shows pay-in and pay-out statistics.

Description:
Cash Out Hopper 1 Out Printed Ticket - Payout via the hopper. - Value of redeemable tickets printed from the terminal. - Manual payouts by the attendant after pressing the CANCEL CREDITS button: a) To clear an error b) To reset the credit display on the terminal screen (not in all jurisdictions). Please see also section IV.1 Audit Menu - Description of the CANCEL CREDITS button. - Paid out wins by the attendant after pressing the HANDPAY button. Please see also section IV.1 Audit Menu - Description of the HANDPAY button.
08 2006 AGI GmbH

Cancelled Credits

Handpays

Page 146

45M002P1UK-03

GAME MANAGER

Remote Out

- Manual payouts by the attendant after pressing the HANDPAY and CANCEL CREDITS buttons. - Payout of cashable credits on a card. - Payout of non cashable credits on a card. - Payout of complimentary credits on a card.

Cashable Out Noncashable Out Promotional Out Cash In Bills Coins Hopper 1 In Cashbox 1 In Others Remote In Cashable In Noncashable In Promotional In Ticket In
45M002P1UK-03

- Number and value of bills paid in per channel and total amounts.

- Number and value of coins carried from the coin acceptor into the hopper per channel. - Number and value of coins carried from the coin acceptor into the cashbox per channel. - Insertion of credits by the attendant using the remote function. - Insertion of cashable credits from a card. - Insertion of noncashable credits from a card. - Insertion of complimentary credits from a card (cannot be cashed, can only be used for game-play). - Insertion of credits from a ticket.

Sum Coin In (Real) Bill In Remote In Cashless In Ticket In Coin Out (Real) Printer Out Remote Out Cashless Out Total In Total Out Income PARTIAL/TOTAL SAVE REPORT

- Total - Total - Total - Total - Total

of of of of of

all all all all all

coins paid in. bills paid in. amounts inserted using the remote function. amounts inserted from a card. amounts inserted from a ticket.

- Total of all coins paid out. - Total of all redeemable tickets printed. - Total of all amounts paid out by the attendant after pressing the HANDPAY or CANCEL CREDITS button. - Total of all amounts paid out to a card. - Total of all amounts paid in. - Total of all amounts paid out. - Difference between Total In and Total Out = net profit of the terminal. - Used to switch between partial and total statistics. - The bookkeeping report can be written to a file and saved on a disk or on a hard disk. - Closes the window.

EXIT

Additional information:
None.
08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page 147

GAME MANAGER

IV.5.3 Doors Title: Path: DOORS & KEYS AUDIT MENU \ FINANCES \ Doors

Function:

This window shows the number of times each door has been opened and the number of times the audit key has been used.

Description:

PARTIAL/TOTAL Door Opened Number Key Switch On/Off Number

- Used to switch between partial and total statistics. - Indicates the number of times each door has been opened. - Indicates the number of times the attendant key (= audit key) has been used. - Closes the window. - The bookkeeping report can be written to a file and saved on a disk or on the hard disk.

EXIT SAVE REPORT

Additional information:
None. Page 148
08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

GAME MANAGER

IV.5.4 Bank Notes In Title: Path: Last 40 Banknotes Paid In AUDIT MENU \ FINANCES \ Bank Notes In

Function:

This window indicates information on the last 40 bills inserted on the terminal.

45M002P1UK-03

Description:
Channel Value Time Date Current: Time Date OK

- Number of bill channel. - In currency units. - Time of bill insertion. - Date of bill insertion. - Current time - Current date - Closes the window.

Additional information:
None.

08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page 149

GAME MANAGER

IV.5.5 Game Statistics Title: Path:

Not used.

Game Statistics AUDIT MENU \ FINANCES \ Game Statistics

Function:

Page 150

08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

GAME MANAGER

IV.5.6 Hopper refill/dump Title: Path: Hopper: Test, Refill or Remove Coins AUDIT MENU \ FINANCES \ Hopper refill/dump

Function:

This window can be used to test the hopper functions.

45M002P1UK-03

Description:

Hopper Coins Sum Coins In Hopper Coins In Cashbox Hopper Refilled Coins Hopper Removed Coins Coins Pay Out SUM

- Number of coins transported by the coin acceptor to the hopper. - Number of coins transported by the coin acceptor to the cashbox. - Number of coins refilled into the hopper. - Number of coins paid out from the hopper, using the Remove Coins button. - Number of coins paid out to the player after the Cash button has been selected. - Shows the total number of coins inserted via the coin acceptor and those registered as refills. This information is only available if all refills have been registered in this window as described below.

08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page 151

GAME MANAGER

Hopper Refill (Refilling coins): After each hopper refill, the coins refilled must be registered by pressing the buttons 100 coins, 10 coins and 1 coin. After this, the Refill button must be pressed. Clear - The value entered with the Coin buttons can be cancelled by using the Clear function.

Remove All Coins From Hopper Remove Coins - All coins currently in the hopper are paid out (via the hopper). The amount paid out must be identical with the amount that is indicated in the Coins In Hopper area. Hopper Test A technician can insert coins (maximum 10 coins) and pay them out to test the functioning of the hopper.

INFORMATION
Coins inserted and dispensed in this way will not be reflected in the accounting (meters, software, etc.). Payout Exit - Pays out the coins. - Closes the window.
45M002P1UK-03

Additional information:

This function is optional and can be activated on the Novo Unity Server in path Casino \ Multi Game \ Installed Game \ Parameters \ Settings \ Pay In. For further information: Please see part V Novo Unity Server.

Page 152

08 2006 AGI GmbH

GAME MANAGER

IV.5.7 Show Log File Path: AUDIT MENU \ SERVICE \ Show Log File

Function:

This window provides information on data contained in the log file at the player terminal. The information saved in this window allows to capture the most important hardware- and game-related events occurred on the player terminal. These data are relevant only for AGI service technicians and programmers.

45M002P1UK-03

Description:

DATE and TIME DESCRIPTION Pg Up Pg Dn Ln Up Ln Dn Home End Refresh Options

Close

- Date and time of the event. - Designation of the event, for example new parameters, game finished, game started, cash: set wins/bets, door: open/closed, etc. - Go to previous page. - Go to next page. - Go back one line. - Go to next line. - Show first entry. - Show last entry. - Perform an update (required only if the window is open for a longer period of time while games are being played in the background). - Opens the options window shown below allowing to filter certain entries out of the log file. Please see next page additional information. - Closes the window.

08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page 153

GAME MANAGER

Additional information:

After pressing the Options button in the Log File window the following window will be opened:

To filter certain entries out of the log file activate the respective check box(es) and press the OK button to display only the selected events in the Log File window. The Cancel button closes the window without setting any filter.
45M002P1UK-03

Description:

Page 154

08 2006 AGI GmbH

GAME MANAGER

IV.5.8 Show Payouts Path: AUDIT MENU \ FINANCES \ Show Payouts

Function:

This window can be used to view all manual payouts made by the attendant (handpays + cancelled credits) expressed in bookkeeping values.

45M002P1UK-03

Description:

DATE and TIME DESCRIPTION Pg Up Pg Dn Ln Up Ln Dn Home End Refresh Close

- Date and time of the payout. - This area provides information on the game number and the amount paid out. - Go to previous page. - Go to next page. - Go back one line. - Go to next line. - Show first entry. - Show last entry. - Perform an update (required only if the window is open for a longer period of time while games are being played in the background). - Closes the window.

08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page 155

GAME MANAGER

IV.5.9 Exit Path: AUDIT MENU \ FINANCES \ Exit

Function:

Press this button to quit the service menu and to go back to the audit menu.

Page 156

08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

GAME MANAGER

IV.6 Printer
Path: AUDIT MENU \ PRINTER

Function:

This menu item is used to view information about printed tickets, to reset the printer and to use the paper control of the printer.

Description:

Printer PRINTED TICKETS

- To view all tickets printed on the terminal (only as far back as the most recent reset!). - To take back paper. - To feed paper. - To reset the printer to a defined initial state.

<< >> RESET

45M002P1UK-03

Additional information:

After pressing the PRINTED TICKETS button the below window is displayed:

08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page 157

GAME MANAGER

Description:

Next printed ticket number Pg Up Pg Dn Ln Up Ln Dn Home End Exit Login

- Shows the number of the next ticket to be printed. - Go to previous page. - Go to next page. - Go back one line. - Go to next line. - Show first entry. - Show last entry. - Closes the window. - Depending on the respective access rights, the Print and Save report buttons are activated upon login. In addition the Reset Local Ticket Information button will be displayed:

Page 158

08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

GAME MANAGER

!
45M002P1UK-03

ATTENTION
Test printing with no paper in the printer can damage the thermo printing head!

Description:
Print Reset Local Ticket Information

- By selecting a ticket and pressing the Print button a copy of a previously printed ticket is issued. - After pressing this additional button within the Printed Tickets window all ticket data will be deleted from the terminal after confirming the following message:

Description:
OK Cancel

- Press the OK button to delete ticket data. - Press the Cancel button to abort the process. - The ticket report can be written to a file and saved on a disk or on the hard disk. The following window will be displayed:

Save report

08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page 159

GAME MANAGER

Description:
Report file

- The ticket report can be saved as HTML file, text file or Excel file. Activate the check box next to the desired file type.

Destination folder Floppy 1.44MB [A] Path File Browse OK Cancel

- By selecting the Browse button the suggested destination folder can be changed. - Press the OK button to complete the process. - Press the Cancel button if the process should be aborted.

Page 160

08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

- As destination the disk drive is suggested. Deactivate this check box to determine another destination. - In this field a destination folder will be automatically suggested after the check box above has been deactivated. - To enter the file name.

GAME MANAGER

IV.7 Shutdown Game

Title: Path: System Shutdown AUDIT MENU \ SHUTDOWN GAME

Function:

This function is used to initiate the shutdown procedure of the game program on all terminals that are connected to the Game Server or Novo Unity Server. After pressing the Shutdown game button the following message will be displayed:

Description:
Yes

- Confirm this message by pressing the Yes button, if you would like to shut down the game program on all terminals that are connected to the Game Server. Subsequent a message e. g. Table will get closed after 3 games will inform the players at the terminals. How many games still can be played is set on the Novo Unity Server (in path Casino \ Multi Game \ Installed Game \ Parameters \ Game \ Game Setup \ Game To Shutdown). After completion of the predefined number of games only the payout function will be available on the terminals.

45M002P1UK-03

All Tables

- Confirm this message by pressing the All Tables button, if you would like to shut down the game program on all terminals that are connected to the Novo Unity Server. Subsequent a message e. g. Table will get closed after 3 games will inform the players at the terminals. How many games still can be played is set on the Novo Unity Server (in path Casino \ Multi Game \ Installed Game \ Parameters \ Game \ Game Setup \ Game To Shutdown). After completion of the predefined number of games only the payout function will be available on the terminals. - Select No to abort the process and to close the window.

No

Additional information:
None.

08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page 161

GAME MANAGER

IV.8 Previous Games

Path: AUDIT MENU \ PREVIOUS GAMES

Function:

Here the casino attendant can look into the 1000 most recent games played.

Page 162

08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

GAME MANAGER

The following information is provided for the selected game:

CREDIT BEFORE GAME COIN IN (BET) COIN OUT (WIN) INCL. HANDPAYS BILL IN COIN IN (REAL) REMOTE IN CASHLESS IN TICKET IN COIN OUT (REAL) REMOTE OUT TICKET OUT CASHLESS OUT SUM DATE TIME TABLE GAME FLAG - Credits before the start of the selected game. - Total bet of the selected game. - Total win (including manual payouts by the attendant) of the selected game. - Credits paid in via the bill acceptor during the selected game. - Credits paid in via the coin acceptor during the selected game. - Credits paid in using the remote function during the selected game. - Credits paid in from a card. - Credits paid in from a ticket. - Payout effected via the hopper before the selected game. - Manual payout effected by the attendant (handpays and cancelled credits) before the selected game. - Payout effected via the ticket printer before the selected game. - Payout to a card before the selected game. - Total amount of credits of the selected game. - Indicates the record date of the selected game. - Indicates the record time of the selected game. - Indicates the table name of the selected game. - Indicates the game number. - Press this button for button designations and labelling to be displayed in the desired language.

45M002P1UK-03

By using the Previous and Next buttons this information can be accessed for each of the last 1000 games played on the terminal. To return to the game press the Back To Main Screen button.

08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page 163

GAME MANAGER

Page 164

08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

Part V - Novo Unity Server

V.1 V.2 V.3

45M002P1UK-03

General Information Novo Unity Server Multi Game Installed Game Novo Multi-Table Roulette

V.3.1 V.3.2

08 2006

Wiener Strasse 158 A-2352 Gumpoldskirchen Austria Europe Tel.: +43-2252-606 www.austrian-gaming.com e-mail: support@novomatic.com

Austrian Gaming Industries GmbH

NOVO UNITY SERVER

Page 166

08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

NOVO UNITY SERVER

V.1 General Information

V.1.1 Drop-down windows Path: User (not logged in)

Function:

Users can authenticate themselves by entering their password and subsequently will be given the respective user rights for the Novo Unity Server after clicking on the Login command. The following window will be displayed when logging in:

45M002P1UK-03

Description:
User name Password OK Cancel

- Select the user. - Enter the valid password. - Password check. - Closes the window without logging in.

Additional information:

All characters entered by a user are displayed with an asterisk * in the edit window.

08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page 167

NOVO UNITY SERVER

Path: User \ Users

Function:
Users

- This command opens the Users window (please see below). It can be used for the administration of user data (images, passwords and access rights). Existing data can be changed and new users can be added.

Description:
Exit Accept Cancel Remove user Add user Set password

- Closes the window. - Saves the settings. - Resets the made settings. - Deletes the selected user. - Starts the process to add a new user (please see below). - Opens the Change Password window (please see below) where the new password of the selected user can be entered.

NOTE
The following image buttons are only relevant for the game Novo TouchBet Live-Roulette. Delete image Choose image Export images - Deletes the image of the selected user. - Opens the Choose image window where the location of the image to be inserted can be specified. - Opens the Browse For Folder window where the location of the image within the database can be specified.

Page 168

08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

NOVO UNITY SERVER

Description of the process to add a user or to change user data:

1) 2) 3) Click on the Add user button to attach a new user or highlight the user in the left part of the window, to change existing user data. To determine or change the user's login click into the Login edit field and enter the desired name. Use the drop-down button to select the user type and to predefine the user's access rights to the Novo Unity Server. The following user types can be selected: SUPERVISOR, ADMINISTRATOR, PRODUCER - Allow access rights to the Novo Unity Server. These users may also switch from the Novo Unity Sever to the Novo Unity Management Console by using the Management Console button. Please see also section V.1.2 Icons. - Allows only access rights to the Novo Unity Management Console installed on an external PC. - Allows only access rights to the Novo Unity Cashdesk. - Allows only access rights to the Dealer Board. To display an image of the user on the Dealer Board and optional on the Wheel Information Display, please select the user type Dealer. Otherwise the image will only be displayed in the Users window! - Allows only access rights to the Novo Unity Cashdesk.

Web User Cashier Dealer

Cashier Manager
45M002P1UK-03

4) 5)

Activate the check box next to Account is active to indicate the user name in the login window of the respective device (Novo Unity Server, Management Console or Cashdesk). Click on the Report rights button to open the following window:

08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page 169

NOVO UNITY SERVER

6)

This window contains the report groups of the Novo Unity Management Console. To each report group a standard rights profile is assigned by the Technical Support of AGI. Click on the OK button to accept the predefined rights profile for the user. If you would like to change the rights profile click on the Reset button first and afterwards in the respective column of the desired standard rights profile. If you would like to cancel the user's access to the Novo Unity Management Console, select the Reset button followed by the OK button.

INFORMATION
Cancel - Closes the window without applying any settings. Default - Selects the standard rights profile of the selected user type. Reset - Deletes the rights assignment to the report groups. 7) 8) 9) If the user type DEALER has been selected, click on the Choose image button to paste an image to be displayed on the Dealer Board. Otherwise continue with step 14. The Choose image window will open. Use the drop-down button to specify the location of the image. Click on the Open button within the Choose image window to paste the image.

NOTE
The size of the image must not exceed 65534 bytes. Else the following message will be displayed:

10) 11)

Click on the Export images button to determine the location of the picture within the database. The Browse For Folder window will open:

Page 170

08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

NOVO UNITY SERVER

12) Select the location in path D: \ Novomatic \ Games \ TouchBetRoulette resp. Multi-Table Roulette \ ROULETTE \ EXCHANGE \ BMP \ USERS and continue with the OK button. 13) The following message will be shortly displayed confirming the successfully saved image:

45M002P1UK-03

14) Click on the Accept button within the Users window to save the changed settings. If a new user has been attached the following window will open to enter the password:

15) Enter the desired password. 16) Confirm the entered password. 17) Save the entered password for the new user by selecting the OK button.

INFORMATION
All characters entered by the user are displayed with an asterisk * in the edit window. The Cancel button closes the window without saving the password. 18) Click on the Exit button to close the Users window. 19) If a new image has been attached, the process has to be completed by synchronizing and updating the game files:
08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page 171

NOVO UNITY SERVER

20) Highlight the menu item Files (in path Casino \ Multi Game \ TouchBetRoulette resp. Multi-Table Roulette \ Files) in the left part of the Novo Unity Server window and open the context sensitive menu by a right mouse click. Select the command Synchronize first and wait for the completion of the process. Finally choose the command Update. The Game Server and all connected devices will shut down and restart automatically.

Page 172

08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

NOVO UNITY SERVER

Path: User \ MC Groups

Function:
MC Groups

- This function is only relevant for the Technical Support of AGI.

45M002P1UK-03

08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page 173

NOVO UNITY SERVER

Path: User \ MC Reports

Function:
MC Reports

- This function is only relevant for the Technical Support of AGI.

Page 174

08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

NOVO UNITY SERVER

Path: User \ Logout

Function:
Logout

- This command is used to terminate access.

45M002P1UK-03

08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page 175

NOVO UNITY SERVER

Path: Game \ Add

Function:
Add ...

- After selecting the command Add... the below window is displayed:

Yes

- Attaches a XML file (new game file or new server version) to the existing database. A window offering all available XML files will appear. Highlight the respective file and click on the Open button. The following window will be displayed:

Select the Restart button and the Novo Unity Server program will shut down automatically. Restart the Novo Unity Server program by pressing the Windows key and selecting the menus Programs \ Startup \ Novo Unity Server.

Description:
No

- Selecting the No button in the Game installation window starts the verification of XML files. A window offering all available XML files will appear. Highlight the respective file and click on the Open button. The completion of the process will be indicated in the Novo Unity Server Trace window (Verifying database done).

NOTE
Note that the parameter Server Tracer has to be activated (path Casino \ NU System \ NU Server \ Parameters \ Settings \ Services) that the Novo Unity Server Trace window shows information on the process. Cancel Page 176 - Closes the window without attaching or verifying XML files.
08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

Description:

NOVO UNITY SERVER

Path: Game \ Remove

Function:
Remove

- First select the respective menu item within the left part of the window (e. g. Novo MultiTable Roulette, etc.) and then select the command Remove. The below window will be displayed:

45M002P1UK-03

Description:
Yes No

- Deletes all game-related data from the Novo Unity Server. - Closes the window without deleting any data.

08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page 177

NOVO UNITY SERVER

Path: Database \ Backup

After login in as Administrator the menu Database includes the following commands:

Function:
Backup Restore

- This command is used to generate a backup of the database (the name is automatically assigned to e. g. dbf.31.07.2006.bak). - No function.

Page 178

08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

NOVO UNITY SERVER

Path: Database \ Cleanup

After login in as Producer the menu Database includes the following commands:

Function:
Backup Cleanup

- This command is used to generate a backup of the database (the name is automatically assigned to e. g. dbf.31.07.2006.bak). - After selecting the command Cleanup the following window appears:

45M002P1UK-03

Description:
Yes No

- Deletes all recorded data (finances, statistics, trace) from the Novo Unity Server. - Closes the window without deleting any data.

08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page 179

NOVO UNITY SERVER

Path: Help

Function:

Novo Unity Components

- Opens the following list showing the version number and the saving path of all software components of the Novo Unity System.

About Novo Unity Server

- Version and Copyright information (please see illustration).

Page 180

08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

NOVO UNITY SERVER

V.1.2 Icons Login\Logout User

Function:

After clicking on the Login\Logout User button users can authenticate themselves by entering their password and subsequently will be given the respective user rights for the Novo Unity Server. The following window will be displayed when logging in:

Login:
45M002P1UK-03

Logout:

To terminate access the Login\Logout User button has to be pressed again.

08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page 181

NOVO UNITY SERVER

Stop Server

Function:

With this icon the Novo Unity Server program is shut down after a confirmation. The following window opens:

Description:
Yes No

- The Novo Unity Server application will be stopped and the Novo Unity Server window will be closed. - Closes the window without stopping the Novo Unity Server application.

Additional information:
None.

Page 182

08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

NOVO UNITY SERVER

Server UPS Settings

Function:

After a click on the Server UPS Settings icon opens the below window where internal operating parameters of the UPS (Uninterruptible Power Supply) can be set. The following window shows the default settings:

45M002P1UK-03

Ups Operating Parameters High Transfer Point The High Transfer Point area is used to set the maximum line voltage for online transactions. If the utility voltage exceeds this value, the UPS will go on battery operation. Low Transfer Point The Low Transfer Point area is used to set the minimum line voltage for online transactions. Sensitivity The Sensitivity area is used to set the incoming line voltage deviation which the UPS should resist before going on battery, i.e. how sensitive the UPS should be to power oscillations. The possible settings are: High, Medium and Low.

Description:

08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page 183

NOVO UNITY SERVER

Nominal UPS Output The Nominal UPS Output area indicates the output operating voltage that the UPS supplies to the connected equipment when the UPS operates on battery. UPS Shutdown Parameters UPS Low Battery Signal Time This area is used to set the time (in minutes of remaining battery operation time) at which the UPS should shut down on account of low battery voltage. UPS Turn off Delay This area is used to set the number of seconds which the UPS will wait after shutting down an application program (by sending the respective message) before the UPS turns off its power outlets and thus no longer supplies power to the connected equipment. UPS Wakeup Delay (Time) To avoid branch circuit overload, the UPS will wait the specified time after the return of utility power before turn on. UPS Wakeup Delay (Capacity) The UPS will charge its batteries to the specific percentage before return from a shutdown. UPS Audible Warning To activate an acoustic indication for the following UPS warnings: Power Fail Power Fail + 30 At Low Battery To deactivate all acoustic indications Never Beep can be selected. UPS Operating Info Model Name Displays the device type. Firmware Version Displays the UPS firmware version. Firmware Revision Displays the firmware revision number. Manufacturing Date Displays the UPS manufacturing date. Serial Number Displays the UPS serial number. Battery Level Displays the present charge of the UPS's battery as a percentage of the battery's capacity. Internal Temperature Displays the internal temperature of the UPS. Input Line Frequency Displays the input line frequency. Input Line Voltage Displays the input line voltage. Max Input Line Voltage Displays the highest input line voltage that so far has been registered Min Input Line Voltage Displays the lowest input line voltage that so far has been registered Output Voltage Displays the output voltage Page 184
08 2006 AGI GmbH 45M002P1UK-03

NOVO UNITY SERVER

Status Displays the operating state of the UPS: online Power supply available on Battery Power supply failure OK Cancel - Saves the new settings. - Closes the window.

Additional information:

If there is no connection to the UPS, the following window opens:

45M002P1UK-03

08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page 185

NOVO UNITY SERVER

View Server Logs

Function:

After selecting the View Server Logs button the following window will be opened providing information on data contained in the log file at the Novo Unity Server. The information saved in this window allows to capture the most important events occurred on the Novo Unity Server.

Description:

DATE and TIME DESCRIPTION Pg Up Pg Dn Ln Up Ln Dn Home End Page 186

- Date and time of the event. - Designation of the event, for example: Game stopped / started, loading files and parameters, register parameter limits, etc. - Go to previous page. - Go to next page. - Go back one line. - Go to next line. - Show first entry. - Show last entry.

08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

NOVO UNITY SERVER

Refresh Close Print

- Performs an update (required only if the window is open for a longer period of time while operations are being carried out on the Novo Unity Server). - Closes the window. - No function.

Additional information:

After selecting the Options button the following window will be opened:

45M002P1UK-03

Description:

To filter certain entries out of the log file activate the respective check box(es) and select the OK button . The Cancel button closes the window without setting any filter.

08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page 187

NOVO UNITY SERVER

View Management Console Logs

Function:

After selecting the View Management Console Logs button the following window will be opened providing information on data contained in the log file at the Novo Unity Management Console. The information saved in this window allows to capture the most important events occurred on the Management Console.

Description:

DATE and TIME DESCRIPTION Pg Up Pg Dn Ln Up Ln Dn Home End Page 188

- Date and time of the event. - Designation of the event - Go to previous page. - Go to next page. - Go back one line. - Go to next line. - Show first entry. - Show last entry.

08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

NOVO UNITY SERVER

Refresh

Close Print

- Performs an update of the displayed information in the log file window (this button is only required if the window is open for a longer period of time while operations are being carried out on the Management Console). - Closes the window. - No function.

Additional information:

After selecting the Options button the following window will be opened:

45M002P1UK-03

Description:

To filter certain entries out of the log file activate the respective check box(es) and select the OK button. The Cancel button closes the window without setting any filter.

08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page 189

NOVO UNITY SERVER

Restart Management Console Service

Function:

After selecting the Restart Management Console Service button all current users of the Novo Unity Management Console will be logged out. This function is particularly relevant for the case of changing the user rights of the Novo Unity Management Console (report rights) by the Technical Support of AGI.

Page 190

08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

NOVO UNITY SERVER

Level Up

Function:

The Level Up button changes to a higher menu level.

Jackpot Controller Window

45M002P1UK-03

Function:

The Mystery Jackpot is an additional feature of the Novo Unity Server. It is currently not in use.

08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page 191

NOVO UNITY SERVER

The following icons only appear after highlighting specific menu items within the left part of the window.

Check connections

Function:

The Check connections icon opens the Tools window showing the terminals which are online. Please see also section V.1.3 Administrative Tools Window.

Update game files

Function:

The Update game files icon opens the Tools window showing the terminals to be updated by all game specific files. After the update is finished a green check mark will appear on the respective device symbol. Please see also section V.1.3 Administrative Tools Window.

Update Game Parameters

45M002P1UK-03

Function:

The Update Game Parameters icon opens the Tools window showing the terminals to be updated with all current parameters. Please see also section V.1.3 Administrative Tools Window.

Export to Excel

Function:

After selecting the icon Export to Excel all tables (parameter lists, financial and statistical data) of the Novo Unity Server can be saved as an Excel file. If no parameter list or table is displayed within the Novo Unity Server window, the following message will be displayed after the icon Export to Excel has been selected:

Page 192

08 2006 AGI GmbH

NOVO UNITY SERVER

Reset cash data online

The Reset cash data online icon opens the below indicated Online Data Reset window allowing the execution of a RAM Clear on all connected terminals:

Function:

Select level PARTIAL TOTAL

45M002P1UK-03

Description:
- To reset all data since the last partial reset has been made. - To reset all data since the last total reset has been made.

Reset All terminals Single terminals

- To select a partial/total reset of all terminals. - To select a partial/total reset of a single terminal.

Ticket reset Reset terminal tickets - To reset the Printed Ticket List saved on the terminals. Reset server tickets - To reset the Printed Ticket List saved on the Novo Unity Server. Reset Exit - To carry out the reset as per the selections. - Closes the window without clearing any data.

In addition, Terminal, State, Credit and Time are indicated. Ensure that there are no credits on the terminals before carrying out a reset. Else the following information will appear:

08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page 193

NOVO UNITY SERVER

Printed Ticket List

Function:

The Printed Ticket List icon shows information of printed tickets indicating Terminal, Game No., Ticket, State, Copy No., Value [Currency], Credit, Time and Date.

Unity Save Tickets

Function:

The Unity Save Tickets icon has presently no function!

Previous Win Numbers

Function:

After selecting the Previous Win Numbers icon the following window will be displayed:
45M002P1UK-03

Choose the desired Game Server by a right mouse click in the right part of the Novo Unity Server window. The context sensitive menu offers the options to view or to reset the stored game results of the selected Game Server. Select View to indicate a list showing date, time, game number, winning number and spin direction of a selected number of games. How many results are shown can be specified in path Casino \ NU System \ NU Server \ Parameters \ Settings \ Limits \ Last results. To delete these data select the command Reset.

Page 194

08 2006 AGI GmbH

NOVO UNITY SERVER

Select cash level and player id

Function:

The Select cash level and player id icon shows all financial and statistical data saved since the last total reset or Cleanup was performed.

Get Game Cash Values

Function:

The Get Game Cash Values icon shows all financial and statistical data saved since the last partial reset or Cleanup was performed.

Management Console

Function:
45M002P1UK-03

The Management Console icon opens the Novo Unity Management Console, the reporting tool of the Novo Unity System. For further information please see User Manual - Novo Unity Management Console.

Show terminal events

The Show terminal events icon opens the Tools window showing the most important events occurred on the player terminal (Cash In, Cash Out, and so on). Time, Terminal, Game and Message are indicated. Please see also section V.1.3 Administrative Tools Window.

Function:

08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page 195

NOVO UNITY SERVER

Set terminal events filter

Function:

The Set terminal events filter icon opens the window Set filter which is indicated below:

To display all recorded trace data activate the check box next to Select all days. To set the number of events to be displayed enter the desired figure in the edit field. Please note that the number of events to be displayed refers to all selected dates. Enter an integer between 10 and 10,000. If another figure is entered the following message will be displayed:

Page 196

08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

Select the desired date(s) of trace data to be viewed in the trace folders. All events occurred on the dates provided with a green check mark will be displayed. After a mouse click on a single date the green check mark will be replaced by a red cross indicating that the events occurred on the respective date will not be displayed.

NOVO UNITY SERVER

Update game modules

Function:

The Update game modules icon opens the Tools window showing the terminals to be updated with all current modules (e. g. EXE, DLL files). After the update is finished a green check mark will appear on the respective terminal symbol. Please see also section V.1.3 Administrative Tools Window.

Module versions

The Module versions icon opens the Tools window showing a list of all Novo Unity Serverand game-related modules (DLL files). The information indicated is Name, Version, Time, Date and Size of the modules. Please see also section V.1.3 Administrative Tools Window.

Function:

45M002P1UK-03

08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page 197

NOVO UNITY SERVER

Page 198

08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

NOVO UNITY SERVER

V.1.3 Administrative Tools Window

After clicking on the following icons the Administrative Tools window will open: Check connections Show terminal events

Update game files

Update game modules

Update Game Parameters

Module versions

Function:

Within this window updates of game versions, files and dll files can be performed. It also shows: .) active terminals (game play mode) and .) the communication between the Novo Unity Server and each device.

45M002P1UK-03

Description:

Parameter Update Connection Check Start Game

- An update of all current parameters on all connected devices will be performed. - This icon is used to review terminals which are online. - Clicking on the Start icon will restart the game program after the Stop Game button has been chosen.

08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page 199

NOVO UNITY SERVER

ATTENTION
The Stop Game button may only be used by the Technical Support of AGI for maintenance purposes! Stop Game - Clicking on the Stop Game button will stop the game program on all connected devices. During the Place your Bets or Finish Betting game phase the game is declared invalid and the bets are refunded, during the No more bets game phase the game will be finished. - With this button the most important events occurred on the player terminal can be tracked (Cash In, Cash Out, and so on). Time, Terminal, Game and Message are indicated. - Shows the dll files version currently used. The information indicated is Name, Version, Time, Date and Size of the modules. - An update of all current modules (EXE and DLL files) will be performed. - An update of all game specific files will be performed.

Terminal Trace

Version

Module Update Files Update

Page 200

08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

NOVO UNITY SERVER

V.1.4 Context Sensitive Menus

For certain menu items a right click opens a context sensitive menu where various commands can be selected. The below context sensitive menu options can be selected depending on the path indicated: Casino

Function:
View Properties

- To indicate casino-specific data in the right part of the Novo Unity Server window. - To open the Control Panel where casino-specific data can be entered or changed. These data will also be displayed in the program window of the Novo Unity Management Console and will be printed on all reports as a headline (please see illustrations below).

45M002P1UK-03

Function:

Casino \ NU System Casino \ Multi Game

After installation of a new version of the Game Manager program on the Novo Unity Server, the command Update Manager has to be executed to update the program on all terminals and Game Servers.

08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page 201

NOVO UNITY SERVER

Casino \ Multi Game \ Installed Game

Start Game

Function: ATTENTION

- To restart the game after the Stop Game or Shutdown command has been chosen.

The Stop Game command may only be used by the Technical Support of AGI for maintenance purposes! Stop Game - To stop the game program on all connected devices. During the Place your Bets or Finish Betting game phase the game is declared invalid and the bets are refunded, during the No more bets game phase the game will be finished.

ATTENTION
The Shutdown command may only be used by the Technical Support of AGI in hazardous situations! Shutdown - This command immediately stops the game program on all terminals. During the Place your Bets or Finish Betting game phase the game is declared invalid and the bets are refunded. During the No more Bets game phase the current game will be interrupted and finished after restarting the game (Game Replay). - After selecting this command the Sending messages window will open (please see below). By means of this window individual text messages to the terminals and to the animation display of the respective game can be sent, which will be displayed in the message box on top of the terminal screens and the animation display.

Messages

Description:
Height Width Italic Running

- To - To - To - To

increase the font size. enlarge the font size. set the font to italic. set the message as a running text.
08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page 202

45M002P1UK-03

NOVO UNITY SERVER

<> Colour Global Message

- To select the colour of the font. - To send the message to all connected terminals (irrespective of the game). - Text field to enter the message or to select a previous sent message from the drop down window.

NOTE
The first stored message will be sent, if the Shutdown game button on the Game Server is selected. It can only be changed, but not deleted. To change the text of a message, select the message, change the text in the text field and save the message. Delete Save Send - To remove a previous sent message from the selection window except for the first message. - To save the message to the drop down list. - To send the message. Casino \ NU System \ NU Server \ Groups Casino \ Multi Game \ Installed Game \ Groups

Function:

To build a new group of terminals or servers. Casino Casino Casino Casino \ \ \ \ NU System \ NU Server \ Groups \ Attachments NU System \ NU Server \ Groups \ Group # Multi Game \ Installed Game \ Groups \ Attachments Multi Game \ Installed Game \ Groups \ Group #

45M002P1UK-03

Function:

Delete Group

- To delete a group of terminals/servers. This command can only be carried out if all devices have been removed before. Else the following message will be displayed:

INFORMATION
Group 1 cannot be deleted at any time. The following message will be displayed:

Remove Terminals

- To remove all terminals/servers from a group while preserving the menu item Group #. All financial, statistical and configurational data as well as all events of the device will be deleted after confirmation. Page 203

08 2006 AGI GmbH

NOVO UNITY SERVER

Function:

Casino Casino Casino Casino Casino Casino

\ \ \ \ \ \

NU System \ NU Server \ Groups \ Attachments ICON NU System \ NU Server \ Groups \ Group # ICON NU System \ NU Server \ Parameters Multi Game \ Installed Game \ Groups \ Attachments ICON Multi Game \ Installed Game \ Groups \ Group # ICON Multi Game \ Installed Game \ Parameters

After selecting a certain parameter in the right part of the Novo Unity Server window (e. g. Terminal Default Language) the Control Panel can be opened by selecting the Properties command. Please see also section V.1.5 Control Panel. After selecting an Attachments or Group # ICON in the right part of the Novo Unity Server window the

following Control Panels can be opened by selecting the Properties command:

Description:
Group Id Name Description

- ID address of the group. - Name of the group. - Indication of the group properties to be selected within the below Group Properties field.

Group Properties Internal server group - Indicates that the group is composed of server devices. Default game group - Means that all parameters of the respective terminal group are in accordance with the parameters of the DEFAULT Group 1. Group has a parameter - Presently not used. OK Cancel Apply - Closes the window. - Closes the window. - Presently no function.

Page 204

08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

NOVO UNITY SERVER

Casino Casino Casino Casino Casino

\ \ \ \ \

NU System \ NU Server \ Groups \ Attachments \ NU Server Multi Game \ Installed Game \ Groups \ Attachments \ Game Server # Multi Game \ Installed Game \ Groups \ Attachments \ Animation Display # Multi Game \ Installed Game \ Groups \ Attachments \ Results Display # Multi Game \ Installed Game \ Groups \ Group # \ Terminal #

Function:
Properties

FREE TERMINAL

Start Game Stop Game

- To remove the selected device from the group and to delete all financial, statistical and configurational data as well as all events from the device. - To open the CONTROL PANEL for machine, sounds and colour settings of the selected device. Please see also section V.2.1 and V.3.1.1 Groups. - To restart the game on the selected device after the Stop Game or Shutdown command has been chosen. - To stop the game program on the selected device. During the Place your Bets or Finish Betting game phase the game is declared invalid and the bets are refunded, during the No more bets game phase the game will be finished. Casino \ NU System \ NU Server \ Parameters Casino \ Multi Game \ Installed Game \ Parameters

45M002P1UK-03

Function:

To update and save the new parameter-related settings. Casino \ Multi Game \ Installed Game \ Finances

Function:

The information provided after selecting the Show Meters command are only relevant for AGI service technicians and programmers. Casino \ Multi Game \ Installed Game \ Statistics

Function:

To delete all game results information since the last reset has been made. Casino \ Multi Game \ Installed Game \ Statistics \ Income, Bills, etc.

Function:

To update or delete statistical data of the selected folder (e. g. Income, Bills, etc.). Casino \ Multi Game \ Installed Game \ Trace

Function:

Reset all Events Show Events List

- To delete all events saved since the last reset has been made. - The information provided after selecting this command are only relevant for AGI service technicians and programmers. Page 205

08 2006 AGI GmbH

NOVO UNITY SERVER

To synchronise, update or delete either current modules (EXE and DLL files) or game specific files. After adding a new module or file choose the command Synchronise first. After completion of the process select the command Update. The Game Server and all connected devices will restart automatically. Casino \ NU System \ NU Server \ Profiles Casino \ Multi Game \ Installed Game \ Profiles

Function:

Casino Casino Casino Casino

\ \ \ \

NU System \ NU Server \ Modules NU System \ NU Server \ Files Multi Game \ Installed Game \ Modules Multi Game \ Installed Game \ Files

Function:

Load Profile Create Profile

- This command is only relevant for AGI service technicians and programmers! - By selecting this command the parameter settings on the Novo Unity Server can be saved as a XML file (profile). The following query will be displayed:

Description:
Yes No

- Select the Yes button to save all parameter settings and in addition the group assignments of all devices connected to the Novo Unity Server. - Select No to save only parameter settings.

Subsequently a window will appear offering the saving path of the new profile. Select the Save button to store the new profile.

Function:

Delete Profile

- This command has presently no function!

Page 206

08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

NOVO UNITY SERVER

V.1.5 Control Panel

To set specific game parameters highlight the respective parameter folder within the left part of the window (in path Casino \ NU System \ NU Server \ Parameters \ Settings and Casino \ Multi Game \ Installed Game \ Parameters):

45M002P1UK-03

A list of all parameters contained in the respective parameter folder will be indicated within the right part of the window. A double click on the respective parameter within the right part of the window opens the CONTROL PANEL where the values can be defined. The CONTROL PANEL opens also after a right click on the respective parameter and selecting the properties option. For example:

08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page 207

NOVO UNITY SERVER

Description:
Value Arrows MIN MAX

- To set the parameter. - Increase, decrease or select the parameter. - Changes the value to the respective minimum. - Changes the value to the respective maximum. - Saves the new settings and closes the window. - Closes the window without saving the settings. - Applies the new settings without closing the window. - After selecting the Advanced button the Advanced parameter configuration window opens:

Description:
Information Unit Page 208

- Not used. - Not used.

08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

OK Cancel Apply Advanced

NOVO UNITY SERVER

Limits - Shows all possible settings for the respective parameter. All items provided with a green check mark can be selected with the arrow buttons of the CONTROL PANEL. The following parameters are exceptions: Bill Direction Game Server sounds Terminal sounds Dealer Board Active Languages Terminal Active Languages Multiplier Info screens For detailed information please see section V.3.1.2.1.1 Bill Information, V.3.2.1.1 Languages Spoken, V.3.2.1.2 Languages Written, V.3.2.3.1 Game Setup and V.3.2.3.2 Game Info. Control Parameter for attachment

Parameter for more groups Terminal data reset required

45M002P1UK-03

- To set the parameter for the group Attachments (e. g. Animation Display, Game Server please see also section V.3.1.1). - To attach/indicate the parameter to/for several groups. - Activate this check box to display the below message after the parameter has been changed:

Yes

No Server data reset required

- Saves the new setting and closes the window. After the parameter update all game results of the respective Game Server will be deleted on the Novo Unity Server in path Casino \ Multi Game \ Installed Game \ Statistics \ Results. - Closes the window without saving the settings. - Activate this check box to display the below message after the parameter has been changed:

Yes

No
08 2006 AGI GmbH

- Saves the new setting and closes the window. After the parameter update all game results of the respective Game Server will be deleted. (On the Novo Unity Server in path Casino \ Multi Game \ Installed Game \ Statistics \ Results). - Closes the window without saving the settings. Page 209

NOVO UNITY SERVER

System restart required

- Activate this check box to display the below message after the parameter has been changed:

Yes No OK Cancel

- Saves the new setting and closes the window. After the parameter update all devices connected to the Novo Unity Server will restart automatically. - Closes the window without saving the settings. - Saves the new settings and closes the window. - Closes the window without saving the settings.

Page 210

08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

NOVO UNITY SERVER

Additional Information:

Depending on the access rights extended settings are possible within the control panel. For example:

45M002P1UK-03

Description:
Change Value Arrows MIN MAX Group View Subview Language Access OK Cancel Apply

- To change the name of the parameter. - To set the parameter. - Increase, decrease or select the parameter. - Changes the value to the respective minimum. - Changes the value to the respective maximum. - To assign the parameter to the respective group. - To assign the parameter to the respective menu item. - To assign the parameter to the respective submenu. - Not used.

- Activate the respective check box to determine the access rights. - Saves the new settings and closes the window. - Closes the window without saving the settings. - Applies the new settings without closing the window.

08 2006 AGI GmbH

P a g e 2 11

NOVO UNITY SERVER

Page 212

08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

NOVO UNITY SERVER

V.2 Novo Unity Server

Path: Casino \ NU System \ NU Server Function: V.2.1 Groups V.2.1.1 Attachments Path: Casino \ NU System \ NU Server \ Groups \ Attachments Function:
A double click on the item NU SERVER within the right part of the window opens the CONTROL PANEL of the Novo Unity Server where the machine settings (e. g. ID, IP Address, MAC Address etc.) can be viewed (please see window indicated below). The tabs Sounds, Colour and Machine parameters have no function for the Novo Unity Server. Within this menu item parameters concerning only the Novo Unity Server are set.

45M002P1UK-03

08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page 213

NOVO UNITY SERVER

Machine Properties Machine Id IP Address MAC Address IGT Address Configuration Type System Game Group Language State Required State Current State OK Cancel Apply

- Identification number of the Novo Unity Server. - Unique IP address of the Novo Unity Server within the local network. - Unique address of the network interface card. - IGT (online protocol) address of the Novo Unity Server.

- Assignment to a specified use: SERVER. - NU System - NU Server - Attachments - Not used.

- Required operating state of the Novo Unity Server. - Current operating state of the Novo Unity Server. - Saves the new settings and closes the window. - Closes the window without saving any changes. - Applies the new settings without closing the window.

Page 214

08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

NOVO UNITY SERVER

45M002P1UK-03

08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page 215

NOVO UNITY SERVER

Parameters appearing in this window are described on the opposite page.

Parameters appearing in this window are described on the opposite page.

Page 216

08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

NOVO UNITY SERVER

V.2.2 Parameters Function:

Under this menu item Novo Unity Server relevant parameters can be viewed and changed. The following data are indicated: Parameter, Group to which the parameter applies, Value and Unit of the parameter.

NOTE
After a value has been changed, a parameter update has to be performed.

V.2.2.1 Settings V.2.2.1.1 Keys & Doors Path: Casino \ NU System \ NU Server \ Parameters \ Settings \ Keys & Doors Presently no function! V.2.2.1.2 Jackpot(s) Path: Casino \ NU System \ NU Server \ Parameters \ Settings \ Jackpot(s)
45M002P1UK-03

Function:

Settings of the Jackpot server parameters.

Description:

The Jackpot feature is an add-on to the Novo Unity Server. It is currently not in use.

08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page 217

NOVO UNITY SERVER

Parameters appearing in this window are described on the opposite page.

Page 218

08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

NOVO UNITY SERVER

V.2.2.1.3 Limits Path: Casino \ NU System \ NU Server \ Parameters \ Settings \ Limits

Parameters: Black Box Sending Period - To set the time interval of accounting data updates sent from the Novo Unity Server to the Black Box. This feature is reserved for certain jurisdictions. - To set the time interval of accounting data updates sent from the terminals to the Novo Unity Server. This feature is reserved for certain jurisdictions. - To select the period of days after the finance data should be erased, if the function Limit Cleanup is activated (minimum 2, maximum 31). Please see also section V.2.2.1.5 Services - Limit Cleanup. - To select the period of days after the game data should be erased, if the function Limit Cleanup is activated (minimum 2, maximum 31). Please see also section V.2.2.1.5 Services - Limit Cleanup. - To select the period of days after the hardware data should be erased, if the function Limit Cleanup is activated (minimum 2, maximum 31). Please see also section V.2.2.1.5 Services - Limit Cleanup. - To enter the number of events to be recorded (minimum 50, maximum 2000). - To enter the number of results to be displayed in path Casino \ Multi Game \ Installed Game \ Statistics \ Results (minimum 50, maximum 1000). Please see also section V.1.2 Icons - Previous Win Numbers. - To enter the maximum number of winning numbers to be recorded (minimum 1000, maximum 1000000). - To select the period of days after the security data should be erased, if the function Limit Cleanup is activated (minimum 2, maximum 31). Please see also section V.2.2.1.5 Services - Limit Cleanup. - To determine the expiry for tickets. Tickets have to be redeemed (scanned) until the set expiry.

Black Box Summing Period

Finance Log

Game Log

45M002P1UK-03

Hardware Log

Last Events

Last Results

Max Results Count

Security Log

Ticket Expire Days

08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page 219

NOVO UNITY SERVER

Parameters appearing in this window are described on the opposite page.

Page 220

08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

NOVO UNITY SERVER

V.2.2.1.4 Hardware Path: Casino \ NU System \ NU Server \ Parameters \ Settings \ Hardware

Parameter: COM1-4 <NU Server> - Assignment of serial ports of the Novo Unity Server PC to connected peripherals: ACE SICBO = Electromechanical shaker for the game SICBO BLACK BOX = Special feature reserved for certain jurisdictions GAME NET = Online Protocol (not in use) GAME INFO = Online Protocol (not in use) MOUSE NONE NOVO WHEEL = Roulette wheel NOVO P485 = Server Interface Board UPS APC = Uninterruptible Power Supply

ATTENTION
Any reactivation of the following parameter USB Meter on NU Server requires a restart of the Novo Unity System and the execution of a RAM Clear at all terminals. All accounting data (Finances + Statistics) will be reset!

45M002P1UK-03

USB Meter on NU Server

- Activate this parameter if USB meters will be connected to the Novo Unity Server. The USB meters are configured to gather accounting data of all terminals connected to the Novo Unity Server. This function is reserved for certain jurisdictions.

08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page 221

NOVO UNITY SERVER

Parameters appearing in this window are described on the opposite page.

Page 222

08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

NOVO UNITY SERVER

V.2.2.1.5 Services Path: Casino \ NU System \ NU Server \ Parameters \ Settings \ Services

Parameters: Connection Check Time - Sets a delay to enable a secure boot up of the network services of the terminals. - Activates or deactivates the preparation of daily reports. - To select the period of days after the daily report data should be erased, if the function Limit Cleanup is activated (minimum 5 , maximum 365). - To set the time interval of finance and statistic data updates sent from the terminals to the Novo Unity Server (minimum 1000, maximum 300000). - If this function is activated, a backup file of the database will be created after each End of Day. This function should be activated by default. - If this function is activated, a one-to-one copy of the database will be created after each End of Day. This function should be activated by default. - To enter the closing hour of the casino. At that time the Daily Report will be generated. - If this parameter is activated changed game-relevant files are recognised and imported automatically during the startup of the Novo Unity Server. - At startup of the Novo Unity Server application all trace records (Finance, Game, Hardware, Security Logs and Daily Reports) older than the specified limit values will be erased. Please see also section V.2.2.1.3 Limits. - Unique IP address of the network interface card of the Novo Unity Server PC. - Subnet mask of the local network. - To set the time interval of database revisions to optimise the database structure of the Novo Unity Server. Note that for this function also the parameter Database Backup has to be activated. - To set the number of autorepeats for finance and statistic data updates, if the transmission from the terminals to the Novo Unity Server has failed (minimum 5, maximum 100).

Daily Events Daily Reports

Data Transfer Interval

Database Backup

Database Copy
45M002P1UK-03

End of Day

Files Scanning

Limit Cleanup

Network Interface

Network Mask Rebuild Database Day

Resend Count

08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page 223

NOVO UNITY SERVER

Server Manager Server Tracer

- This parameter has to be deactivated by default. - If this function is activated, the window Server Process Trace shows information on the communication between the Novo Unity Server and all connected devices after selecting the icon Enable Server Tracer.

ATTENTION
The parameter System Time Server must not be set to NONE! Else the automatic time synchronisation will be deactivated. System Time Server - To determine the master clock (source of time) of the Novo Unity system that sends periodically information on time and date to all connected devices (terminals, Game Server, etc.). Select NU Server to appoint the Novo Unity Server PC as master clock. NU Base can be selected, if the Online Protocol IGT or GSP will be in use. In this case the system time will be controlled by the Online Protocol.

Page 224

08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

NOVO UNITY SERVER

45M002P1UK-03

08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page 225

NOVO UNITY SERVER

Page 226

08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

NOVO UNITY SERVER

V.2.2.1.6 Unity Save Ticket Path: Casino \ NU System \ NU Server \ Parameters \ Settings \ Unity Safe Ticket Presently no function!

45M002P1UK-03

08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page 227

NOVO UNITY SERVER

Page 228

08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

NOVO UNITY SERVER

V.2.3 Trace Path: Casino \ NU System \ NU Server \ Trace Presently no function! V.2.4 Modules Path: Casino \ NU System \ NU Server \ Modules Function:
This menu item indicates saving path, version number, size, CRC (checksum), MD5 (checksum), modify time and date of server relevant libraries and executable files.

V.2.5 Files Path: Casino \ NU System \ NU Server \ Files Function:

This menu item indicates saving path, version number, size, CRC (checksum), MD5 (checksum), modify time and date of server relevant SQL files.
45M002P1UK-03

V.2.6 Profiles Path: Casino \ NU System \ NU Server \ Profiles Function:

Within this menu item predefined sets of parameters can be stored or loaded. The files can be useful for service activities by the Technical Support of AGI.

08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page 229

NOVO UNITY SERVER

Page 230

08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

NOVO UNITY SERVER

V.3 Multi Game

V.3.1 Installed Game Path: Casino \ Multi Game \ Installed Game Function:
In this manual the menu item INSTALLED GAME represents all games that can be installed on the Novo Unity game platform. Therefore INSTALLED GAME is a virtual place holder for Novo Multi-Table Roulette, Novo Touchbet Live-Roulette, etc.

V.3.1.1 Groups Path: Casino \ Multi Game \ Installed Game \ Groups Function:
Settings for Attachments (Animation Display, Results Display, Game Server) and Groups (terminals), assignment of individual terminals to groups and creating of new groups. A double click on the device item opens the CONTROL PANEL where several values can be viewed or defined. The CONTROL PANEL opens also after a right click on the respective item. Select the option properties from the context sensitive menu in order to view or change the following settings indicated in the windows below:

45M002P1UK-03

08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page 231

NOVO UNITY SERVER

Page 232

08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

NOVO UNITY SERVER

Machine Properties Machine Id IP Address MAC Address IGT Address Configuration Type System Game Group Language State Required State Current State Sounds
45M002P1UK-03

- Identification number of the device. - Unique IP address of the device within the local network. - Unique address of the network interface card. - IGT (online protocol) address of the device.

- Assignment of the device to a specific job, Server (for Game Servers), Animation Display, Result Display, NETWORK GAME (for terminals). - Multi Game - Definition of the current game, e. g. Novo Multi-Table Roulette. - Work group environment, e. g. Attachments, Group 1, Group 2, etc. - Not used.

- Required operating state of the connected device. - Current operating state of the connected device.

Volume adjustment for all activated soundfiles: Global Wave Midi Colour A double click on the respective terminal opens the window Colour where the colour of the chips displayed on the animation display can be selected. Basic colours - To select the desired colour highlight the coloured square from the colour palette below. - To adjust the general volume. - To adjust the volume of the spoken language and sound effects. - This setting is currently not implemented.

The colour can also be determined by entering the values in the input fields Hue, Sat (saturation), Lum (luminosity), Red, Green and Blue or by clicking into the colour field and moving the black arrow up and down. Add to Custom colours OK Cancel - Adds the selected colour to the custom colours within the window in order to prepare and save it for further settings. - To assign the selected colour to the chips of the respective terminal. - Closes the window without changing any colour.

08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page 233

NOVO UNITY SERVER

Machine parameters After selecting the tab Machine parameters within the Control Panel of the terminals the parameter Table Restriction will be displayed. This setting provides the possibility to restrict the number of selectable tables displayed on the terminal screens. The parameter Table Restriction can be set for each terminal group in path Casino \ Multi Game \ Novo Multi-Table Roulette \ Server \ Settings, but also for each terminal individually within its Control Panel. Depending on whether or not the parameter Table Restriction is individually set for the terminal, a black, blue or red box is displayed next to the parameter name Table Restriction:

The black box means that the terminal setting is in accord with the setting for the group. A modification of the parameter setting Table Restriction for the terminal group (in path Casino \ Multi Game \ Novo MultiTable Roulette \ Server \ Settings) affects also the respective terminal. The blue box means that the terminal setting is in accord with the setting for the group. However, a modification of the parameter setting Table Restriction for the terminal group (in path Casino \ Multi Game \ Novo Multi-Table Roulette \ Server \ Settings) will NOT affect the respective terminal. The red box means that the terminal setting differs from the setting for the group. A modification of the parameter setting Table Restriction for the terminal group (in path Casino \ Multi Game \ Novo Multi-Table Roulette \ Server \ Settings) will NOT affect the respective terminal.

Page 234

08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

NOVO UNITY SERVER

To set the parameter Table Restriction for a terminal individually follow the description below: 1) Open the Control Panel of the respective terminal and select the tab Machine parameters:

1) Highlight the parameter name Table Restriction. 2) Click the Edit Parameter button to open the Control Panel of the parameter Table Restriction:

45M002P1UK-03

3) Click the Advanced button to adjust the settings in the following window:

08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page 235

NOVO UNITY SERVER

All tables (Server 1-3) provided with a green check mark will be displayed on the Select Table Screen of the respective terminal. Server 1, 2 and 3 can be activated or deactivated by a double click. A green check mark means that the table is activated for the respective terminal and can be selected on its screen. A red cross means that the table is deactivated for the respective terminal and cannot be selected on its screen. 4) Activate or deactivate the desired tables by a double click and confirm with the OK button to close the window. 5) Close the Control Panel with the OK button. The following message will be displayed:

6) Confirm with the Yes button to individually set the parameter for the respective terminal. Afterwards within the Control Panel of the terminals the box next to the parameter name will be red or blue coloured, depending on whether or not the terminal setting is in accord with the setting for the group:

7) Click the OK button to save the settings.

Page 236

08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

NOVO UNITY SERVER

Additional Information:

No

- If the No button is selected in the above indicated window (see step 6), the settings will not be saved for the respective terminal and the operation will be interrupted. Consequently the terminal setting is in accord with the setting for the group.

45M002P1UK-03

Set Default

- Highlight the parameter name Table Restriction and select the Set Default button if the setting for the respective terminal should be in accord with the setting for the group. Therefore, a modification of the parameter setting Table Restriction for the terminal group (in path Casino \ Multi Game \ Novo Multi-Table Roulette \ Server \ Settings) affects also the respective terminal.

OK Cancel Apply

- Saves the new settings and closes the window. - Closes the window without saving the settings. - Applies the new settings without closing the window.

08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page 237

NOVO UNITY SERVER

Page 238

08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

NOVO UNITY SERVER

V.3.1.2 Parameters Function:

Under this menu item various parameters can be viewed and changed. The following data are indicated: Parameter, Group to which the parameter applies, Value and Unit of the parameter.

NOTE
After a value has been changed, a parameter update has to be performed.

V.3.1.2.1 Settings Path: Casino \ Multi Game \ Installed Game \ Parameters \ Settings V.3.1.2.1.1 Bill Information
Parameters: Bill 1-8 - To set the bill denominations for each channel that are accepted by the devices. - To select the insertion direction of the bills click on the Advanced button within the Control Panel. A window will be opened displaying all possible insertion directions (A, B, C, D). A green check mark means that the respective insertion direction is activated while a red cross indicates that the direction is deactivated. Each insertion direction can be activated or deactivated by a double click. The below illustrations show the selectable directions A, B, C and D:

45M002P1UK-03

Bill Direction

Max Bill Rejects

- Number of rejected bills before the bill acceptor will be disabled.

08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page 239

NOVO UNITY SERVER

V.3.1.2.1.2 Coin Information

Parameters: Coin 1-8 - To set the coin denominations for each channel.

V.3.1.2.1.3 Cashless Information

Parameters:

INFORMATION
The cashless parameters are only functional, if the Online Protocol GRIPS Crystal, IGT or X-Series is installed. Cashable Credits Cashless Active Cashless In Cashless Out Cashless Payout Limit Noncashable Credits Promotional Credits - Active or not active. - Activates or deactivates the cashless function (global). - Active or not active.
45M002P1UK-03 08 2006 AGI GmbH

- Active or not active. - To set the maximum amount of cashless payout. - Active or not active. - Active or not active.

V.3.1.2.1.4 Denomination
Parameters: Credit Display Mode - Select Currency mode to show the currency symbol within the display areas BET, CREDIT and MULTIPLIER on the terminal screens. When Credit mode is selected the currency symbol disappears. - Enter the standard international 3-letter currency code (capitalised), e. g. GBP, EUR, etc. to show the respective currency symbol within the display areas BET, CREDIT and MULTIPLIER on the terminal screens. Note that also the parameter Credit Display Mode has to be set to Currency mode.

Currency Symbol

Page 240

NOVO UNITY SERVER

Decimal Separator

- To determine the separator for decimal numbers. Select .[dot] or ,[comma] as a country-specific adjustment. - Indicates the exchange ratio between the denomination of coins and bills and the credit value.

Denomination

V.3.1.2.1.5 Pay In
Parameters: All Time Pay In - Activate this parameter to allow the pay in of credits also during the No more Bets game phase. - This function can only be used in the Demo Mode that can be activated in path Casino \ Multi Game \ Installed Game \ Game \ Game Setup. If Auto Credit is active, the value of the Remote In Rate will be incremented automatically whenever the credit amount falls to zero. - Activates or deactivates the function to change inserted bills into coins dispensed from the hopper. - To decide whether hopper refills should be registered by the bookkeeping statistics of each terminal or not. - Activates or deactivates the function to select the amount of credits paid in by the attendant. A dialog box opens and the remote in values can be selected. If the Remote Dialog function is deactivated the value of the Remote In Rate is accumulated to the credit each time the Remote function is carried out. - Activates or deactivates the function allowing credits to be paid in by the attendant. - To set the amount of credits paid in by the attendant each time the function is executed.

Auto Credit

Bill Change

Hopper Refill
45M002P1UK-03

Remote Dialog

Remote In

Remote In Rate

08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page 241

NOVO UNITY SERVER

V.3.1.2.1.6 Pay Out

Parameters: Cancel Credit - To allow manual payouts by the attendant after pressing the CANCEL CREDITS button. If this parameter is not activated, also the CANCEL CREDITS button will be inactive, except for the case that one of the following error messages is displayed on the terminal screen: Hopper Limit Reached - Wait for Attendant Ticket Payout Limit Reached - Wait for Attendant Door Errors, e. g. Stacker Door open Hardware- and Connection Errors - e. g. Connection with Game Server lost RAM Clear required - This value effects manual payouts by the attendant after pressing the CANCEL CREDITS button. Before every manual payout the credit amount will divided by the selected Even Handpay Value: a) If the credit amount can be divided evenly by this value then the full credit amount will be paid out. b) If the credit amount cannot be divided evenly: The part of the credit amount which can be divided by the Even Handpay Value is paid out. The remaining credit (which cannot be divided by the Even Handpay Value) will stay on the machine. If the parameter Hopper Remainder is set To Handpay this credit can be paid out after pressing the CANCEL CREDITS button a second time. - The Hopper Remainder function takes care of the difference between the coin value and the denomination value. If the credit amount is less than the coin value and the CASH button is pressed there are two options: a) To Credit: The residual amount will stay on the terminal and has to be used for game play. b) To Handpay: The residual credit amount can be paid out after pressing the CANCEL CREDITS button.

Even Handpay Value

Hopper Remainder

Page 242

08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

NOVO UNITY SERVER

V.3.1.2.1.7 Online Protocols INFORMATION

The settings of the online protocol are made on site by the Technical Support of AGI. Parameters: Online Protocol - Options: Gsp2500 Grips Crystal SDS Bally X-Series Bacta IGT 502 None - To set the serial port: None/COM1/COM2/COM3/COM4

Online Protocol COM Port

45M002P1UK-03

08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page 243

NOVO UNITY SERVER

V.3.1.2.1.8 Credit Limits

Parameters: Max Credit - To set the maximum credit limit (including inserted and won credits). Note that the amount defined for this parameter must be equal or greater than the amount set for the parameter Max Credit In. If this limit is exceeded, the error message Credit Limit Reached - Wait for Attendant will be displayed on the terminal screen. Afterwards the system requires a manual payout of the win after pressing the HANDPAY button. - To set the maximum credit amount that can be inserted. - To set the maximum amount paid out via the hopper. If this limit is exceeded, the error message Hopper Limit Reached - Wait for Attendant will be displayed on the terminal screen. Afterwards the system requires a manual payout after pressing the CANCEL CREDITS button. - To set the maximum win limit per game. If this limit is exceeded, the error message Congratulations, Jackpot won - Wait for Attendant will be displayed on the terminal screen. Afterwards the system requires a manual payout of the win after pressing the HANDPAY button. - To set the maximum bet per game. - If this function is activated and a player tries to place bets on a field with a minimum bet higher than the value of the chip a window will pop up informing the player about the minimum bet of the respective field. The player can decide whether or not s/he wishes to place the minimum bet by pressing the Yes or No button. The window closes automatically. - To set the minimum bet per game. - To set the maximum amount paid out by a ticket printout. If this limit is exceeded, the error message Ticket Payout Limit Reached - Wait for Attendant will be displayed on the terminal screen. Afterwards the system requires a manual payout after pressing the CANCEL CREDITS button.

Max Credit In Max Hopper

Max Win

Maximum Bet for Game Min Bet Limit Warning

Minimum Bet for Game Ticket Payout Limit

Page 244

08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

NOVO UNITY SERVER

V.3.1.2.1.9 Counters
Parameters: Counter 1-8 - To assign accounting parameters to the individual counters (assigned only by Technical Support AGI!). - Activates or deactivates the divider function. - To set the divider used to calculate the value indicated by the mechanical counters. If the value is e. g. 10, the meter reading will increase by one at every tenth credit counted.

Divider Divider Value

V.3.1.2.1.10 Trace & Log

Parameters: Events Cleanup - To select the period of days after Trace and Log data should be erased from the terminals.

INFORMATION
45M002P1UK-03

If the free disk space of a terminal under-runs two MB, all Trace and Log data will be deleted automatically. Only data of the last five days will be obtained. Log File Size - To set the maximum size (memory) of the Log File in bytes. The Log File shows information about game-related events that are saved on each terminal. - To set the maximum size (memory) of the Trace File in bytes. The Trace file shows information about hardware-related events that are saved on each terminal.

Trace File Size

08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page 245

NOVO UNITY SERVER

V.3.1.2.1.11 Keys & Doors

Parameters: Auto Reset Door Error (except Logic Door) - If this function is activated, the door alarms and the removed/inserted alarm of the stacker will disappear automatically when the error is cleared (except Logic Door alarm). Cashbox Door - If activated the respective error message will be displayed on the terminal when the Cashbox Door is opened. - Activates or deactivates the monitoring of the audit key. - This parameter has to be deactivated by default. - This parameter has to be deactivated by default. - If activated the respective error message will be displayed on the terminal when the Front Large Door is opened.

Check Dealer Keys Door in Door Front Door Front Large Door

Logic Door

- If activated the respective error message will be displayed on the terminal when the Logic Door is opened. - If activated the respective error message will be displayed on the terminal when the Logic Door is opened (not in all jurisdictions). - This parameter has to be deactivated by default. - If activated the respective error message will be displayed on the terminal when the Service Door (Ithaca printer) is opened. - If activated the respective error message will be displayed on the terminal when the Stacker Door is opened. - If activated the respective error message will be displayed on the terminal when the Top Large Door is opened.

Logic Door <DoorLog>

Main Door Service Door

Stacker Door

Top Large Door

Page 246

08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

Game Server Security Key <Password> - If Key Required is selected the security key has to be turned to allow the attendance of the Dealer Board. Select No Key required to deactivate this function.

NOVO UNITY SERVER

V.3.1.2.1.12 Ticket
Parameters:

INFORMATION
The following parameters are relevant, if the ticket handling will be performed via the Novo Unity Cashdesk System. If the online protocol IGT 502 or GSP 2500 is used, the ticket handling will be performed according to the respective online protocol. In this case the following parameter settings can be skipped. Only the parameters Ticket Redemption and Validation Type has to be considered (please see next page). Barcode Encryption - Select the type of code to be used (e.g. Endx, RC4 or standard). The code can be decoded only at the cashdesk provided and programmed accordingly.

Casino City, State, Zip <Ithaca> - If an Ithaca printer is installed the city, country and zip code information can be entered to be printed on the tickets. Casino Location <Ithaca>
45M002P1UK-03

- If an Ithaca printer is installed the casino address (street name and number) can be entered to be printed on the tickets. - To enter the casino name to be printed on the tickets. - If an Ithaca printer is installed the notation of the date to be printed on the ticket can be selected. DD/MM/YYYY (day/month/year) or MM/DD/YYYY (month/day/year) can be selected. - To set the number of tickets that can still be printed before the paper roll has to be changed (after the sensor has already detected that paper is low and has displayed a Paper Low message on the terminal). - Activates or deactivates that the barcode information is printed using numbers in addition to lines. - To set whether tickets should be cut after print-out or not. Full Cut, Partial Cut or No Cut can be selected. This setting is only relevant for Seiko/IFCOM printers.

Casino Name Date Format <Ithaca>

Paper EMPTY Limit

Print Barcode Info

Printer Cutter <W832>

Ticket Cash Value as Text <Ithaca> - Activates or deactivates the option of printing the cash value as text in addition to the numerical value. This setting is only relevant for Ithaca printers. Ticket Logo <W832> - Indicates the BMP file of the Ticket Logo to be printed on the ticket. This setting is made by AGI. Logos are only printed by Seiko/IF-COM printers. Page 247

08 2006 AGI GmbH

NOVO UNITY SERVER

INFORMATION
The following two parameters are used to enable the TITO (ticket in/ticket out) feature. In this case the ticket handling will be performed according to the online protocol IGT 502 or GSP 2500. The ticket handling can also be performed via the Novo Unity Cashdesk System. Therefore deactivate the Ticket Redemption parameter and set the Validation Type parameter to None. Ticket Redemption - This parameter is only applicable, if either the online protocol IGT 502 or GSP 2500 is used. Activate this parameter if one of these protocols is used to enable the ticket in feature. In all other cases deactivate this function. - This parameter is only applicable, if an Ithaca printer is installed and either the online protocol IGT 502 or GSP 2500 is used. Select Standard, Secure Enhanced or System if the online protocol IGT 502 is used. Set the Validation Type parameter to System if the online protocol GSP 2500 is used. This parameter is implemented to enable the ticket out feature and to define the validation method for tickets according to the respective online protocol.
45M002P1UK-03

Validation Type

INFORMATION
The following parameters are used to enable a special feature applicable for ticket inspections: Credit Inserted Number of Games Played Suspicious Transaction Indicator Ticket Value Wager Wager in Relation to Inserted Credit in % These parameters are only used in certain jurisdictions. For detailed information please contact the Technical Support of AGI.

Page 248

08 2006 AGI GmbH

NOVO UNITY SERVER

45M002P1UK-03

08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page 249

NOVO UNITY SERVER

Parameters appearing in this window are described on the opposite page.

Page 250

08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

NOVO UNITY SERVER

V.3.1.2.2 Hardware Path: Casino \ Multi Game \ Installed Game \ Parameters \ Hardware V.3.1.2.2.1 Devices
Parameters: Ithaca Printer COM Port <Ithaca> - To assign a serial port of the terminal PC (COM1-4) to the connected Ithaca printer. Select None, if no Ithaca printer is connected. PC Card Tracer - Activates or deactivates an additional program for functional tests of the PC Card. - To determine the connected Printer. Ithaca, W832 (= Seiko/IF-COM) or No Printer can be selected. - To set whether the Ram Clear requires that the logic door is opened or not. - To define the installed Top Light. 2-colour, 3-colour, Ontario or No Tower Lights can be selected. - If this parameter is activated, an automatic software reset of the touchscreen controller will be performed after opening the Top Large Door or the Front Large Door. The software reset has the effect that the touchscreen controller will get adjusted to the environmental conditions again.

Printer

Ram Clear Mode

Tower Lights Type

45M002P1UK-03

USB Touchscreen Reset

The following hardware devices of the various terminal groups can be activated or deactivated: Bill Acceptor Coin Comparator Hopper Mechanical Counters PC Card The parameters contained in the folders Languages, Server and Game affect game-related settings and are therefore described in section V.3.2.

08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page 251

NOVO UNITY SERVER

Page 252

08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

NOVO UNITY SERVER

V.3.1.2.4 Jackpot Path: Casino \ Multi Game \ Installed Game \ Parameters \ Jackpot
The Jackpot feature is an add-on to the Novo Unity Server. It is currently not in use.

45M002P1UK-03

08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page 253

NOVO UNITY SERVER

Page 254

08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

NOVO UNITY SERVER

V.3.1.3 Finances Function:

With this menu item, pay-in and pay-out options can be viewed. In addition, the number of times each door has been opened and the number of times the system has been accessed with the respective key can be viewed. Where applicable, Meter, Count, Credit and Value [currency] are indicated.

V.3.1.3.1 Summary Path: Casino \ Multi Game \ Installed Game \ Finances \ Summary V.3.1.3.1.1 Credit
Total In Total Out - Sum of credits inserted. - Sum of credits paid out.

V.3.1.3.1.2 Hopper
Cash Box In Hopper In Hopper Refill Hopper Dump Hopper Out - Number of - Number of - Number of - Number of button has - Number of coins routed from the coin acceptor into the cashbox. coins routed from the coin acceptor into the hopper. coins refilled into the hopper. coins paid out from the hopper, when the Remove Coins been selected. coins paid out to the player.

45M002P1UK-03

V.3.1.3.1.3 Bills
Bills In Note 1 - 8 In - Number of bills that have passed each channel.

08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page 255

NOVO UNITY SERVER

V.3.1.3.1.4 Win&Bet
Games Games Since Door Close Games Since Power Up Total Games Won Games Wins Coin Out (Win) - Total number of games played since the most recent door error reset. - Total number of all games played since commencement of play (power up). - Number of games played. - Total number of all games won.

Jackpot Win Tip money Total Win Bets Coin In (Bet)

- Total amount of wins in all games, except for manual payouts by the attendant (handpays). Please see also section IV.1 Audit Menu - Description of the HANDPAY button. - Not used. - Total amount of tip money in all games. - Total amount of wins in all games.

- Total amount of bets in all games.

V.3.1.3.1.5 Cashless
Cashless In Cashable cashless in Noncashable cashless in Promotional cashless in Cashless Out Cashable cashless out Cashable cashless win out Noncashable cashless out Promotional cashless out - Insertion of cashable credits from a card. - Insertion of noncashable credits from a card. - Insertion of complimentary credits from a card.
45M002P1UK-03 08 2006 AGI GmbH

- Payout of cashable credits to a card. - Payout of cashable wins to a card. - Payout of noncashable credits to a card. - Not used.

V.3.1.3.1.6 Tickets
Ticket In Ticket out - Total number of inserted tickets (since the last reset). - Total number of payouts via redeemable tickets (since last reset!).

Page 256

NOVO UNITY SERVER

V.3.1.3.1.7 Attendant
Dealer Cancelled Credits - Total amount of all amounts paid out by the attendant after using the CANCEL CREDIT button. Please see also section IV.1 Audit Menu - Description of the CANCEL CREDITS button. - Total amount of all wins paid out by the attendant using the HANDPAY button. Please see also section IV.1 Audit Menu - Description of the HANDPAY button. - Total amount of all amounts paid out by the attendant after using the HANDPAY and CANCEL CREDITS buttons. - Total amount of all amounts paid in by the attendant after using the REMOTE button. Please see also section IV.2 Remote.

Handpays

Remote out

Remote in

V.3.1.3.1.8 Security
Keys Indicates the number of times each key has been used: Audit Key Service Key Setup Key Doors Indicates the number of times each of the following doors has been opened: Cashbox Door Front Large Door Logic Door Security Bill Door (not in all jurisdictions) Security Cover (not in all jurisdictions) Service Door (Ithaca printer, optional) Stacker Door Top Large Door Power Reset Meter indicates the number of times the game program has been started.

45M002P1UK-03

08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page 257

NOVO UNITY SERVER

Page 258

08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

NOVO UNITY SERVER

V.3.1.3.2 Terminal # Path: Casino \ Multi Game \ Installed Game \ Finances \ Terminal #
With this menu item, pay-in and pay-out options for each terminal can be viewed. In addition, the number of times each door has been opened and the number of times the terminal has been accessed with the respective key can be viewed. Where applicable, Meter, Count, Credit and Value [currency] are indicated. Please see section V.3.1.3 Finances.

45M002P1UK-03

08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page 259

NOVO UNITY SERVER

Page 260

08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

NOVO UNITY SERVER

V.3.1.4 Statistics Path: Casino \ Multi Game \ Installed Game \ Statistics V.3.1.4.1 Income Function:
This menu item indicates the bookkeeping statistics per terminal and as a summary of all connected terminals.

Displayed information:
Terminal Total In [currency] Total Out [currency] Total In-Total Out [currency] Total Out/Total In [%] Total Bet [currency] Total Win [currency] Total Bet-Total Win [currency] Total Win/Total Bet [%] Won Games
45M002P1UK-03

- Indicates the terminal number. - Total credits paid in for all games. - Total credits paid out for all games. - Difference between In and Out = net profit of the terminal. - Ratio between In and Out in per cent. - Total amount of bets in all games. - Total amount of wins in all games. - Difference between bets and wins for all games. - Ratio between bets and wins for all games in per cent. - Total number of all games won.

V.3.1.4.2 Bills Function:

This menu item shows the bill statistics per terminal and as a summary of all connected terminals.

Displayed information:
Terminal Bill [X currency] All [currency] - Indicates the terminal number. - Number of bills that have passed the respective bill channel. - Total amount of bills inserted.

V.3.1.4.3 Coins Function:

This menu item shows the coin statistics per terminal and as a summary of all connected terminals.

Displayed information:
Terminal Hopper In [currency] Hopper Out [currency] CashBox In [currency] Hopper Refill [currency] Hopper Dump [currency] - Indicates the terminal number. - Number of coins routed from the coin acceptor into the hopper. - Payout via the hopper. - Number of coins routed from the coin acceptor into the cashbox. - Number of coins refilled into the hopper. - Number of coins emptied from the hopper.

08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page 261

NOVO UNITY SERVER

V.3.1.4.4 Remote Function:

This menu item shows the remote statistics per terminal and as a summary of all connected terminals.

Displayed information:
Terminal Remote In [currency] - Indicates the terminal number. - Total amount of all amounts paid in by the attendant after using the REMOTE button. Please see also section IV.2 Remote. - Total amount of all wins paid out by the attendant using the HANDPAY button. Please see also section IV.1 Audit Menu - Description of the HANDPAY button. - Total amount of all amounts paid out by the attendant after using the CANCEL CREDIT button. Please see also section IV.1 Audit Menu - Description of the CANCEL CREDITS button. - Total amount of all amounts paid out by the attendant after using the HANDPAY and CANCEL CREDITS buttons. - Total amount of all printed, redeemable tickets.

Handpays [currency]

Cancelled Credits [currency]

Remote Out [currency] Tickets [currency]

V.3.1.4.5 Cashless Function:

This menu item shows statistical data of cashless transactions per terminal and as a summary of all connected terminals.

Displayed information:
Terminal Cashable In [currency] Cashable Out [currency] Non Cashable In [currency] Non Cashable Out [currency] Promotional In [currency] Promotional Out [currency] - Indicates the terminal number. - Insertion of cashable credits from a card. - Payout of cashable credits to a card. - Insertion of noncashable credits from a card. - Payout of noncashable credits to a card. - Insertion of complimentary credits from a card (can be used for playing but cannot be cashed). - Not used.

Page 262

08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

NOVO UNITY SERVER

V.3.1.4.6 Security Function:

This menu item shows the number of times the setup has been accessed with the audit key and the number of times each door has been opened, per terminal and as a summary of all connected terminals.

Displayed information:
Audit Key Stacker Door Front Large Door Logic Door Cashbox Door Top Large Door Service Door (Ithaca printer, optional) Security Bill Door (not in all jurisdictions) Security Cover (not in all jurisdictions)

V.3.1.4.7 Results Function:

45M002P1UK-03

This menu item provides game-related information for each connected Game Server. How many game results will be displayed can be set in path Casino \ NU System \ NU Server \ Parameters \ Settings \ Limits \ Last Results (minimum 50, maximum 1000).

Displayed information:
Date Time Game Win Spin Error - Date at which the recorded game has taken place. - Time at which the recorded game has taken place. - Number of the recorded game. - Winning number of the recorded game. - Spin direction of the Roulette Wheel (left/right). - Presently no entries.

V.3.1.4.8 Terminals
Presently no function.

08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page 263

NOVO UNITY SERVER

Parameters appearing in this window are described on the opposite page.

Page 264

08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

NOVO UNITY SERVER

V.3.1.5 Trace Path: Casino \ Multi Game \ Installed Game \ Trace Function:
This menu item provides information on data that are contained in the trace file on the player terminals, Game Servers, Animation and Results Displays. With this information the most important events occurred on the player terminals and Game Servers can be tracked. These data are relevant only to service technicians and programmers of AGI. Date, Time, Terminal, Game Nbr, Event and Info (general information) are indicated.

V.3.1.5.1 Finance
Records about bookkeeping information, e. g. Remote In.

V.3.1.5.2 Hardware
Records about changes of the hardware, e. g. Stacker inserted/removed.

V.3.1.5.3 Games
45M002P1UK-03

Records about the network communication, e. g. Configuration parameter changed.

V.3.1.5.4 Security
Records on door openings and closings and access to the system menu using the respective key, e.g. Table opened by Server.

08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page 265

NOVO UNITY SERVER

Page 266

08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

NOVO UNITY SERVER

V.3.1.6 Modules Path: Casino \ Multi Game \ Installed Game \ Modules Function:
This menu item indicates saving path, version number, size, CRC (checksum), MD5 (checksum), modify time and date of game-relevant libraries, data and executable files.

V.3.1.7 Files Path: Casino \ Multi Game \ Installed Game \ Files Function:
This menu item indicates saving path, version number, size, CRC (checksum), MD5 (checksum), modify time and date of game-relevant files (e. g. ID, TXT, XML files, etc.).

V.3.1.8 Profiles Path: Casino \ Multi Game \ Installed Game \ Profiles Function:
45M002P1UK-03

Within this menu item predefined sets of parameters can be stored and loaded. The files are needed for service activities by the Technical Support of AGI.

08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page 267

NOVO UNITY SERVER

Page 268

08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

Parameters appearing in this window are described on the opposite page.

NOVO UNITY SERVER

V.3.2 Novo Multi-Table Roulette V.3.2.1 Language Path: Casino \ Multi Game \ Novo Multi-Table Roulette \ Parameters \ Language V.3.2.1.1 Spoken
Parameters: Game Server 1 Sounds - To select the game sounds available on the Game Server click on the Advanced button within the Control Panel. A window will be opened displaying all selectable sounds. A green check mark means that the respective sound is activated while a red cross indicates that the respective sound is deactivated. Each sound can be activated or deactivated by a double click. - To select the game sounds available on the terminals click on the Advanced button within the Control Panel. A window will be opened displaying all selectable sounds. A green check mark means that the respective sound is activated while a red cross indicates that the sound is deactivated. Each sound can be activated or deactivated by a double click.

Terminal Sounds

45M002P1UK-03

08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page 269

NOVO UNITY SERVER

Parameters appearing in this window are described on the opposite page.

Page 270

08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

NOVO UNITY SERVER

V.3.2.1.2 Written
Parameters:

INFORMATION
Depending on the Roulette System installed the following parameters Dealer Board Active Languages and Dealer Board Default Language have different functions: Novo Touchbet Live-Roulette: Dealer Board Active Languages - To select the languages available for the button and display area designations on the Dealer Board screen click on the Advanced button within the Control Panel. A window will be opened displaying all selectable languages. A green check mark means that the respective language is activated while a red cross indicates that the respective language is deactivated. Each language can be activated or deactivated by a double click. Dealer Board Default Language - To select the language of the buttons and display areas on the Dealer Board screen after the startup of the system, e.g.: English -> buttons and display areas are in English, after system start and the British flag is displayed on the Dealer Board screen.
45M002P1UK-03

Novo Multi-Roulette and Novo Flying-Roulette: Dealer Board Active Languages - To select the language for the game sounds on the Game Servers click on the Advanced button within the Control Panel. A window will be opened displaying all selectable languages. A green check mark means that the respective language is activated while a red cross indicates that the respective language is deactivated. Each language can be activated or deactivated by a double click. Dealer Board Default Language - To select the language for the game sounds on the Game Servers. Please select the same language that has been chosen for the parameter Game Server Active Languages. Terminal Active Languages - To select the languages available for the button and display area designations on the terminal screens click on the Advanced button within the Control Panel. A window will be opened displaying all selectable languages. A green check mark means that the respective language is activated while a red cross indicates that the respective language is deactivated. Each language can be activated or deactivated by a double click. Terminal Default Language - To select the language of the buttons and display areas on the terminal screens and if available, on the Wheel Information Displays after the startup of the system, e.g.: English -> buttons and display areas are in English, after system start and the British flag is displayed on the main screen of the terminal.
08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page 271

NOVO UNITY SERVER

Parameters appearing in this window are described on the opposite page.

Page 272

08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

NOVO UNITY SERVER

V.3.2.2 Server Path: Casino \ Multi Game \ Novo Multi-Table Roulette \ Parameters \ Server V.3.2.2.1 Hardware
Parameters: COM1-4 <Game Server> - Assignment of serial ports of the Game Server PC to connected peripherals: ACE SICBO = Electromechanical shaker for the game SICBO GAME NET = Online Protocol (not in use) GAME INFO = Online Protocol (not in use) MOUSE NONE NOVO WHEEL = Roulette wheel NOVO P485 = Server Interface Board UPS APC = Uninterruptible Power Supply - To activate or deactivate the display of door error messages on the terminal and Game Server screens in case of opening the Front or Back Server Door.

Game Server Doors

45M002P1UK-03

08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page 273

NOVO UNITY SERVER

Parameters appearing in this window are described on the opposite page.

Page 274

08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

NOVO UNITY SERVER

V.3.2.2.2 Settings
Parameters: Server 1 - Game Type Live Plasma Automatic Testing Random

- To activate the Touchbet Live-Roulette mode. (Source of winning number generation: TCS sensors over RS485.) - To activate the Flying-Roulette mode. (The winning number is randomly generated by the Novo Unity Server.) - To activate the Multi-Roulette mode. (Source of winning number generation: laser sensors mounted on an electromechanical wheel.) - Sequentially generated numbers (for testing purposes only). - Random winning numbers are generated by the Novo Unity Server (random generator! - for testing purposes only). - Enter the unique IP address of the Game Server within the local network. - Enter the maximum bet each player is allowed to place on the respective table. This amount will be indicated on the Wheel Information Display (WID). Note that this parameter only refers to the indication on the Wheel Information Display (WID)! The observance of this limit has to be monitored by the dealer. - Enter the minimum bet each player must place on the respective table. This amount will be indicated on the Wheel Information Display (WID). Note that this parameter only refers to the indication on the Wheel Information Display (WID)! The observance of this limit has to be monitored by the dealer. - Enter the desired name of the table to be displayed on the select table screen. - Enter the file name of the image to be displayed as table symbol on the select table screen. - Enter the unique IP address of the Wheel Information Display (WID) within the local network. - To restrict the number of selectable tables displayed on the terminal screens click on the Advanced button within the Control Panel. A window will be opened displaying all selectable tables. A green check mark means that the respective table is activated while a red cross indicates that the table is deactivated. Each table can be activated or deactivated by a double click. Please see also section V.3.1.1 Groups / Machine parameters.

Server 1 - IP Server 1 - Max Table Limit

45M002P1UK-03

Server 1 - Min Table Limit

Server 1 - Name

Server 1 - Picture

Server 1 - WID IP

Terminal Restriction Table

08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page 275

NOVO UNITY SERVER

WID - Big Casino Logo

- Enter the file name and extension of the logo that should be indicated on the Wheel Information Display to the right of the Roulette wheel e.g.: Logo.png. Please consider that your logo is a 4:3 image and is saved in path D: \ Novomatic \ Games \ Multi-Table-Roulette \ WID \ Media. - Enter the file name and extension of the logo that should be indicated on the Wheel Information Display above the Roulette wheel e.g.: Logo.png. Please consider that your logo is a 4:3 image and is saved in path D: \ Novomatic \ Games \ Multi-Table-Roulette \ WID \ Media. - Enter the ticker text to be displayed at the bottom of the Wheel Information Display (max. 255 characters).

WID - Small Casino Logo

WID - Tricker Text

Page 276

08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

NOVO UNITY SERVER

45M002P1UK-03

08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page 277

NOVO UNITY SERVER

Parameters appearing in this window are described on the opposite page.

Page 278

08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

NOVO UNITY SERVER

V.3.2.2.3 Live-Roulette
Parameters: Dealer Panel Language <Hardware> - To select the desired language in which messages will be displayed on the dealer panel. Server 1 - Recognition Mode - To set whether the winning number recognition should be performed by Reader Heads (NOVO BOARD) or by the Camera Analysing Module (VIDEO RECOGNITION). Spin Ball - To set whether the message Spin Ball please should be displayed on the dealer panel or not. - Activates an acoustic signal in addition to the visual message. - Sets the time in seconds during which the message Spin Ball please is displayed on the dealer panel.

Spin Ball Audio Signal Spin Ball Time Out

45M002P1UK-03

08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page 279

NOVO UNITY SERVER

Parameters appearing in this window are described on the opposite page.

Page 280

08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

NOVO UNITY SERVER

V.3.2.2.4 Multi-Roulette
Parameters: Manual Ball Launch Button - This parameter can only be activated, if a Dealer Panel is installed and the parameter Wheel Game Mode (please see below) is set to Dynamic mode. In this case the ball launch can be performed manually by pressing the green button on the Dealer Panel. - To set how many seconds one revolution of the wheel should take as a maximum. Please note that this parameter is linked to the parameters Wheel Games Analysed For Warning and Wheel Turns too Fast Warning (please see below).

Maximum Wheel Turn Time

INFORMATION
Each wheel engine has its own behaviour and tolerance depending on the environmental temperature. The parameters Maximum and Minimum Wheel Turn Time are used to define a working range for the wheel turn engine. If the engine goes out of the set range, a warning will be registered in the log file of the Game Server. Minimum Fan Run Time
45M002P1UK-03

- To adjust the launch intensity (run time of the fan). A longer fan run time causes a longer ball run on the rim before the ball falls into a pocket. - To set how many seconds one revolution of the wheel should take as a minimum. Please note that this parameter is linked to the parameters Wheel Games Analysed For Warning and Wheel Turns too Slow Warning (please see below). - This parameter will only be applicable if the parameter No More Bets Sensor is activated. It is used to set the maximum run time of the ball per revolution. If the ball takes more time to complete one revolution than the set NMB Turn Timeout, the No More Bets game phase will be automatically initiated. - Activate this parameter, to be able to use the NMB Turn Timeout parameter. Deactivate it if the No More Bets sensor is NOT installed. In this case the No More Bets game phase will be automatically initiated right before the ball launching. - If this parameter is activated the respective error message will be displayed on the terminals and on the Game Servers when the Wheel Door is opened. - This parameter represents a security feature and should be activated, if the No More bets sensor is installed in order to avoid that bets are placed after a bad ball launch. In addition to this parameter the parameter Security First Pass Time has to be set (please see below). Page 281

Minimum Wheel Turn Time

NMB Turn Timeout

No More Bets Sensor

PLC Wheel Door

Security First Pass

08 2006 AGI GmbH

NOVO UNITY SERVER

Security First Pass Time

- This parameter is used to set the time limit within which the launched ball should pass the No More Bets (NMB) sensor for the first time. If this time limit is exceeded because of a bad ball launch, the game is declared invalid and the bets will be refunded. Please note that this parameter is linked to the parameters Wheel Games Analysed For Warning and Security First Pass Warning (please see below). - This parameter is linked to the parameters Security First Pass Time and Wheel Games Analysed for Warning. It is used to define how often the Security First Pass Time must be exceeded during a set number of games (Wheel Games Analysed For Warning) for the warning Security First Pass to be displayed. For example: The parameter Wheel Games Analysed For Warning is set to 10. The parameter Security First Pass Warning is set to 3. Under these settings the warning Security First Pass will appear after the Security First Pass Time has been exceeded 3 times in 10 games. The Game Server will stop the game until the confirmation of the warning.

Security First Pass Warning

Casino Mode

- At the beginning of the Finish Betting game phase the wheel lift motor rises and the ball drops into the ball collecting channel. Subsequently the second ball rolls into the air-operated ball launching mechanism (slide), the wheel lift motor goes down and the Roulette wheel starts to spin. The ball is launched in the Finish Betting game phase. After detection of the ball in the No More Bets game phase the Roulette wheel keeps spinning in the same direction and does not stop until the next Finish Betting game phase is initiated. In this mode the wheel behaves like a live game wheel. - At the beginning of the Place Your Bets game phase the wheel lift motor rises and the ball drops into the ball collecting channel. Subsequently the second ball rolls into the air-operated ball launching mechanism (slide), the wheel lift motor goes down and the Roulette wheel starts to spin. The ball is launched at the beginning of the Finish Betting game phase. After the detection of the ball in the No More Bets game phase the Roulette wheel stops automatically. The dynamic mode is the fastest game mode.

Dynamic Mode

Page 282

08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

Wheel Game Mode Classic Mode

- At the beginning of the Finish Betting game phase the wheel lift motor rises and the ball drops into the ball collecting channel. Subsequently the second ball rolls into the air-operated ball launching mechanism (slide), the wheel lift motor goes down and the Roulette wheel starts to spin. The ball is launched in the Finish Betting game phase. After detection of the ball in the No More Bets game phase the Roulette wheel stops automatically.

NOVO UNITY SERVER

INFORMATION
The advantage of the warning parameters (Wheel Games Analysed for Warning, Wheel Turns too Fast Warning, Wheel Turns too Slow Warning and Security First Pass Warning) is that the Game Server will not stop each game after recognizing a deviation. Wheel Games Analysed for Warning - This parameter is linked to the parameters Maximum and Minimum Wheel Turn Time, Security First Pass Time, as well as to the parameters Wheel Turns too Fast Warning, Wheel Turns too Slow Warning and Security First Pass Warning. It is used to set the number of games to be considered for the calculation of the frequency of all warning parameters (Wheel Turns too Fast, Wheel Turns too Slow and Security First Pass Warning). For example: The parameter Wheel Games Analysed For Warning is set to 10. The parameter Wheel Turns Too Fast Warning is set to 3. Under these settings the warning Wheel Turns Too Fast will appear after the Minimum Wheel Turn Time has not been reached 3 times in 10 games. The Game Server will stop the game until the confirmation of the warning. Wheel SPS Program Checksum - If a new PLC software is installed the checksum must be entered here for security reasons. Changes of the PLC software will only be made by the Technical Support of AGI.

45M002P1UK-03

ATTENTION
The minimum setting of the wheel turn timeout is not allowed to be under 120 seconds. If it is set under 120 seconds, this can cause errors during the game! Wheel Turn Timeout - This parameter will react, when the Game Server has been shut down and the PLC is still powered. After the set Wheel Turn Timeout the wheel will be stopped if the Game Server has been shut down.

TROUBLESHOOTING
If the Game Server very often displays messages regarding warning levels, it has to be checked, whether the NMB sensor is adjusted correctly and the ball launching mechanism works correctly. How often the warnings have occurred can be viewed in the log file of the Game Server.

08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page 283

NOVO UNITY SERVER

Wheel Turns Too Fast Warning

- This parameter is linked to the parameters Minimum Wheel Turn Time and Wheel Games Analysed for Warning. It is used to define how often it is necessary that the Minimum Wheel Turn Time is not reached during a set number of games (Wheel Games Analysed For Warning) for the warning Wheel turns too fast to be displayed. For example: The parameter Wheel Games Analysed For Warning is set to 10. The parameter Wheel Turns Too Fast Warning is set to 3. Under these settings the warning Wheel turns too fast will appear, after the Minimum Wheel Turn Time has not been reached 3 times in 10 games. The Game Server will stop the game until the confirmation of the warning.

Wheel Turns Too Slow Warning

- This parameter is linked to the parameters Maximum Wheel Turn Time and Wheel Games Analysed for Warning. It is used to define how often the Maximum Wheel Turn Time must be exceeded during a set number of games (Wheel Games Analysed For Warning) for the warning Wheel turns too slow to be displayed. For example: The parameter Wheel Games Analysed For Warning is set to 10. The parameter Wheel Turns Too Slow Warning is set to 3. Under these settings the warning Wheel turns too slow will appear after the Maximum Wheel Turn Time has been exceeded 3 times in 10 games. The Game Server will stop the game until the confirmation of the warning.

Win Number Repetition Count

- To set the allowed number of winning number repetitions. If the same winning number is detected repeatedly in succession, the game is halted and the Game Server displays a warning (The same winning number was detected too often).

Page 284

08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

NOVO UNITY SERVER

45M002P1UK-03

08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page 285

NOVO UNITY SERVER

Parameters appearing in this window are described on the opposite page.

Page 286

08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

NOVO UNITY SERVER

V.3.2.2.5 Flying-Roulette
Parameters: Server 1 - Plasma IP - Enter the unique IP address of the animation display within the local network.

Server 1 - Plasma Mode Inactive Server Display

- Set this parameter to inactive, if no animation display is attached. - Set this parameter to Server, if the Game Server controls the game Novo Flying-Roulette. - Set this parameter to Display, if the Game Server controls the game Novo Touchbet Live-Roulette or Novo Multi-Roulette. Players on the terminals can follow the game (sequences, bets and wins of all players) on the animation display.

45M002P1UK-03

08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page 287

NOVO UNITY SERVER

V.3.2.2.6 Camera NOTE

Before the following Bayer init, blue scale and red scale parameters will be set, it is recommended to run the camera test program installed on the Game Server PC.

Excursus: Description of the camera test program

1) 2) Connect the camera and start the Game Server PC. Press the Windows key and the letter key E to open the Windows Explorer.

3) 4)

Select the executable file CameraTestServer.exe in path C: \ windows \ system32 \ cam \ bin. Open the file by pressing enter. The following window will be displayed:

Page 288

08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

NOVO UNITY SERVER

5) 6) 7)

Point the camera at a distant object (Roulette wheel). Set the lens iris, focus and zoom ring to infinity and turn them to obtain the best possible image. Select in the test program window the menu Settings and the following window will be opened:

45M002P1UK-03

8) 9) 10) 11)

12) 13) 14) 15)

Select the camera type indicated on the type plate of the camera. Use the drop-down button to set the suitable Bayer init (Bayer RGB colour filter array, CFA). Test all levels (0-3) and select the number providing the best camera image. Width and Height are already set by default (384/400). These values determine the size of the section of the camera image in the test window. Please do not change these values! The values X Offset and Y Offset determine the alignment of the camera image and has only be set for the camera type 6700. Set for the value X Offset 105 and for the value Y Offset 39 by default. If the camera TMC 6760 is in use, set these values to 0. Move the controllers of the scaling factors red and blue to adjust the camera image to the lighting conditions of the casino. These parameters do not affect the Bayer init. Skip the drop-down button next to Server. It has no function. Select the Save button to fix the settings. Select the Close button to complete the process.

08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page 289

NOVO UNITY SERVER

Parameters appearing in this window are described on the opposite page.

Page 290

08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

NOVO UNITY SERVER

Parameters: Camera Test Mode <develop> - This parameter has to be deactivated by default and is only used for testing purposes by the Technical Support of AGI. - This parameter is only applicable for terminals that have two monitors installed. Activate this parameter to view a live recording image of the Roulette wheel on the terminal upper screens. - Activates or deactivates all camera features on the connected terminals, animation and Wheel Information Displays (screen-inscreen and second screen live recording image of the Roulette wheel on the terminal, live recording image of the Roulette wheel on the displays). - This parameter is only applicable, if the camera type 6700 is installed. In this case enter the value 105 by default. Otherwise set the Camera - NL x offset to 0. - This parameter is only applicable, if the camera type 6700 is installed. In this case enter the value 39 by default. Otherwise set the Camera - NL x offset to 0. - To assign the same number as has been selected in the camera test program. - To set the luminosity of the camera image. 0 = dark, 1 = medium, 2 = bright. - To assign the same value as has been selected in the camera test program (Scaling factor blue). - To select the camera type indicated on the type plate of the camera. Camera types TMC6700 or TMC6760 may be selected. - To assign the same value as has been selected in the camera test program (Scaling factor red). - To adapt the camera image to the frames provided on the terminal main screen and on the select table screen (screen-in-screen) in horizontal direction. - To adapt the camera image to the frames provided on the terminal main screen and on the select table screen (screen-in-screen) in vertical direction.

Camera View on Second Screen

Server 1 Camera

Server 1 Camera - NL x Offset

Server 1 Camera - NL y Offset

45M002P1UK-03

Server 1 Camera - Bayer Init

Server 1 Camera - Bit Shift

Server 1 Camera - Blue Scale

Server 1 Camera - Camera Type

Server 1 Camera - Red Scale

Server 1 Camera - x Offset

Server 1 Camera - y Offset

08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page 291

NOVO UNITY SERVER

Parameters appearing in this window are described on the opposite page.

Page 292

08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

NOVO UNITY SERVER

V.3.2.2.7 Speeds
Parameters: This menu item can be used to select the duration of individual game phases for each terminal group of Game Server 1, 2 and 3 in steps of 0.1 seconds: Server Server Server Server Server Server Server Server 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Phase Phase Phase Phase Phase Phase Phase Phase 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 - Place Bets - Finish Betting - No More Bets - Start Running - Running - Win Number - Win Celebration - Game Finished

45M002P1UK-03

08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page 293

NOVO UNITY SERVER

Parameters appearing in this window are described on the opposite page.

Page 294

08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

NOVO UNITY SERVER

V.3.2.3 Game Path: Casino \ Multi Game \ Novo Multi-Table Roulette \ Parameters \ Game V.3.2.3.1 Game Setup
Parameters: 24 Fields Animation Display Port - Activates or deactivates the 24 BET betting option. - The determination of the Animation Display Port is made by the Technical Support of AGI on site. - When this function is activated the most recently selected bets are automatically placed again in every subsequent game. - Used for presentation purposes. If this function is activated, DEMO MODE will be displayed on all screens. The parameter Auto Credit can only be activated in Demo Mode. To play in Demo Mode the following parameters (in path Casino \ Multi Game \ Installed Game \ Parameters \ Hardware \ Devices) must be deactivated: Bill Acceptor, Coin Comparator, Hopper and Printer. - To enable the First five fields betting option (on 0/00 wheels) covering 00, 0, 1, 2 and 3. - To set the number of games that can still be played before the game program will be shut down after the Shutdown game button has been selected on the Game Server. - To define the desired layout of the terminal screens. Enter Standard or Classic in the input field to display the traditionally coloured layout or Modern for blue coloured screens. - Activates or deactivates the additional betting screen Call Neighbour Bets. - To set the Lucky Dip betting option. When the Lucky Dip button displayed on the screen is selected, the player is offered 6 randomly selected numbers. - To select the multipliers available for the player on the terminal screens. Multipliers allowing players to alternate the amount of their bets subject to the maximum bet limits (e. g. 1, 5, 10 or 1, 10, 100). Click on the Advanced button within the Control Panel. A window will be opened displaying all selectable Multipliers. A green check mark means that the respective Multiplier is activated while a red cross indicates that the Multiplier is deactivated. Each Multiplier can be activated or deactivated by a double click. Please consider that presently only three multipliers can be displayed on the terminal screens. Page 295

Auto Previous Bet

Demo Mode

45M002P1UK-03

First Five Fields

Game to Shutdown

Layout Name

Layout Type Lucky Dip

Multiplier

08 2006 AGI GmbH

NOVO UNITY SERVER

Outside on Zero Win Action

- To set the payout options for outside bets (Red/Black, Even/Odd or 118/19-36) when the ball lands on 0/00: Lost: The player will lose all of any outside bets. Half lost: The player will lose only half of any outside bets. Freeze: The outside bets are locked. The bets are returned (1:1) if it is won on the next spin. If 0/00 occurs on the second spin the outside bets are double locked. In this case two winning bets in a row must occur to release them. If anything else occurs, including more zeros, the outside bets are lost.

Power Failed Message

- After each interruption of the power supply the message POWER FAILED is displayed on the terminal screen. It disappears after the Place your Bets game phase of the following game. - If this function is activated the bets of a winning game will stay on the table.

Stay on Table

Tip Money

- Activates or deactivates the tip money (tronc) feature: If a straight-up bet wins, the casino staff will receive tip money in the amount of the original bet. - To activate the Tronc feature message. If a straight-up bet wins, a window will pop up asking the player to decide whether or not s/he wishes to give tip money in the amount of the original bet by pressing the Yes or No button. - To activate a relevant message on the terminal after every game won to inform the player about the total bet and win.

Total Bet Message

ATTENTION
Before changing the parameter Wheel Type, the game must be stopped on the Novo Unity Server. This setting should only be carried out by the Technical Support of AGI! Wheel Type - To determine the current wheel type. French Single Zero, French Double Zero and American Double Zero can be selected. - To select whether a password will be prompted when the winning number has to be entered manually by the supervisor after a ball detection error occurred. For further information: Please see part VII Error Handling.

Win Number Decision

Page 296

08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

Tip Money Warning

NOVO UNITY SERVER

45M002P1UK-03

08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page 297

NOVO UNITY SERVER

Parameters appearing in this window are described on the opposite page.

Page 298

08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

NOVO UNITY SERVER

V.3.2.3.2 Game Info

Parameters: Help Timeout - To set the display duration of help screens after the ? button is selected. - To determine how long the Hot / Cold Numbers will be displayed on the dealer panel. - To set the number of games to be considered for the statistical computation of even chance bets displayed on the info screen of the terminals, the Dealer Board and the Wheel Information Display. - To set the number of games to be considered for the statistical computation of the Hot / Cold Numbers displayed on the info screen of the terminals, the Dealer Board and the Wheel Information Display. - To select whether the indication of the Hot / Cold numbers on the info screen should be in percent or hits. - To set the display duration of info screens after the INFO button is selected. - To select the info screens available on the terminals after the INFO button has been pressed click on the Advanced button within the Control Panel window. All screens provided with a green check mark can be displayed. After a mouse click on a single item the green check mark will be replaced by a red cross indicating that the respective screen is deactivated. - To set the display duration of an animation clip on the terminal when no credits are inserted.

Hot-Cold Display Time

Hot-Cold Even Chance

Hot-Cold Samples Count

Hot-Cold Statistics

Info Screen Timeout

45M002P1UK-03

Info Screens

Zero Credit Feature Timeout

08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page 299

NOVO UNITY SERVER

Parameters appearing in this window are described on the opposite page.

Page 300

08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

NOVO UNITY SERVER

V.3.2.3.3 Game Limits

In this menu item minimum and maximum bets can be viewed and changed. Parameters: Maximum bet for 12 fields Maximum bet for 24 fields Maximum bet for 6 fields Maximum bet for corner fields Maximum bet for first five fields Maximum bet for outside fields Maximum bet for split fields Maximum bet for straight fields Maximum bet for street fields Minimum bet for 12 fields Minimum bet for 24 fields Minimum bet for 6 fields Minimum bet for corner fields Minimum bet for first five fields Minimum bet for outside fields Minimum bet for split fields Minimum bet for straight fields Minimum bet for street fields

45M002P1UK-03

08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page 301

NOVO UNITY SERVER

Page 302

08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

Part VI - Game Server

VI.1 VI.2
45M002P1UK-03

Main Window Additional Game Server Window Dealer Board for Novo Touchbet Live-Roulette Roulette Server Options

VI.3 VI.4

08 2006

Wiener Strasse 158 A-2352 Gumpoldskirchen Austria Europe Tel.: +43-2252-606 www.austrian-gaming.com e-mail: support@novomatic.com

Austrian Gaming Industries GmbH

GAME SERVER

Page 304

08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

GAME SERVER

VI.1 Main Window

Game Login-Identification Login/Logout Start/Stop Shutdown game/ Start game Game number Tickcounter
Game version

Game phases

Winning number(s)

Game Type

45M002P1UK-03

Battery Game(s) Game version Login-Identification - Displays the game name running on all terminals connected to the Game Server. - Displays the game version number. - Indicates the state of the logged-in user (Administrator or Supervisor). - The following game phases are shown: .) Game Start .) Drawing .) Place Your Bets .) Winning Number .) Finish Betting .) Win Awarded .) No More Bets .) Game Over .) Draw Start - Shows the generated winning number(s). - Shows the current game type. For further information: Please see section V.3.2.2.2 Settings (Parameter Server 1 - Game Type). - Indicates the current game number.

Game phases

Winning number(s) Game Type

Game number

08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page 305

GAME SERVER

Login/Logout

- All users can authenticate themselves by entering their password (button Login/ Logout) and subsequently will be given the respective user rights for the Game Server. The access can be withdrawn by using the Logout button (same function as command User/Login or User/Logout or left mouse click on the Login/Logout User icon).

ATTENTION
The Stop button may only be used by the Technical Support of AGI for maintenance purposes! Stop/Start - After selecting the Stop button the game will be stopped. During the Place your Bets or Finish Betting game phase the game is declared invalid and the bets are refunded, during the No more bets game phase the game will be finished. With a click on the Start button the game will be restarted.

Shutdown game/ Start game

- This button allows to initiate the shutdown procedure of the game program on all terminals that are connected to the Game Server or Novo Unity Server (please see below).
45M002P1UK-03

Tickcounter Battery

- Indicates the duration of a whole game cycle. - Indicates the state of the battery within the Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS).

Page 306

08 2006 AGI GmbH

GAME SERVER

Login/Logout
After selecting the Login button users can authenticate themselves by entering their password and subsequently will be given the respective user rights for the Game Server. The following window will be displayed when logging in:

Login

45M002P1UK-03

Description:

Username/Next Password OK Cancel

- To select the user. - Enter the valid password. - Password check. - Closes this window without logging in.

Logout
After logging in the Login button will be replaced by the Logout button. Select this button to terminate access.

All characters entered by a user in the password field are edited with an asterisk * in the edit window. After a password has been entered and OK has been selected, the respective menus are displayed.
08 2006 AGI GmbH

Additional information:

Page 307

GAME SERVER

Start/Stop
Function:
With this button the game program on the terminals can be stopped or started.

Description:
Start

- Select the Start button to restart the game.

ATTENTION
The Stop button may only be used by the Technical Support of AGI for maintenance purposes! Stop - After selecting the Stop button the game will be stopped. During the Place your Bets or Finish Betting game phase the game is declared invalid and the bets are refunded, during the No more Bets game phase the current game will be finished.

Additional information:
None.

Page 308

08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

GAME SERVER

Shutdown game / Start game

Function:
After pressing the Shutdown game button the game will be stopped at all terminals connected to the Game Server after a predefined number of games. The Novo Unity Server will send a message to all affected terminals to inform the players about the pending end of the game. Please see also part V Novo Unity Server, section V.1.4 Context Sensitive Menus. How many games still can be played is set on the Novo Unity Server (in path Casino \ Multi Game \ Installed Game \ Parameters \ Game \ Game Setup \ Game To Shutdown). After completion of the predefined number of games the message Table closed will be displayed on the Dealer Board and terminal screens. Afterwards only the payout function will be available on the terminals. As a result the Shutdown game button will be replaced by the Start game button to be used to restart the game.

Additional information:
None.

45M002P1UK-03

08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page 309

GAME SERVER

Page 310

08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

GAME SERVER

VI.2 Additional Game Server Window

Description:
Close

- After selecting the Close button the Game Server program will be closed. During the Place your Bets or Finish Betting game phase the game is declared invalid and the bets are refunded, during the No more Bets game phase the current game will be finished. To restart the Game Server select the Start button in the Game Manager window. - Opens a window providing information on data contained in the log file at the Game Server (please see below). The information saved in this window allows to capture the most important events occurred on the Game Server, e.g. win numbers, logins, dealer changes, hardware-related events, errors, etc. - Shows the current status of the Game Server. Starting..., Started, Closing... and Stopping... may be indicated. - Opens a window where internal operating parameters of the UPS (Uninterruptible Power Supply) can be set (please see below). - Signifies that the Game Server PC is correctly connected to the Novo Unity Server PC. - Signifies that the Game Server PC is correctly assigned to the respective group (Attachments).

Logs

Status Display

Ups
45M002P1UK-03

Connected

Configured

Additional information:
None.

08 2006 AGI GmbH

P a g e 3 11

GAME SERVER

Logs

Pg Up Ln Up Ln Dn Pg Dn Home End Options Export Refresh Close

- Goes to previous page. - Goes back one line. - Goes to next line. - Goes to next page. - Shows first entry. - Shows last entry. - Opens the window shown below in order to select events within a specific period of time. - Option to save the log file as a text file (please see below additional information). - Performs an update (required only if the window is open for a longer period of time while games are being played in the background). - Closes the window.

Additional information:

When Options is selected the below window will be displayed:

Page 312

08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

GAME SERVER

Description:

Activate the respective check boxes in the left part of the window to select the types of events to be displayed. If no check box is selected, all events of the selected period will be displayed. TIME OPTIONS Last Month Last Week Last Day Last Hour Advanced
45M002P1UK-03

CANCEL Set

- Shows all events of the last month. - Shows all events of the last week. - Shows all events of the last day. - Shows all events of the last hour. - Press this button to activate the edit fields from and to to enter a selected period. - Closes the window. - Displays events for the selected period of time and closes the window.

When the Export button in the Logs window is selected the following window will be opened:

Enter the file name in the edit field and accept the suggested folder to save the log file as a text file. The location can also be changed, but do not select the write protected disk C:\ ! Activate the check box next to Read only, if you would like to make sure that no changes can be made. Select the OK button to carry out the process.

INFORMATION
The Network button has no function!

08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page 313

GAME SERVER

Ups

INFORMATION
The above indicated window shows the default settings.
45M002P1UK-03

Ups Operating Parameters High Transfer Point The High Transfer Point area is used to set the maximum line voltage for online transactions. If the utility voltage exceeds this value, the UPS will go on battery operation. Low Transfer Point The Low Transfer Point area is used to set the minimum line voltage for online transactions. Sensitivity The Sensitivity area is used to set the incoming line voltage deviation which the UPS should resist before going on battery, i.e. how sensitive the UPS should be to power oscillations. The possible settings are: High, Medium and Low. Nominal UPS Output The Nominal UPS Output area indicates the output operating voltage that the UPS supplies to the connected equipment when the UPS operates on battery. UPS Shutdown Parameters UPS Low Battery Signal Time This area is used to set the time (in minutes of remaining battery operation time) at which the UPS should shut down on account of low battery voltage. UPS Turn off Delay This area is used to set the number of seconds which the UPS will wait after shutting down an application program (by sending the respective message) before the UPS turns off its power outlets and thus no longer supplies power to the connected equipment.

Description:

Page 314

08 2006 AGI GmbH

GAME SERVER

UPS Wakeup Delay (Time) To avoid branch circuit overload, the UPS will wait the specified time after the return of utility power before turn on. UPS Wakeup Delay (Capacity) The UPS will charge its batteries to the specific percentage before return from a shutdown. UPS Audible Warning To activate an acoustic indication for the following UPS warnings: Power Fail Power Fail + 30 At Low Battery To deactivate all acoustic indications Never Beep can be selected. UPS Operating Info Model Name Displays the device type. Firmware Version Displays the UPS firmware version. Firmware Revision Displays the firmware revision number. Manufacturing Date Displays the UPS manufacturing date. Serial Number Displays the UPS serial number. Battery Level Displays the present charge of the UPS's battery as a percentage of the battery's capacity. Internal Temperature Displays the internal temperature of the UPS. Input Line Frequency Displays the input line frequency. Input Line Voltage Displays the input line voltage. Max Input Line Voltage Displays the highest input line voltage that so far has been registered Min Input Line Voltage Displays the lowest input line voltage that so far has been registered Output Voltage Displays the output voltage Status Displays the operating state of the UPS: online Power supply available on Battery Power supply failure OK Cancel - Saves the new settings. - Closes the window.

45M002P1UK-03

08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page 315

GAME SERVER

Additional information:

If there is no connection to the UPS, the following window opens:

Page 316

08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

GAME SERVER

VI.3 Dealer Board for Novo Touchbet Live-Roulette

45M002P1UK-03

Description of the buttons and display areas on the Dealer Board:

Flag

- Press this button for button designations to be displayed in the desired language. - Shows the last 20 winning numbers. - This display area shows the current game status (game phase) and information on the game play (e. g. WINNING NUMBER).

Previous winning numbers Status Display

08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page 317

GAME SERVER

Table 1

- Above this button the current table name (to be determined on the Novo Unity Server in path Casino \ Multi Game \ Novo Multi-Table Roulette \ Parameters \ Game Server \ Settings \ Server XY - Name) is displayed. After pressing the button the game will be stopped at all terminals connected to the Game Server after a predefined number of games. The Novo Unity Server will send a message to all affected terminals to inform the players about the pending end of the game. Please see also part V Novo Unity Server, section V.1.4 Context Sensitive Menus. How many games still can be played is set on the Novo Unity Server (in path Casino \ Multi Game \ Installed Game \ Parameters \ Game \ Game Setup \ Game To Shutdown). After completion of the predefined number of games the message Table closed will be displayed on the Dealer Board and terminal screens. Afterwards only the payout function will be available on the terminals. The same button can be used to restart the game.

Hot/Cold numbers on n spins

- Shows the frequency with which each individual number was the winning number in the last predefined number of games. - Shows the frequency with which the various betting options resulted in a win in the last predefined number of games. - Select this button, if a dealer change is required. - Name and picture of the current dealer. - Allows the dealer to intervene in the game play because of an invalid spin or for other reasons requiring an interruption of the current game. For detailed information please see part VII Error Handling.
45M002P1UK-03

Even chance bets on n spins

CHANGE DEALER DEALERNAME DISPUTE

Additional information:
None.

Page 318

08 2006 AGI GmbH

GAME SERVER

VI.4 Roulette Server Options

Function:
For the game Novo Multi-Roulette the Roulette Server Options window provides two active icons. The first icon opens the PLC Program Loader window to change the PLC Software.

Description:

!
45M002P1UK-03

ATTENTION
Changes of the PLC Software are only made by the Technical Support of AGI.

08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page 319

GAME SERVER

The second icon in the Roulette Server Options window is relevant for Novo Multi-Roulette and Novo Touchbet Live-Roulette. It opens the Novo P485 control window that can be used for testing purposes relating to the server interface board P485.

Description:
Errors Binary Inputs Sensor 1 and 2

- Shows the error statuses of the server interface board. - Activated inputs (e. g. assign door switch to bit 1). - The indicated sensor data provide the option to compare the operability of Sensor 1 and 2. The check boxes can be used to constrain the error cause of the Winning Number Error - Wait for Supervisor. - Closes the window.

OK

Additional information:
None.

Page 320

08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

Part VII - Error Handling

VII.1 VII.2 VII.3

45M002P1UK-03

Lack of Line Voltage Error Handling Procedure Error Messages - Overview Error Clearing

VII.4

08 2006

Wiener Strasse 158 A-2352 Gumpoldskirchen Austria Europe Tel.: +43-2252-606 www.austrian-gaming.com e-mail: support@novomatic.com

Austrian Gaming Industries GmbH

ERROR HANDLING

Page 322

08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

ERROR HANDLING

INFORMATION
After each power-on the system performs a short autotest. After that, the device is ready for game-play. If this does not happen, the device must be checked for possible error sources as follows:

VII.1 Lack of Line Voltage

Two T3A15 (slow-blowing) single-pole fuses function as the primary protection of the power supply. These fuses are located at the front of the main switch. (Please see illustr. VII.2) The secondary protection T5A (slow-blowing) of the 12V voltage is located at the front of the main power supply. This voltage has been allocated a red light emitting diode, which glows only if the fuses are intact and if input voltage is present. (Please see illustr. VII.1) This voltage indicator is designed to facilitate service work providing some preliminary information. For more precise information on any incorrect operating voltages, measurements must be taken using appropriate instruments.
45M002P1UK-03
X9 X8 X1 X2 X3

X10

Fuse T5A

X7

X4

X5

X6

Fuse T3A15

Mains power switch

Service outlet

Illustr. VII.1 Fuses and light diode on mains supply unit

Illustr. VII.2 Main switch

ATTENTION
Errors in the electronics can only be cleared by an AGI service technician. The fastest way of making the system operational again is to replace any defective parts. If no spare parts are at hand, please contact our Technical Support and send us the defective electronic component including a short description of the error.

08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page 323

ERROR HANDLING

Page 324

08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

ERROR HANDLING

VII.2 Error Handling Procedure

NO BILLS INSERT BILLS

Audit Key

Illustr. VII.3 Position of audit key switch

45M002P1UK-03

Each time the system is powered up, all integrated devices (e. g. hopper, boards, etc.) are subject to an auto-test. If this test is successful, the device will automatically go into game-play mode. Any malfunction or manipulation of the device that may occur will be reported by the error management software. Should an error occur, the corresponding error message is displayed on the monitor (please see the exemplary illustration VII.4).

Illustr. VII.4 Example for an error message

1) 2)

Use the following overview of possible error messages to localise the error cause. Turn the Audit key switch (acoustic signal goes off). The Audit menu appears.

08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page 325

ERROR HANDLING

3)

Error Handling Procedure:

ERROR CLEARING
Open the Top Large Door/Main Door and power down the device. Replace the defective part. For further information please see the following overview of possible error messages. 4) Release the key switch. The device should now be operational again, any existing credits remain, with the exception if a RAM-clear has been carried out.

If more errors occur, activate the audit key switch until all errors have been cleared. If an error cannot be cleared in this way, follow the instructions of the error clearing table.

Page 326

08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

ERROR HANDLING

VII.3 Error Messages - Overview

Coin In System Errors
Coin Diverter Error Coin Optics Failure Coin In Jam Coin Acceptor Disconnected Coin Yo-Yo Coin Pulse Not In Tolerance

Bill Acceptor Errors

Power Up With Bill In Acceptor Power Up With Bill In Stacker Bill Jammed In Acceptor Bill Jammed In Stacker Bill Acceptor Disconnected Stacker Open Bill Acceptor Cheated Bill Acceptor Failure Stacker Full Too Many Rejects

45M002P1UK-03

Coin Out System Errors

Hopper Disconnected Hopper Empty Hopper Tilt Coin Out Jam

Printer Errors
Paper Low Paper Empty Printer Disconnected (Ithaca only)

08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page 327

ERROR HANDLING

Doors
Top Large Door/Main Door Front Large Door Logic Door Logic Door (DoorLog) (not in all jurisdictions) Security Cover (not in all jurisdictions) Security Bill Door (not in all jurisdictions) Door in Door Stacker Door Cashbox Door Service Door (Ithaca printer, optional) Server front door is open Server back door is open

System Error Messages

No Multi Interface Multi Interface RAM CRC Error No Meter Interface Meter Error: CRC RAM Meter Error: CRC ROM Power Down during Hopper Payout Credit Limit Reached ... Wait for Attendant Hopper Limit Reached ... Wait for Attendant Ticket Payout Limit Reached ... Wait for Attendant Congratulations, Jackpot won ... Wait for Attendant Connection with Database Server Lost Connection with Game Server Lost Online System - No Connection Machine is Locked

Door Logger Board Errors (not in every jurisdiction)

DoorLog: ROM CRC Error DoorLog: RAM CRC Error DoorLog: ID CRC Error DoorLog: Battery Low DoorLog Disconnected Game-related error messages are described at the end of part VII.

Page 328

08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

ERROR HANDLING

VII.4 Error Clearing

Coin Acceptor Coin Diverter Error
Error clearing: Turn the audit key and release the key again. If the error is not cleared, open the Top Large Door/Main Door and power down the device. Check the coin diverter and the coin channels for jammed coins. Also check the plug connection on the multi-interface (for explanation of connectors see part IX Hardware, section 11) and the connecting plugs and cables of the magnet. Power up the device and close the door. If the error cannot be cleared exchange the coin acceptor. When subsequently the terminal is still not ready for use please contact the Technical Support of AGI.

Coin Optics Failure

Error clearing: Turn the audit key and release the key again. If the error is not cleared, open the Top Large Door/Main Door and power down the device. Check the coin acceptor and the light barrier of the coin channel for dirt or damage. Also check the plug connection on the multi-interface (for explanation of connectors see part IX Hardware, section 11), the connecting plugs and the cables of the light barrier and the coin acceptor. The three sensor diodes must be placed in the centre of the drillings, the optical track between the transmitter and the receiver must not be obstructed. Power up the device and close the door. If the error cannot be cleared exchange the coin acceptor. When subsequently the terminal is still not ready for use please contact the Technical Support of AGI.

45M002P1UK-03

Coin In Jam
Error clearing: Turn the audit key and release the key again. If the error is not cleared, open the Top Large Door/Main Door and power down the device. The light barrier of the coin channel has been obstructed for too long, or a coin has become stuck. Remove any jammed coins. Also check the plug connection on the multi-interface (for explanation of connectors see part IX Hardware, section 11) and the connecting plugs and cables of the light barrier. Power up the device and close the door. If the error cannot be cleared exchange the coin acceptor. When subsequently the terminal is still not ready for use please contact the Technical Support of AGI.
08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page 329

ERROR HANDLING

Coin Acceptor Disconnected

Error clearing: Turn the audit key and release the key again. If the error is not cleared, open the Top Large Door/Main Door and power down the device. Check the plug connection on the multi-interface (for explanation of connectors see part IX Hardware, section 11) and on the server interface board (P485). Systematically check all connecting plugs and cables of the coin acceptor. Power up the device and close the door. If the error cannot be cleared exchange the coin acceptor. When subsequently the terminal is still not ready for use please contact the Technical Support of AGI.

Coin Yo-Yo
Error clearing: Turn the audit key and release the key again. If the error is not cleared, open the Top Large Door/Main Door and power down the device. Check the coin acceptor for signs of manipulation. Also check that there is a reference coin when a reference coin acceptor is used. Systematically check the plug connection on the multi-interface (for explanation of connectors see part IX Hardware, section 11) and all connecting plugs and cables of the coin acceptor. Power up the device and close the door. If the error cannot be cleared exchange the coin acceptor. When subsequently the terminal is still not ready for use please contact the Technical Support of AGI.

Coin Pulse Not In Tolerance

Error clearing: Turn the audit key and release the key again. If the error is not cleared, open the Top Large Door/Main Door and power down the device. Check the coin acceptor for signs of manipulation. Also check that there is a reference coin when a reference coin acceptor is used. Systematically check the plug connection on the multi-interface (for explanation of connectors see part IX Hardware, section 11) and all connecting plugs and cables of the coin acceptor. Power up the device and close the door. If the error cannot be cleared exchange the coin acceptor. When subsequently the terminal is still not ready for use please contact the Technical Support of AGI.

Page 330

08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

ERROR HANDLING

Bill Acceptor Power Up With Bill In Acceptor

Error clearing: Turn the audit key and release the key again. The bill will be rejected. If the error cannot be cleared exchange the bill acceptor. When subsequently the terminal is still not ready for use please contact the Technical Support of AGI.

Power Up With Bill In Stacker

Error clearing: Turn the audit key and release the key again. The bill will be registered and routed into the stacker. If the error cannot be cleared exchange the bill acceptor. When subsequently the terminal is still not ready for use please contact the Technical Support of AGI.

Bill Jammed In Acceptor

Error clearing: Turn the audit key and release the key again. If the error is not cleared, open the Top Large Door/Main Door and power down the device.
45M002P1UK-03

Carefully try to remove the jammed bill. Also check the plug connection on the multi-interface (for explanation of connectors see part IX Hardware, section 11). Power up the device and close the door. If the error cannot be cleared exchange the bill acceptor. When subsequently the terminal is still not ready for use please contact the Technical Support of AGI.

08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page 331

ERROR HANDLING

Bill Jammed In Stacker

Error clearing: Turn the audit key and release the key again. If the error is not cleared, open the Top Large Door/Main Door and power down the device. Carefully try to remove the jammed bill. Also check the plug connection on the multi-interface (for explanation of connectors see part IX Hardware, section 11). Power up the device and close the door. If the error cannot be cleared exchange the bill acceptor. When subsequently the terminal is still not ready for use please contact the Technical Support of AGI.

DANGER
The stacker may contain a considerable amount of bills. Any work involving the stacker should therefore be performed only at a secure place.

Bill Acceptor Disconnected

Error clearing: Turn the audit key and release the key again. If the error is not cleared, open the Top Large Door/Main Door and power down the device. Check whether the connecting plugs and the cables of the bill acceptor are connected correctly. Also check the plug connection on the multi-interface (for explanation of connectors see part IX Hardware, section 11) and that the bill acceptor is installed correctly. Power up the device and close the door. If the error cannot be cleared exchange the bill acceptor. When subsequently the terminal is still not ready for use please contact the Technical Support of AGI.

Stacker Open
Error clearing: Turn the audit key and release the key again. If the error is not cleared, open the Top Large Door/Main Door and power down the device. Check that the stacker box is seated properly. Also check the plug connection on the multi-interface (for explanation of connectors see part IX Hardware, section 11). Power up the device and close the door. If the error cannot be cleared exchange the bill acceptor. When subsequently the terminal is still not ready for use please contact the Technical Support of AGI.

Page 332

08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

ERROR HANDLING

Bill Acceptor Cheated

Error clearing: Turn the audit key and release the key again. If the error is not cleared, open the Top Large Door/Main Door and power down the device. Check whether the bill acceptor is dirty or damaged and whether the connecting plugs and cables are properly connected. If necessary, clean the bill acceptor. Also check the plug connection on the multi-interface (for explanation of connectors see part IX Hardware, section 11). Power up the device and close the door. If the error cannot be cleared exchange the bill acceptor. When subsequently the terminal is still not ready for use please contact the Technical Support of AGI.

Bill Acceptor Failure

Error clearing: Turn the audit key and release the key again. If the error is not cleared, open the Top Large Door/Main Door and power down the device. Check whether the connecting cables of the bill acceptor are connected correctly. Also check that the bill acceptor is installed correctly and that the stacker is inserted properly. Also check the plug connection on the multi-interface (for explanation of connectors see part IX Hardware, section 11). Power up the device and close the door. If the error cannot be cleared exchange the bill acceptor. When subsequently the terminal is still not ready for use please contact the Technical Support of AGI.

45M002P1UK-03

Stacker Full
Error clearing: Open the Stacker Door (Bill Door) and take out the stacker. Remove the bills and insert the stacker again. Close the door. Turn the audit key and release the key again.

DANGER
The stacker may contain a considerable amount of bills. Any work involving the stacker should therefore be performed only at a secure place. If the error cannot be cleared exchange the bill acceptor. When subsequently the terminal is still not ready for use please contact the Technical Support of AGI.

08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page 333

ERROR HANDLING

Too Many Rejects

Error clearing: This error occurs after ten bills have been rejected and will disable the bill acceptor. This type of error will be registered under machine events. The current game is not interrupted. Turn the audit key and release the key again. The bill acceptor will return to normal operation again. If the error cannot be cleared exchange the bill acceptor. When subsequently the terminal is still not ready for use please contact the Technical Support of AGI.

Page 334

08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

ERROR HANDLING

Hopper Hopper Disconnected

Error clearing: Turn the audit key and release the key again. If the error is not cleared, open the Top Large Door/Main Door and power down the device. Check whether a hopper is present and both light diodes on the hopper are on. Also check the fill level of the hopper: The contact plates at the inside bottom of the hopper should be covered with coins. Refill the hopper if necessary. If the light diode on the hopper is not on, check whether the hopper is properly seated. Systematically check the connection all connecting plugs and cables of the hopper. Also check the plug connection on the multi-interface (for explanation of connectors see part IX Hardware, section 11). Power up the device and close the door. If the error cannot be cleared exchange the hopper. When subsequently the terminal is still not ready for use please contact the Technical Support of AGI.
45M002P1UK-03

Hopper Empty
Error clearing: Refill the hopper. Turn the audit key and release the key again.

Hopper Tilt
Error clearing: Turn the audit key and release the key again. If the error is not cleared, open the Top Large Door/Main Door and power down the device. Check whether a hopper is present and both light diodes on the hopper are on. Also check the fill level of the hopper: The contact plates at the inside bottom of the hopper should be covered with coins. Refill the hopper if necessary. If the light diode on the hopper is not on, check whether the hopper is properly seated. Systematically check all connecting plugs and cables of the hopper. Also check the plug connection on the multi-interface (for explanation of connectors see part IX Hardware, section 11). Power up the device and close the door. If the error cannot be cleared exchange the hopper. When subsequently the terminal is still not ready for use please contact the Technical Support of AGI.

08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page 335

ERROR HANDLING

Coin Out Jam

Error clearing: Turn the audit key and release the key again. If the error is not cleared, open the Top Large Door/Main Door and power down the device. Check for any coin or dirt that may have got into the light barrier of the hopper and remove it. Also check the plug connection on the multi-interface (for explanation of connectors see part IX Hardware, section 11). Power up the device and close the door. If the error cannot be cleared exchange the hopper. When subsequently the terminal is still not ready for use please contact the Technical Support of AGI.

Page 336

08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

ERROR HANDLING

Printer Errors Paper Low

Error clearing: Open the Service Door, load a new ticket stack and close the door. Turn the audit key and release the key again. See also part IX Hardware, section IX.6.5 Loading Tickets. If the error cannot be cleared exchange the printer. When subsequently the terminal is still not ready for use please contact the Technical Support of AGI.

Paper Empty

ATTENTION
Printing without paper in the printer can damage the thermo printing head! Error clearing: Open the Service Door, load a new ticket stack and close the door. Turn the audit key and release the key again.

45M002P1UK-03

See also part IX Hardware, section IX.6.5 Loading Tickets. If the error cannot be cleared exchange the hopper. When subsequently the terminal is still not ready for use please contact the Technical Support of AGI.

Printer Disconnected
Error clearing: Turn the audit key and release the key again. If the error is not cleared, open the Top Large Door/Main Door and power down the device. Systematically check all connecting plugs of the printer (power supply and connection to the PC). Also check the assignment of the serial port on the Novo Unity Server. Please see part V Novo Unity Server, section V.3.1.2.2.1 Devices, parameter Ithaca Printer COM Port <Ithaca>. Power up the device and close the door. If the error cannot be cleared exchange the hopper. When subsequently the terminal is still not ready for use please contact the Technical Support of AGI.

08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page 337

ERROR HANDLING

Doors Top Large Door / Main Door

Error clearing: Close the Top Large Door/Main Door. If the parameter Auto Reset Door Error is activated (in path Casino \ Multi Game \ Installed Game \ Parameters \ Settings \ Keys & Doors), the indication of the error message will disappear automatically. If the Auto Reset Error is deactivated, turn the audit key and release the key again. If the error is not cleared check that the door switch and its mounting plate are properly seated. Also check the connecting plugs and the cables of the door switch.

Front Large Door

Error clearing: Close the Front Large Door. If the parameter Auto Reset Door Error is activated (in path Casino \ Multi Game \ Installed Game \ Parameters \ Settings \ Keys & Doors), the indication of the error message will disappear automatically. If the Auto Reset Error is deactivated, turn the audit key and release the key again. If the error is not cleared check that the door switch and its mounting plate are properly seated. Also check the connecting plugs and the cables of the door switch.
45M002P1UK-03 08 2006 AGI GmbH

Logic Door
Error clearing: Close the Logic Door. Turn the audit key and release the key again. If the error is not cleared check that the door switch and its mounting plate are properly seated. Also check the connecting plugs and the cables of the door switch.

Logic Door (DoorLog) (not in all jurisdictions)

Error clearing: Close the Logic Door. Turn the audit key and release the key again. If the error is not cleared check that the door switch and its mounting plate are properly seated. Also check the connecting plugs and the cables of the door switch.

Security Cover (not in all jurisdictions)

Error clearing: Mount the Security Cover. Turn the audit key and release the key again. If the error is not cleared check that the door switch and its mounting plate are properly seated. Also check the connecting plugs and the cables of the door switch.

Page 338

ERROR HANDLING

Security Bill Door (not in all jurisdictions)

Error clearing: Close the Security Bill Door. Turn the audit key and release the key again. If the error is not cleared check that the door switch and its mounting plate are properly seated. Also check the connecting plugs and the cables of the door switch.

Door in Door
Error clearing: Close the Door-In-Door system. If the parameter Auto Reset Door Error is activated (in path Casino \ Multi Game \ Installed Game \ Parameters \ Settings \ Keys & Doors), the indication of the error message will disappear automatically. If the Auto Reset Error is deactivated, turn the audit key and release the key again. If the error is not cleared check that the door switch and its mounting plate are properly seated. Also check the connecting plugs and the cables of the door switch.

Stacker Door
Error clearing: Close the Stacker Door (= bill door). Turn the audit key and release the key again. If the error is not cleared check that the door switch and its mounting plate are properly seated. Also check the connecting plugs and the cables of the door switch.

45M002P1UK-03

Cashbox Door
Error clearing: Close the Cashbox Door. If the parameter Auto Reset Door Error is activated (in path Casino \ Multi Game \ Installed Game \ Parameters \ Settings \ Keys & Doors), the indication of the error message will disappear automatically. If the Auto Reset Error is deactivated, turn the audit key and release the key again. If the error is not cleared check that the door switch and its mounting plate are properly seated. Also check the connecting plugs and the cables of the door switch.

Service Door (Ithaca Ticket Printer)

Error clearing: Close the Service Door. If the parameter Auto Reset Door Error is activated (in path Casino \ Multi Game \ Installed Game \ Parameters \ Settings \ Keys & Doors), the indication of the error message will disappear automatically. If the Auto Reset Error is deactivated, turn the audit key and release the key again. If the error is not cleared check that the door switch and its mounting plate are properly seated. Also check the connecting plugs and the cables of the door switch.

08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page 339

ERROR HANDLING

Server front door is open

Error clearing: Close the Game Server Front Door. The indication of the error message disappears (Auto Reset). If the error is not cleared check that the door switch and its mounting plate are properly seated. Also check the connecting plugs and the cables of the door switch.

Server back door is open

Error clearing: Close the Game Server Back Door. The indication of the error message disappears (Auto Reset). If the error is not cleared check that the door switch and its mounting plate are properly seated. Also check the connecting plugs and the cables of the door switch.

Page 340

08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

ERROR HANDLING

System Error Messages No Multi Interface

Error clearing: Turn the audit key and release the key again. If the error is not cleared, open the Top Large Door/Main Door and power down the device. Systematically check the plug connections between the PC card, the meter- and the multi-interface. Check the RS485 connecting cable. Power up the device and close the door. If the error cannot be cleared please contact the Technical Support of AGI.

Multi Interface RAM CRC Error

Error clearing: Turn the audit key and release the key again. If the error is not cleared, open the Top Large Door/Main Door and power down the device. Check whether the labelling of the memory chip on the multi-interface (see below illustrations): If the label FM24C04A-P is attached to the chip make sure that PIN 7 is removed. If applicable remove PIN 7 by using a wire cutting plier.
45M002P1UK-03

ATTENTION
Please observe the installation direction when you are inserting the chip: Ensure that the notch on the memory chip and the notch on the socket both show in the same direction. If the error cannot be cleared please contact the Technical Support of AGI.

PIN 1 PIN 2 PIN 3 PIN 4

Illustr. VII.5

PIN 8 PIN 7 PIN 6 PIN 5

Memory chip FRAM FM24C04A-P Illustr. VII.6 FRAM position on the multi-Interface P425

FRAM

08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page 341

ERROR HANDLING

No Meter Interface
Error clearing: Turn the audit key and release the key again. If the error is not cleared, open the Top Large Door/Main Door and power down the device. Systematically check the plug connections between the PC card, the meter- and the multi-interface. Check the RS485 connecting cable. Power up the device and close the door. If the error cannot be cleared please contact the Technical Support of AGI.

Meter Error: CRC RAM

Error clearing: Turn the audit key and release the key again. If the error is not cleared, open the Top Large Door/Main Door and power down the device. Exchange the meters board. If the error cannot be cleared please contact the Technical Support of AGI.

Meter Error: CRC ROM

Error clearing: Turn the audit key and release the key again. If the error is not cleared, open the Top Large Door/Main Door and power down the device. Exchange the meters board. If the error cannot be cleared please contact the Technical Support of AGI.

Page 342

08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

ERROR HANDLING

Power Down during Hopper Payout

Error clearing: Turn the audit key. The system requires a manual payout after pressing the CANCEL CREDITS button. After the payout release the key again.

Credit Limit Reached ... Wait for Attendant

Error clearing: Turn the audit key. The system requires a manual payout of the win after pressing the HANDPAY button. After the payout release the key again.

Hopper Limit Reached ... Wait for Attendant

Error clearing: Turn the audit key. The system requires a manual payout after pressing the CANCEL CREDITS button. After the payout release the key again.

Ticket Payout Limit Reached ... Wait for Attendant

Error clearing: Turn the audit key. The system requires a manual payout after pressing the CANCEL CREDITS button. After the payout release the key again.

45M002P1UK-03

Congratulations, Jackpot won ... Wait for Attendant

Error clearing: Turn the audit key. The system requires a manual payout of the win after pressing the HANDPAY button. After the payout release the key again.

Connection with Database Server Lost

Error clearing: Systematically check the connections between the HUB and the Novo Unity Server PC. Check whether the Novo Unity Server is online and connect another network cable as a bridge. If the error message is displayed on more terminals check the function of the router and the HUB and exchange the devices. If the error cannot be cleared please contact the Technical Support of AGI.

08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page 343

ERROR HANDLING

Connection with Game Server Lost

Error clearing: Systematically check the connections between the HUB and the Game Server PC. Check whether the Game Server is online and connect another network cable as a bridge. If the error message is displayed on more terminals check the function of the router and the HUB and exchange the devices. If the error cannot be cleared please contact the Technical Support of AGI.

Online System - No Connection

Error clearing: Turn the audit key and release the key again. If the error is not cleared, open the Top Large Door/Main Door and power down the device. Open the Logic Door and check the connection between the PC and the online interface board. Close the Logic Door, power up the device and close the Top Large Door/Main Door. Also check the function of the online system and make sure that the online system is activated. If the error cannot be cleared please contact the Technical Support of AGI.

Machine is Locked
Error clearing: Turn the audit key and release the key again. If the error is not cleared, check whether the terminal has been deactivated via the online protocol. If the error cannot be cleared please contact the Technical Support of AGI.

Page 344

08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

ERROR HANDLING

Door Logger Board Errors (not in all jurisdictions) DoorLog: ROM CRC Error
Error clearing: Turn the audit key and release the key again. If the error is not cleared, open the Top Large Door/Main Door and power down the device. Check the plug connections on the Security Board (see part IX Hardware, section 13). If the error cannot be cleared exchange the Security Board. When subsequently the terminal is still not ready for use please contact the Technical Support of AGI.

DoorLog: RAM CRC Error

Error clearing: Turn the audit key and release the key again. If the error is not cleared, open the Top Large Door/Main Door and power down the device. Check the plug connections on the Security Board (see part IX Hardware, section 13). If the error cannot be cleared exchange the Security Board. When subsequently the terminal is still not ready for use please contact the Technical Support of AGI.
45M002P1UK-03

DoorLog: ID CRC Error

Error clearing: Turn the audit key and release the key again. If the error is not cleared, open the Top Large Door/Main Door and power down the device. Check the plug connections on the Security Board (see part IX Hardware, section 13). If the error cannot be cleared exchange the Security Board. When subsequently the terminal is still not ready for use please contact the Technical Support of AGI.

DoorLog: Battery Low

Error clearing: Turn the audit key and release the key again. If the error is not cleared, open the Top Large Door/Main Door and power down the device. Exchange the battery of the Security Board and check the plug connections (see part IX Hardware, section 13). If the error cannot be cleared exchange the Security Board. When subsequently the terminal is still not ready for use please contact the Technical Support of AGI.

08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page 345

ERROR HANDLING

DoorLog Disconnected
Error clearing: Turn the audit key and release the key again. If the error is not cleared, open the Top Large Door/Main Door and power down the device. Open the Logic Door, release the screws of the bracket in front of the PC and carefully pull the PC a little bit to the front. Release the mounting angle of the board box and systematically check the connecting plugs between the PC card and the Door Logger Board. Check the voltage. Screw on the board box with the mounting angle, pull the PC carefully back in the machine and fix it with the bracket again. Close the Logic Door, power up the device and close the Top Large Door/Main Door. If the error cannot be cleared exchange the Security Board. When subsequently the terminal is still not ready for use please contact the Technical Support of AGI.

Page 346

08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

ERROR HANDLING

Novo Multi-Roulette - Error Messages Winning Number Error - Wait for Supervisor
This message appears if an error in the ball detection process has occurred or if the infrared sensors are operating but have not been adjusted correctly.

ATTENTION
An alteration of the lighting conditions after adjustment of the infrared sensors may cause an increased number of ball recognition failures. If a ball detection error occurs the game is interrupted. Error clearing: The below window will be displayed on the Game Server:

45M002P1UK-03

Select Win Nr from 0 to 36 00 BAD SPIN ERROR

- Enter the winning number manually and confirm with OK. - Only active, if there is a Roulette wheel with 00 installed. - No function. - If ERROR is selected the following window is displayed on the Game Server:

After confirming this message by pressing the Yes button, the message GAME INVALID - BETS WILL BE REFUNDED appears in the status display on the terminal. All bets on the terminals are refunded and a new game can be started.

08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page 347

ERROR HANDLING

Page 348

08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

ERROR HANDLING

Airwheel - Error Messages NOTE

Error descriptions are displayed in English on the Game Server monitor. Confirm the error message with the OK button on the Game Server only after the correction of the error!

Basic error handling procedure:

Check the voltage (power supply). Check the plug connections from the PLC to the Roulette bowl (2 connectors). If the error could not be cleared, please contact the Technical Support of AGI.

Power supply control LED

Power supply - On/Off switch

45M002P1UK-03

Illustr. VII.7 PLC-Power supply

Illustr. VII.8 Plug connection from PLC to Roulette bowl

08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page 349

ERROR HANDLING

Explanations relating to the Airwheel error messages

PLC Control unit of the Roulette bowl (Programmable Logic Control). Inscription: Omron Sysmac CPM1. Located to the left of the PLC. Inscription: Siemens SITOP power 5. On the PLC, to the right of the peripheral port. Above Run and Com. 12 yellow light diodes indicating the state of the inputs. Written on them are the numbers from 00 to 11. Located under the Run and Com diodes. Eight yellow diodes indicating the state of the outputs. Written on them are the numbers from 00 to 07.

Power supply

Run/Com-LED PLC In-LEDs

PLC Out-LEDs

Rectangular laser sensor for ball detection Detects the ball when it is in a pocket positioned against the outer pocket wall. Seen from the centre of the bowl towards the laser sensors it is the left sensor with the slightly lower beam. Cylindric laser sensor Detects the ball if it stops and comes to rest on the numbers ring. Sensor foil Foil with black marks, glued to the bottom side of the wheel. The 37 marks (or 38 for wheels with a double zero) indicate the positions of the wheel, the mark that is slightly broader is the 0 position of the wheel. Infrared sensors detecting the marks on the sensor foil. This component moves the Roulette ball into launch position.

IR sensors Slide

PLC assignment - inputs and outputs:

Input Function Output Function

00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11
Page 350

wheel in lift position wheel down position slide out slide in without function laser ball-in-pocket detection outer IR sensor inner IR sensor laser number ring detection without function doorswitch bowl without function

00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07

reversal (on = lifts wheel and changes direction of wheel spin to the left) fan wheel drive without function wheel turn time change lift motor slide motor without function

08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

ERROR HANDLING

Error 01: Lift engine middle part doesnt lift

Error clearing: After performing the basic error handling procedure, check the voltage (power supply) of the lift motor this is only possible if the output LED 05 on the PLC glows - and relay R1.

Error 02: Lift engine middle part doesnt lower

Error clearing: After performing the basic error handling procedure, check the voltage (power supply) of the lift motor this is only possible if output LED 05 on the PLC glows - and relay R1.

Voltage connection - lift motor

Limit switch

Illustr. VII.9 Lift motor 45M002P1UK-03

Error 03: Lift engine middle part is stuck

Error clearing: After performing the basic error handling procedure, check the voltage (power supply) of the lift motor this is only possible if the output LED 05 on the PLC glows - and relay R1. Also check the limit switches (microswitches) of the lift device.

Error 04: Inner part - down switch does not work

Error clearing: After performing the basic error handling procedure, check the voltage (power supply) of the lift motor this is only possible if the output LED 05 on the PLC glows - and relay R1. Also check the limit switches (microswitches) of the lift device.

Error 05: Inner part - up switch does not work

Error clearing: After performing the basic error handling procedure, check the voltage (power supply) of the lift motor this is only possible if output LED 05 on the PLC glows - and relay R1. Also check the limit switches (microswitches) of the lift device.

Error 06: Both inner part switches active

Error clearing: Check the limit switches (microswitches) of the lift device.

08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page 351

ERROR HANDLING

Error 07: No inner part switch active

Error clearing: Check the limit switches (microswitches) of the lift device. Confirm the error message and perform a test run.

Error 08: Inner part on top in start phase

Error clearing: After performing the basic error handling procedure, check the voltage (power supply) of the lift motor this is only possible if output LED 05 on the PLC glows - and relay R1.

Limit switch - inner part down Limit switch - inner part up

Illustr. VII.10 Limit switches for lift device 45M002P1UK-03

Error 11: Slide engine does not run

Error clearing: After performing the basic error handling procedure, check the voltage (power supply) of the linear actuator motor and relay R1.

Error 12: Slide engine is stuck

Error clearing: After performing the basic error handling procedure, check the voltage (power supply) of the linear actuator motor and relay R1.

Error 13: Slide switch launch right -> no reaction

Error clearing: After performing the basic error handling procedure, check the voltage (power supply) of the linear actuator motor and relay R1. Also check the limit switches (microswitches) at the ball launch unit.

Error 14: Slide switch launch left -> no reaction

Error clearing: After performing the basic error handling procedure, check the voltage (power supply) of the linear actuator motor and relay R1. Also check the limit switches (microswitches) at the ball launch unit.

Page 352

08 2006 AGI GmbH

ERROR HANDLING

Error 15: Both slide switches active

Error clearing: Check the limit switches (microswitches) at the ball launch unit.

Error 16: No slide switch active

Error clearing: Check the limit switches (microswitches) at the ball launch unit.

Limit switch - ball launch in anti-clockwise direction Limit switch - ball launch in clockwise direction

Illustr. VII.11 Limit switches for the linear actuator motor

45M002P1UK-03

08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page 353

ERROR HANDLING

Error 21: Turntable engine doesnt run

Error clearing: Check relay R2, the power supply of the wheel drive motor, the plug connections and the pivot arm of the motor mounting. Check, whether the drive roll touches the turntable and, whether both drive rings are okay (elastic).

Illustr. VII.12 Wheel drive motor

Illustr. VII.13 Pivot arm of motor mounting

Illustr. VII.15 Worn drive rings

Illustr. VII.14 Wheel drive motor - detail

Page 354

08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

ERROR HANDLING

Error 22: Differences in right or left wheel run

Error clearing: Check the alignment of the infrared sensors (board P327 below the wheel). Please see the below illustration VII.16, arrows A and B. The two sensors must be aligned towards the wheel hub. Check the foil on the underneath side of the wheel.

Illustr. VII.16 Infrared sensors (from top)

45M002P1UK-03

board P327

Illustr. VII.17 Alignment of infrared sensors

Illustr. VII.18 Foil on underneath side of wheel

08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page 355

ERROR HANDLING

Error 23: Wheel spins too fast

Error clearing: Adjust the blue potentiometer on the voltage control board P500 until the wheel speed is adjusted correctly. A speed of 2.4 sec./revolution is reached when output LED 04 has stopped glowing for a minimum of 2 seconds (adjustment of lower speed). This error is not displayed as an error message on the Game Server but in a big window saying Wheel spins too fast together with an OK button. The adjustment after how many events a warning will be displayed can be made on the Novo Unity Server. Please see part V Novo Unity Server, section V.3.2.2.4 Multi-Roulette.

Error 24: Wheel spins too slow

Error clearing: Adjust the blue potentiometer on the voltage control board P500 until the wheel speed is adjusted correctly. A speed of 2.4 sec./revolution is reached when output LED 04 has stopped glowing for a minimum of 2 seconds (adjustment of lower speed). This error is not displayed as an error message on the Game Server but in a big window saying Wheel spins too fast together with an OK button. The adjustment after how many events a warning will be displayed can be made on the Novo Unity Server. Please see part V Novo Unity Server, section V.3.2.2.4 Multi-Roulette.
45M002P1UK-03

Potentiometer for adjustment of wheel speed

Illustr. VII.19 Voltage control board P500

Page 356

08 2006 AGI GmbH

ERROR HANDLING

Error 25: Wrong wheel or error slide

Error clearing: Check the foil on the underneath side of the wheel for damage or dirt. If necessary, adjust the potentiometers on the evaluation electronics of the infrared sensors (board P328). Number sensor: upper potentiometer, 0 sensor: lower potentiometer.

Error 26: Field-marking defect (new test run might solve the problem)
Error clearing: Check the foil on the underneath side of the wheel for damage or dirt. If necessary, adjust the potentiometers on the evaluation electronics of the infrared sensors (board P328). Number sensor: upper potentiometer, 0 sensor: lower potentiometer. To check if the error has been cleared, shut down the system and disconnect it from all power. After a restart the Roulette bowl will perform a test run.

Error 31: Numbers field recognition sensor -> no reaction

Error clearing: Check the plug connections and the alignment of the infrared sensors (board P327 underneath the wheel). Both sensors must be in a line towards the centre point of the wheel. Check the foil on the underneath side of the wheel. If necessary, adjust the upper potentiometer (number sensor) on the evaluation electronics of the infrared sensors (board P328).

45M002P1UK-03

Error 32: 0 recognition sensor -> no reaction

Error clearing: Check the plug connections and the alignment of the infrared sensors (board P327 underneath the wheel). Both sensors must be in a line towards the centre point of the wheel. Check the foil on the underneath side of the wheel. If necessary, adjust the lower potentiometer (0 sensor) on the evaluation electronics of the infrared sensors (board P328).

upper potentiometer for number sensor lower potentiometer for 0 sensor

Illustr. VII.20 Evaluation electronics board P328

08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page 357

ERROR HANDLING

Error 33: Sensor - ball in pocket recognition -> reacted at the start
Error clearing: Clean the wheel and the bowl. If necessary, adjust the rectangular sensor on the Roulette bowl rim.

Error 34: Sensor - ball in rim recognition -> reacted at the start
Error clearing: Clean the wheel and the bowl. If necessary, adjust the cylindric sensor on the Roulette bowl rim.

Error 35: Sensor - ball recognition for pocket -> no reaction

Error clearing: Check the plug connections and the power supply of the sensors. Adjust the rectangular sensor on the Roulette bowl rim.

Error 36: Sensor - ball in rim recognition -> no reaction

Error clearing: Check the plug connections and the power supply of the sensors. Adjust the cylindric sensor on the Roulette bowl rim.

screw for height adjustment

Illustr. VII.21 Rectangular sensor

nut for height adjustment

Illustr. VII.22 Cylindric sensor

Error 37: Security First Pass

Check the plug connections and the power supply of the sensors. Adjust the rectangular sensor on the Roulette bowl rim and make sure that the ball launching mechanism does work correctly. Check also the limit switches (microswitches) at the ball launch unit. The adjustment after how many events a warning will be displayed can be made on the Novo Unity Server. Please see part V Novo Unity Server, section V.3.2.2.4 Multi-Roulette. Page 358
08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

ERROR HANDLING

Error 41: Winnumberdetection - no ball in wheel or wrong ball sensor adjustment

Error clearing: No ball in the Roulette bowl: Check and clean the ball transport tracks. Ball in Roulette bowl: Clean the ball. Check the plug connections and the power supply of the sensors. Adjust the rectangular sensor on the Roulette bowl rim.

Error 42: Winnumberdetection - 2 balls in wheel or wrong ball sensor adjustment

Error clearing: Clean the Roulette wheel and the Roulette bowl. Check and clean the ball transport tracks.

45M002P1UK-03

Illustr. VII.23 Ball transport tracks

Illustr. VII.24 Ball transport tracks - detail

08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page 359

ERROR HANDLING

Error 43: Winnumberdetection - ball keeps running on wheels edge or

wrong edge sensor adjustment Error clearing: Clean the Roulette wheel and the bowl. Check the wheel speed (too high!) and check the plug connections and the power supply of the sensors. Adjust the cylindric sensor on the Roulette bowl rim.

Error 44: Game number error

Error clearing: Confirm the error on the Game Server with an error reset. If the error occurs repeatedly please contact the Technical Support of AGI.

Error 51: Timeout - Intitialization normal operation

Error clearing: Check the plug connections between the Game Server and the PLC.

Error 52: Timeout - No more bets transmission

Error clearing: Check the plug connections and the power supply of the sensors. Adjust the cylindric sensor on the Roulette bowl rim.
45M002P1UK-03 08 2006 AGI GmbH

Error 53: Timeout - maximum wheel run

Error clearing: Ensure that the Wheel Turn Timeout parameter is set to 120 seconds or higher. Please see also part V Novo Unity Server, section V.3.2.2.4 Multi-Roulette.

Error 61: No power supply from additional power pack to peripheral devices
Error clearing: Check the plug connections and the power supplies. In addition, check the position of the switch on the power supply unit.

Page 360

ERROR HANDLING

Novo Touchbet Live-Roulette - Error Messages Winning Number Error - Wait for Supervisor
This message appears if an error in the ball detection process has occurred or if the reader heads are operating but have not been adjusted correctly.

ATTENTION
An alteration of the lighting conditions after adjustment of the reader heads may cause an increased number of ball recognition failures. If a ball detection error occurs the green flashing Dealer Change button goes off and the red Dispute button goes on - the game is interrupted. Error handling: Press the red Dispute button and login - the below window will be displayed on the Game Server:

NOTE
If the parameter Game Server Security Key <Password> is activated on the Novo Unity Server (in path Casino \ Multi Game \ Novo Multi-Table Roulette \ Parameters \ Keys & Doors) the security key has to be turned to allow the login.

45M002P1UK-03

Select Win Nr from 0 to 36 00 BAD SPIN ERROR

- Enter the winning number manually and confirm with OK. - Only active, if there is a Roulette wheel with 00 installed. - No function. - If ERROR is selected the following window is displayed on the Game Server:

08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page 361

ERROR HANDLING

After confirming this message by pressing the Yes button, the message GAME INVALID BETS WILL BE REFUNDED appears in the status display on the terminal. All bets on the terminals are refunded and a new game can be started.

Sensor Error - Interface Disconnected

If this message is displayed on the terminal screen and there is no visible error, the connections indicated below should be checked. (Please see illustr. VII.25.) If the error can still not be cleared, please contact the Technical Support of AGI. Error handling: 1) Check the plug connection between the sensor cable and the reader head. 2) Check the plug connection between the server interface board and the sensor cable.
45M002P1UK-03

3) Check the network connection between the server interface board and the RS232 to RS485 adapter. 4) Check the network connection between the server interface board and the Game Server PC (COM). 5) Check the power supply of the RS232 to RS485 adapter and the Game Server PC. 6) Check the power supply of the P485 server interface board.
Reader Head

1)

2)
Reader Head

2) 1)

P485 Server Interface Board

3)

RS232 to RS485 Adapter

4) 5)

Game Server COM POWER POWER

6)
Illustr. VII.25 Connections of the Reader Heads

Page 362

08 2006 AGI GmbH

Part VIII - Maintenance

VIII.1 VIII.2 VIII.3

45M002P1UK-03

Bill Acceptor Coin Acceptor Monitor / Touchscreen PC Terminal PC Server Fans Switches / Lamps Ticket Printer Locks / Mechanical Components Animation Display Arm Rests Roulette Bowl for Novo Multi-Roulette Reader Heads for Novo Touchbet Live-Roulette

VIII.4 VIII.5 VIII.6 VIII.7 VIII.8 VIII.9 VIII.10 VIII.11 VIII.12 VIII.13

08 2006

Wiener Strasse 158 A-2352 Gumpoldskirchen Austria Europe Tel.: +43-2252-606 www.austrian-gaming.com e-mail: support@novomatic.com

Austrian Gaming Industries GmbH

MAINTENANCE

DANGER
Prior to any maintenance work, power must be removed from the device by disconnecting the device from the mains supply and by switching off the UPS! Do not clean the machine with a water jet! The below service instructions should be carried out only by qualified and trained personnel. In order to avoid any injuries of people and damage to machines only such work as is described in this manual may be performed. If these instructions are followed closely and adequate maintenance and treatment is applied as required by the usage of the devices, the system complies with the usual security standards. To avoid excessive errors perform the cleaning procedures with the recommended frequency. Page 364
08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

MAINTENANCE

VIII.1 Bill Acceptor

Cleaning of the bill acceptor:

reader sensors

magnetic sensor

reader sensors
Illustr. VIII.1 Cleaning of the bill acceptor

45M002P1UK-03

NOTE
Cleaning tissues for the WBA bill acceptor are available from AGI! Item no.: 86900100 Description: If reader sensors or magnetic sensors are dirty this may result in error messages as when bills are jammed, or the identification precision may decrease, which may result in bills being rejected more frequently. To clean the reader head/magnetic sensor use a soft cloth or a cotton bud. If necessary, a standard head cleaner for cassette recorders or compressed air (from a can) can be used. To facilitate cleaning, take the bill acceptor unit out from its mounting.

ATTENTION
Do not use organic dissolvents such as diluents. Do not use scouring agents! Recommended maintenance interval: monthly

TROUBLESHOOTING
If bill acceptance does not improve after cleaning the sensors may require re-adjusting.

08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page 365

MAINTENANCE

VIII.2 Coin Acceptor (MC40 or NRI on the terminal)

To clean the coin acceptor use a soft cloth or a short-bristled brush (a cotton bud and isopropyl alcohol can also be used). In addition contact cleaning spray or compressed air (from a can) can be used. MC40: NRI: Take the coin acceptor out from its mounting, remove the reference coin and clean following the instructions above. Take the coin acceptor out from its mounting, fold the top part away and clean both sides of the interior surface.

When cleaning the NRI coin acceptor the reject pin should be tested several times to ensure that the spring and the retaining clip are intact. Recommended maintenance interval: 3-monthly

VIII.3 Monitor / Touchscreen

The touchscreen should be cleaned at least once a week using a soft cloth and window cleaner. In addition, the touchscreen requires regular calibration, which will depend on how much it is used but should at least be done once a week. When calibrating the touchscreen make sure that you are looking at the screen straight from above and are not touching the metal cabinet of the terminal with your body. If the image is impaired by colour stains use the demagnetisation function on the panel of the monitor. Recommended maintenance interval: weekly

VIII.4 PC Terminal
Disconnect all cables (VGA, touchscreen,...), take out the PC from the terminal, open the top cover and remove dust from the interior of the cabinet using compressed air (from a can). In addition, the fans of the PC should be tested for functionality. (Back side of the switching power supply and CPU.) Recommended maintenance interval: semi-yearly

VIII.5 PC Server
Disconnect all cables (VGA, line cord,...), take out the PC from the server cabinet, open the top cover and remove dust from the interior of the cabinet using compressed air (from a can). In addition, the fans of the PC should be tested for functionality. (Back side of the switching power supply and CPU.) Recommended maintenance interval: yearly

Page 366

08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

MAINTENANCE

VIII.6 Fans
All fans of the system should be tested for functionality. Remove dust from fans and check contacts. (Also check and clean internal ventilators, e. g. HUB, UPS, etc.!) The fans should also be checked whenever the noise level of a fan is higher than normal. If a fan needs to be replaced make sure that the same direction of the airflow is maintained.

INFORMATION
Multi-Roulette systems have 4 extra fans incorporated in the top structure and further 8 fans in the Roulette wheel cover. Recommended maintenance interval: semi-yearly

ATTENTION
If a fan has to be exchanged ensure that type and technical features are the same.

VIII.7 Switches / Lamps

45M002P1UK-03

Check if all lighting appliances (lamps, etc.) are functioning. Also check key switches and door switches. These may be impaired with frequent use. If a key switch has to be exchanged ensure that after the contacts have been soldered on, the insulation is applied again. Recommended maintenance interval: monthly

08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page 367

MAINTENANCE

VIII.8 Ticket Printer

Periodic cleaning operations will ensure continued high print quality from the printer. Paper dust removal: Use a soft brush to clean the paper dust from inside the printer and chassis area. The paper dust should also be removed from the sensor optics. Cleaning thermal print head: If streaking on the printed ticket is evident, the thermal print head may need to be cleaned. This can be done by inserting a thermal printer cleaning card. 1) 2) 3) 4) 5) 6) 7) Open the Service Door. Open the ticket cover and remove all tickets from the ticket feed path. Close the ticket cover. Insert the cleaning card into the feed path. The cleaning card will automatically be drawn into the feed path. Open the ticket cover and then remove the cleaning card by gently pulling it back. Repeat the process if necessary. Proceed with ticket loading procedure. See part IX Hardware, section IX.6 Ticket Printer.
45M002P1UK-03 08 2006 AGI GmbH

Recommended maintenance interval: monthly

ATTENTION
Printing with no paper in the printer can damage the thermo printing head!

Page 368

MAINTENANCE

VIII.9 Locks / Mechanical Components

Check all door locks of the system for functionality. Cap nuts may have loosened with long use. Tighten! Recommended maintenance interval: monthly

VIII.10 Animation Display

The plasma screen should be cleaned whenever required with a soft cloth and window cleaner. To clean the Animation Display PC please follow the same instructions as for the server PC. Recommended maintenance interval: yearly

VIII.11 Arm Rests (Terminal FV680)

Arm rests should best be cleaned with a soft brush and lukewarm soapy water. Do not use strong solvents or stain-removers! Recommended maintenance interval: whenever required

45M002P1UK-03

08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page 369

MAINTENANCE

VIII.12 Roulette Bowl for Novo Multi-Roulette

The Roulette wheel should be cleaned regularly with a damp cloth. To clean the Roulette balls operate the wheel to throw out the balls. Clean each ball as it is ejected and put it back in the wheel. Repeat it for each ball. To clean the ball collecting chute, the Roulette wheel proper must be removed. When placing the wheel back in, carefully press the wheel driving motor slightly towards the centre of the wheel using gentle force. All roller bearings and the locating bolt for the wheel are maintenance-free, with the exception of the threaded rod of the ball launching mechanism (slide). Whenever necessary, household lubricating oil or spray should be applied to this component.

ATTENTION
When cleaning the wheel make sure that the sensors located on the rim of the wheel and the infrared sensors below the wheel are not misadjusted. Dirty Roulette balls cannot be detected by the laser sensors and will result in the error message
45M002P1UK-03 08 2006 AGI GmbH

Winnumberdetection - no ball in wheel or wrong ball sensor adjustment Error 41. Please see also section VII.4 Error Clearing - Airwheel Error Messages.

NOTE
Use only Roulette balls from AGI GmbH with a diameter of 18 mm. The rubber drive rings (Item no. 60400128) should be checked regularly for damage and wear. As a general rule, they should be replaced on a semi-yearly basis to prevent normal wear resulting from the operation. The ball flap foil (Item no. 25900019) should also be checked regularly for damage and wear and should be replaced as necessary. Recommended maintenance interval: monthly

Page 370

MAINTENANCE

VIII.13 Reader Heads for Novo Touchbet Live-Roulette

Check that the sensors are adjusted correctly towards the Roulette wheel. Also, the reader heads must synchronise in both spin directions of the wheel. (Left LED changes to green permanent light after no more than three rotations of the wheel.) If detection problems persist after the sensors have been adjusted, the sensors need to be exchanged. When exchanging a reader head make sure that the No More Bets time period adjusted is the same and that the same program version is used (sticker at the bottom) ! In order not to impair the shine of the sensor cabinet it is recommended to wear cotton gloves or use a cotton cloth when handling sensors. Recommended maintenance interval: monthly

ATTENTION
Do not use any water to clean the sensors!

45M002P1UK-03

08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page 371

MAINTENANCE

Page 372

08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

Part IX - Hardware

IX.1 IX.2 IX.3

45M002P1UK-03

Main Power Supply Switching Power Supply Bill Acceptor Coin Acceptor Hopper Ticket Printer Mechanical Meters Illumination Monitor (Terminal / Animation Display) Touchscreen Multi-Interface Logic Unit (PC) Security Board Animation Display PC

IX.15 IX.16 IX.17 IX.18 IX.19 IX.20 IX.21 IX.22 IX.23 IX.24 IX.25 IX.26

Network Distributor (HUB) Barcode Reader (Cashdesk) Monitor (Server) Server PC Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS) Modem Server Interface Board Top Light Airwheel for Novo Multi-Roulette Camera Dealer Panel Reader Heads for Novo Touchbet Live-Roulette

IX.4 IX.5 IX.6 IX.7 IX.8 IX.9 IX.10 IX.11 IX.12 IX.13 IX.14

08 2006

Wiener Strasse 158 A-2352 Gumpoldskirchen Austria Europe Tel.: +43-2252-606 www.austrian-gaming.com e-mail: support@novomatic.com

Austrian Gaming Industries GmbH

HARDWARE

Page 374

08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

HARDWARE

Description of Components - Terminals

Terminal FV680PC

H I

J K

B C
45M002P1UK-03

L M

D E F G
PRINT1 USB COM1 COM2 MOUSE KB MIC LINE SPK UPT VGA

N O P

Illustr. IX.1

Description of Components Terminal FV680PC

08 2006 AGI GmbH

A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P

- Monitor (Touchscreen) - Main Power Switch - Mechanical Meters - USB Camera Module (optional) - Hopper . Security Board (not in all jurisdictions) - Logical Unit - Bill Illumination - Ticket Printer - Multi-Interface - Bill Acceptor - Coin Acceptor - Stacker Box - Switching Power Supply (behind WBA) - Main Power Supply Unit (behind WBA) - Cashbox

Page 375

HARDWARE

Terminal FV623PC A B

H I J K C D E F L M N O P Q R

Illustr. IX.2

Description of Components Terminal FV623PC

A B C D E F G H I J Page 376

- Top Light - Top Box - Coin Acceptor - Mechanical Meters - Illumination (fluorescent tube) - Door in Door System - USB Camera Module (optional) - Monitor - Main Power Supply Unit (behind Monitor) - Monitor (Touchscreen)

K L M N N O P Q R

- Logical Unit (behind Monitor) - Bill Acceptor - Stacker - Ticket Printer - Switching Power Supply - Hopper - Main Power Switch - Door Switch - Cashbox

08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

HARDWARE

Block Diagram
Mains Supply LS-R LS-L

Main Power Supply

Monitor

Doorswitches and Lamps

Switching Power Supply

PC

PCPower Supply

VGA Card USB Port

Soundcard LPT-port

I/O Card P391

Meter lamps

Meters

45M002P1UK-03

Coin Acceptor Illumination Bill Acceptor Cover with Printer

Touchscreen Controller

Printer (option)

Multi Interface P425

Bill Acceptor

Hopper

CoinChannelSensor

Coin diverter

Illustr. IX.3

Block diagram

08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page 377

HARDWARE

Description of Components - 8 Player Configuration (FS681)

Illustr. IX.4

Description of Components 8 Player Configuration FS681

A B C D

Speaker Switching Delay HUB (Network Distributor) PLC (Programmable Logic Controller)

Page 378

08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

HARDWARE

Description of Components - Roulette Bowl / Airwheel (FS690)

45M002P1UK-03

E F

G H

Illustr. IX.5

Description of Components Roulette Bowl FS690

A B C D E F G H

Fan Speaker HUB (Network Distributor) Speaker Speaker PLC (Programmable Logic Controller) Switching Delay Speaker

08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page 379

HARDWARE

Description of Components - Novo Unity Server (FS695PC)

B C

H
POWER H.D.D. LAN

POWER

PUSH

POWER

H.D.D.

LAN

POWER

I J K L M

POWER

H.D.D.

LAN

POWER

Smart-UPS

7 0 0

E F
Illustr. IX.6

Smart-UPS

7 5 0

Description of Components Novo Unity Server FS695PC

A B C D E F G H I J K L M

Monitor Fan Keyboard / Trackball Novo Unity Server PC Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS) Distributor Board Fan Monitor Power Supply Raidsystem RS232 to RS485 Adapter (behind Raidsystem) Router/DHCP Server Server Interface Board Switching Power Supply (Server Interface Board)

Page 380

08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

HARDWARE

Description of Components - Game Server (FS696PC)

Game Sever for Novo Multi- and Flying-Roulette

B C

I
POWER H.D.D. LAN

POWER

45M002P1UK-03

D E

POWER

H.D.D.

LAN

POWER

POWER

H.D.D.

LAN

POWER

PUSH

Smart-UPS

7 0 0

F G
Illustr. IX.7

Smart-UPS

K L

7 5 0

Description of Components Game Server FS696PC for Novo Multi- and Flying-Roulette

A B C D E F G

- Monitor - Fan - Keyboard / Trackball - USB Camera Module (optional for Novo Multi-Roulette) - Game Server PC - Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS) - Distributor Board

H I J K L

- Fan - Monitor Power Supply - RS232 to RS485 Adapter (behind Raidsystem) - Server Interface Board - Switching Power Supply (Server Interface Board)

08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page 381

HARDWARE

Game Server for Novo Touchbet Live-Roulette

A
POWER H.D.D. LAN

F
POWER

B
POWER H.D.D. LAN

POWER

POWER

H.D.D.

LAN

POWER

PUSH

Smart-UPS

7 0 0

D E
Illustr. IX.8

Smart-UPS

I J

7 5 0

Description of Components Game Server FS696PC for Novo Touchbet Live-Roulette 45M002P1UK-03 08 2006 AGI GmbH

A B C D E F G H I J

- Security Key Switch - USB Camera Module (optional) - Game Server PC - Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS) - Distributor Board - Audible Dealer Signal - Monitor Power Supply - RS232 to RS485 Adapter (behind Raidsystem) - Server Interface Board - Switching Power Supply (Server Interface Board)

INFORMATION
For Novo Touchbet Live-Roulette a Dealer Board (10.4" Touchscreen) or a Dealer Panel can be optionally connected to allow the dealer to intervene in the game play. For detailed information please see part VI Game Server, section VI.3 Dealer Board for Novo Touchbet Live-Roulette and Part IX Hardware, section IX.17 Monitor (Server) and section IX.25 Dealer Panel.

Page 382

HARDWARE

Description of Components OPTIONAL FOR SINGLE TABLE INSTALLATIONS Novo Unity and Game Server (FS695PC) in Combination
Novo Unity and Game Server for Novo Multi- and Flying-Roulette

B C

D
POWER H.D.D. LAN

K
POWER

45M002P1UK-03

E F G

POWER

H.D.D.

LAN

POWER
PUSH

POWER

H.D.D.

LAN

POWER

L M N O P

POWER

H.D.D.

LAN

POWER

Smart-UPS

7 0 0

H I
Illustr. IX.9

Smart-UPS

7 5 0

Description of Components Novo Unity and Game Server FS695PC for Novo Multi- and Flying-Roulette

A B C D E F G H I
08 2006 AGI GmbH

- Monitor - Fan - Keyboard / Trackball - Monitor Switch Box - Game Server PC - USB Camera Module (optional for Novo Multi-Roulette) - Novo Unity Server PC - Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS) - Distributor Board

J K L M N O P

- Fan - Monitor Power Supply - Raidsystem - RS232 to RS485 Adapter (behind Raidsystem) - Router/DHCP Server - Server Interface Board - Switching Power Supply (Server Interface Board) Page 383

HARDWARE

Novo Unity and Game Server (FS695PC) for Novo Touchbet Live-Roulette

B C

D
POWER H.D.D. LAN

K L
POWER

E F G

POWER

H.D.D.

LAN

POWER
PUSH

POWER

H.D.D.

LAN

POWER

M N O P Q

POWER

H.D.D.

LAN

POWER

Smart-UPS

7 0 0

H I

Smart-UPS

7 5 0

Illustr. IX.10 Description of Components Novo Unity and Game Server FS695PC for Novo Touchbet Live-Roulette

A B C D E F G H I J

- Monitor - Fan - Keyboard / Trackball - Security Key Switch - Game Server PC - USB Camera Module (optional) - Novo Unity Server PC - Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS) - Distributor Board - Fan

K L M N O P Q

- Monitor Power Supply - Audible Dealer Signal - Raidsystem - RS232 to RS485 Adapter (behind Raidsystem) - Router/DHCP Server - Server Interface Board - Switching Power Supply (Server Interface Board)

For Novo Touchbet Live-Roulette a Dealer Board (10.4" Touchscreen) or a Dealer Panel can be optionally connected to allow the dealer to intervene in the game play. For detailed information please see part VI Game Server, section VI.3 Dealer Board for Novo Touchbet Live-Roulette and Part IX Hardware, section IX.17 Monitor (Server) and section IX.25 Dealer Panel. Page 384
08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

HARDWARE

Description of Components - Animation Display (FS773)

45M002P1UK-03

B C D F G

Illustr. IX.11 Description of Components Animation Display FS773

A B C D E F G

- Monitor - Speaker - USB Camera Module - Fan - Speaker - Animation Display PC - Fan

08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page 385

HARDWARE

Page 386

08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

HARDWARE

IX.1
IX.1.1
45M002P1UK-03

Main Power Supply

Position in the machine Function Troubleshooting Pin assignment Exchanging the Main Power Supply Description of the Modular Power Supply

IX.1.2 IX.1.3 IX.1.4 IX.1.5 IX.1.6

08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page 387

HARDWARE

IX.1.1 Position in the machine

Please see illustration IX.1 on page 375.

IX.1.2 Function
Provides voltage to the following components: 230V or 110V / AC for: Switching power supply Fluorescent tube Fan Bill acceptor display illumination Top Light

12-15V/DC for:

X9

X8

X1

X2

X3

X10

Fuse T5A

X7

X4

X5

X6

Fuse T3A15

Service outlet

Illustr. IX.1.1 Fuses and LED on main power supply unit

Illustr. IX.1.2 Main switch

IX.1.3 Troubleshooting
Two T3A15 (slow-blowing) single-pole fuses function as the primary protection of the power supply. These fuses are located at the front of the main switch. (Please see illustr. IX.1.2) The secondary protection T5A (slow-blowing) of the 12V voltage is located at the front of the main power supply. This voltage has been allocated a red light emitting diode, which glows only if the fuses are intact and if input voltage is present. (Please see illustr. IX.1.1) This voltage indicator is designed to facilitate service work providing some preliminary information. For more precise information on any incorrect operating voltages, measurements must be taken using appropriate instruments. In addition, all connectors should be checked. (Please see illustr. IX.1.1)

Page 388

08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

Mains power switch

HARDWARE

IX.1.4 Pin assignment

DC Connector: Pin 01 02 03 04 05 06 AC Connector: Pin 01 02 03 04 Pin
45M002P1UK-03

X8

Function +12V/DC (R) +12V/DC (R) +12V/DC (R) GND (R) GND (R) GND (R)

X1

Function AC neutral (Out) AC ground AC live (Out) nc

Pin 01 02 03 04 Pin 01 02 03 04 Pin 01 02 03 04

X2

Function AC neutral (Out) AC ground AC live (Out) nc

X3

Function AC neutral (Out) AC ground AC live (Out) nc

X4

Function AC neutral (Out) AC ground AC live (Out) nc

01 02 03 04 Pin 01 02 03 04 Pin 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 X7 X5

Function AC neutral (Out) AC ground AC live (Out) nc Function AC nc nc AC AC nc nc AC live (In) live (Out) neutral (In) neutral (Out)

X6

Function AC neutral (Out) AC ground AC live (Out) nc

08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page 389

HARDWARE

IX.1.5 Exchanging the Main Power Supply

If an error occurs that cannot be cleared the defective main power supply unit must be exchanged.

Switching power supply

Main power supply

Illustr. IX.1.3 Exchange of the main power supply

Dismounting instructions for the Main Power Supply (see illustr. IX.1.3):
45M002P1UK-03 08 2006 AGI GmbH

1) 2) 3)

Disconnect the main plug of the terminal from the socket. Open Stacker Door and Front Large Door. Pull out the hopper.

NOTE
Make a note of the correct plug positions! 4) Remove all plugs from the modular power supply (modular power supply = main power supply + switching power supply). Please see illustr. IX.1.4 - Modular power supply. Release the fastening of the modular power supply and remove pulling it towards the front. Separate the main power supply from the switching power supply. Exchange the main power supply unit. To reinstall follow the above instructions in reverse order.

5) 6) 7) 8)

Page 390

HARDWARE

IX.1.6 Description of the Modular Power Supply

Switching Power Supply - NFS-110

X9

X8

X1

X2

X3

X10

Fuse T5A

X7

X4

X5

X6

X9

X8

X1

X2

X3

Modular Power Supply Unit

X10

Fuse T5A

X7

X4

X5

X6

Main Power Supply

Illustr. IX.1.4 Modular power supply 45M002P1UK-03

08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page 391

HARDWARE

Page 392

08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

HARDWARE

IX.2
IX.2.1
45M002P1UK-03

Switching Power Supply

Position in the machine Function Troubleshooting Pin assignment Exchanging the Switching Power Supply

IX.2.2 IX.2.3 IX.2.4 IX.2.5

08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page 393

HARDWARE

IX.2.1 Position in the machine

Please see illustration IX.1 on page 375.

IX.2.2 Function
Type: NFS-110 / 7602P Provides voltage to the following components: 24V/DC for: Printer Multi-interface Meters Meter illumination Touchscreen Multi-interface Multi-interface PC card Door optics Printer
45M002P1UK-03

12V/DC for:

5V/DC for:

IX.2.3 Troubleshooting
Check the connectors of the switching power supply.

IX.2.4 Pin assignment

AC Connector DC Connector J1 Function AC ground nc AC neutral nc AC live J2 Pin 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13

Pin 01 02 03 04 05

Function +5V DC +5V DC nc GND GND GND GND +12V DC +12V DC PFD -12V DC nc +24V DC

Page 394

08 2006 AGI GmbH

HARDWARE

IX.2.5 Exchanging the Switching Power Supply

If an error occurs that cannot be cleared the defective switching power supply must be exchanged.

Switching Power Supply

Main Power Supply

Illustr. IX.2.1 Exchange of the switching power supply

Dismounting instructions for the Switching Power Supply (see illustr. IX.2.1):
45M002P1UK-03

1) 2) 3)

Disconnect the main plug of the terminal from the socket. Open Stacker Door and Front Large Door. Pull out the hopper.

NOTE
Make a note of the correct plug positions! 4) Remove all plugs from the modular power supply (modular power supply = main power supply + switching power supply). Please see illustr. IX.1.4 - Modular power supply. Release the fastening of the modular power supply and remove pulling it towards the front. Separate the main power supply from the switching power supply. Exchange the switching power supply unit. To reinstall follow the above instructions in reverse order.

5) 6) 7) 8)

08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page 395

HARDWARE

Page 396

08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

HARDWARE

IX.3
IX.3.1
45M002P1UK-03

Bill Acceptor
Position in the machine Function Troubleshooting Exchanging the Bill Acceptor Component parts Collecting bills Bills jammed in the Bill Acceptor Adjusting the WBA Bill Acceptor

IX.3.2 IX.3.3 IX.3.4 IX.3.5 IX.3.6 IX.3.7 IX.3.8

08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page 397

HARDWARE

IX.3.1 Position in the machine

Please see illustration IX.1 on page 375.

IX.3.2 Function
Type: WBA-23/25-SS GPT or compatible The bill acceptor is programmed for the respective national currency.

IX.3.3 Troubleshooting
Check that the bill acceptor is fixed correctly in its mounting. Check the connectors of the cable connecting the bill acceptor to the multi-interface.

IX.3.4 Exchanging the Bill Acceptor

If an error occurs that cannot be cleared the defective bill acceptor must be exchanged.

Locking bar

Illustr. IX.3.1 Exchanging the bill acceptor WBA

Illustr. IX.3.2 Exchanging the bill acceptor UBA

Dismounting instructions for the Bill Acceptor WBA-25-SS2 (see illustr. IX.3.1):
1) 2) Open the Top Large Door and power down the terminal. Pull down the lock bar of the bill acceptor and simultaneously take out the bill acceptor in forward direction. To remove the mouthpiece release both fixing screws and press the two bars located on the upper side in forward direction. Exchange the bill acceptor. To reinstall follow the above instructions in reverse order.

3) 4) 5)

Page 398

08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

HARDWARE

Dismounting instructions for the bill acceptor UBA (see illustr. IX.3.2):
1) 2) 3) 4) 5) Open the Main Door and disconnect the machine from the mains. Press down the lock bar of the bill acceptor and simultaneously take out the bill acceptor in forward direction. Exchange the bill acceptor. Pull back the bill acceptor into its retainer until the lock bar engages. Switch on the machine and close the Main Door.

IX.3.5 Components of the Bill Acceptor

Transfer unit cover Latches Bill slot Locking bar of the bill acceptor
45M002P1UK-03

Locking bar of the stacker box Stacker box

Illustr. IX.3.4 Components UBA

Illustr. IX.3.3 Components WBA-25-SS2

08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page 399

HARDWARE

IX.3.6 Empty stacker IX.3.6.1 Collecting bills at Bill Acceptor WBA-25-SS2

ATTENTION
Great amounts of money may be inside the stacker box! Remove the stacker only in a safe surrounding!

Illustr. IX.3.5 Collecting bills - WBA-25-SS2

Description:
1) 2)

Open the Stacker Door.

3) 4)

Open the stacker and collect the bills. By reinstalling the stacker locking bar engages automatically.

IX.3.6.2 Collecting bills at Bill Acceptor UBA

Illustr. IX.3.6 Collecting bills - UBA

Description:
1) 2) 3) 4) Page 400

Open the Stacker Door. Grab the blue strap on the stacker box and pull it firmly to release it. Open the stacker and collect the bills. Re-insert the stacker.
08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

Press down the locking lever of the stacker and keep the locking lever pressed. Take out the stacker towards the front of the terminal.

HARDWARE

IX.3.6 Bills jammed in the Bill Acceptor IX.3.6.1 Bill Acceptor WBA-25-SS2

ATTENTION
Great amounts of money may be inside the stacker box! Remove the stacker only in a safe surrounding!

in the sensors
Illustr. IX.3.7 Removing jammed bills - WBA-25-SS2

in the bill acceptor

behind stacker box

Description:
45M002P1UK-03

Depending on the situation encountered, jammed bills must be removed as shown in the illustration above (please see illustr. IX.3.7).

IX.3.6.2 Bill Acceptor UBA

Illustr. IX.3.8 Removing jammed bills - UBA

Description:

Depending on the situation encountered, jammed bills must be removed as shown in the illustration above (please see illustr. IX.3.8).

08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page 401

HARDWARE

IX.3.8 Adjusting the WBA Bill Acceptor INFORMATION

These instructions are only valid for the bill acceptor WBA-25-SS2, because the adjustment of the bill acceptor UBA is more comprehensive. If an adjustment of the bill acceptor UBA is required, please contact our Technical Support (phone no. +43 2252 606-285). The adjustment of the sensors is intended to compensate any slight age-related cloudiness of the optical lenses (black and white adjustment) or any normal wear of the optical sensors. Therefore, the adjustment procedure described below should be carried out when required.

DIP switches

Illustr. IX.3.9 Acceptor unit 45M002P1UK-03 08 2006 AGI GmbH

NOTE
Please note that the adjustment is not a substitute for cleaning the sensor lenses! Therefore please clean the sensor lenses before each sensor adjustment. Follow carefully the below instructions when adjusting the WBA bill acceptor:

Description:
1) 2) 3) 4) 5) 6)

7)

Release the connecting plugs from the WBA (e.g. by pulling out the acceptor unit). Make a note of the position of the dip switches! Set dip switches 8, 7, 6 and 5 to ON. Set dip switches 1, 2, 3 and 4 to OFF. Connect the WBA to the power supply, by inserting the acceptor unit in the acceptor frame. The emergency transport motor will first run forward approximately 2 seconds and then briefly reverse. Insert the reference paper KS-039 (item number: 40150146) with the black end in first. The WBA pulls the paper in automatically and moves it forwards and backwards several times. The autoadjustment is completed once the reference paper has been ejected and the transport motor has come to a halt. After that, the acceptor requires another approximately 2-3 seconds to write the data to the internal memory chip. Disconnect the acceptor unit from the power supply again and return the dip switches to their original position (normally OFF position).

Illustr. IX.3.10 Dip switches before adjustment

Illustr. IX.3.11 Dip switches after adjustment

Page 402

HARDWARE

IX.4
IX.4.1
45M002P1UK-03

Coin Acceptor
Position in the machine Function Troubleshooting Pin assignment MC40/NRI Exchanging the Coin Acceptor

IX.4.2 IX.4.3 IX.4.4 IX.4.5

08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page 403

HARDWARE

IX.4.1 Position in the machine

Please see illustration IX.1 on page 375.

IX.4.2 Function
Type: MC40 NRI Coin Comparator with reference coin Coin Validator (programmable)

The coin diverter below the coin acceptor sorts coins either into the hopper or the cashbox.

IX.4.3 Troubleshooting
Check that the coin acceptor is fixed correctly in its mounting. Check the connectors of the cable connecting the coin acceptor to the multi-interface. Make sure that the coin diverter can move freely in both positions.

IX.4.4 Pin assignment Main wire loom of the MC40

Pin 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 Colour black nc orange blue nc red yellow Function GND nc Tilt credit output nc +12VDC enable

Main wire loom of the NRI

Pin 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 Colour black yellow orange/black orange/grey brown pink orange/brown orange/blue orange/green orange/violet Function GND +12VDC channel 5 channel 6 reject enable channel 1 channel 2 channel 3 channel 4

Page 404

08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

HARDWARE

IX.4.5 Exchanging the Coin Acceptor

If an error occurs that cannot be cleared the defective coin acceptor or the defective coin optics PCB must be exchanged.

Illustr. IX.4.1 Coin acceptor in the machine

45M002P1UK-03

Illustr. IX.4.2 Coin acceptor mounting

1) Locking lever 2) Coin optics PCB

Dismounting instructions for the Coin Acceptor and the Coin Optics Board (see illustr. IX.4.1 and IX.4.2):
1) 2) 3) Open the Top Large Door and power down the terminal. Take out the coin acceptor mounting from the terminal. Depending on the installed coin acceptor please consider the correct order:

ATTENTION
MC40 - First press the locking levers of the coin acceptor mounting down to unlock them, tilt the coin acceptor to the front and take it out upwards from the mounting. Afterwards release the connector. - First release the connector. Afterwards press the locking levers of the coin acceptor mounting down to unlock them, tilt the coin acceptor to the front and take it out upwards from the mounting. If the coin optics board is defective, release the connecting plug and unscrew the board. Exchange the defective component. To reinstall follow the above instructions in reverse order. Page 405

NRI

4) 5) 6)

08 2006 AGI GmbH

HARDWARE

Page 406

08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

HARDWARE

IX.5
IX.5.1
45M002P1UK-03

Hopper
Position in the machine Function Troubleshooting Exchanging the Hopper Pin assignment Exploded diagram of the Hopper Hopper high level

IX.5.2 IX.5.3 IX.5.4 IX.5.5 IX.5.6 IX.5.7

08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page 407

HARDWARE

IX.5.1 Position in the machine

Please see illustration IX.1 on page 375.

IX.5.2 Function
Type: Universal hopper MK IV or compatible Storage of inserted coins controlled by the coin diverter system and payout of wins.

IX.5.3 Troubleshooting
Check that the hopper and the connectors are fastened correctly. Check that the hopper was pushed all the way in. Make sure that the hopper is connected to the multi-interface. Check for jammed coins or dirt in the hopper.

IX.5.4 Exchanging the Hopper

If an error occurs that cannot be cleared the defective hopper must be exchanged.

Illustr. IX.5.1 Exchange of the hopper

Dismounting instructions for the Hopper (see illustr. IX.5.1):

1) 2) 3) 4) Open the Front Large Door. Pull out the hopper towards the front. Exchange the hopper. To reinstall follow the above instructions in reverse order.

Page 408

08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

HARDWARE

IX.5.5 Pin assignment

1 2 3 4

45M002P1UK-03

9 10 11 12

6 7 8

Plug scheme on back side of hopper

Illustr. IX.5.2 Pin assignment of the hopper (back side)

Pin assignment: Pin 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 Colour black orange/black nc violet blue pink red/black grey green yellow blue/black white/violet Function GND-Motor GND-Switches nc IN 1 Security High-level Low-level IN 2 DC-Motor +12VDC Payout IN 3

08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page 409

HARDWARE

IX.5.6 Exploded diagram of the Hopper

Illustr. IX.5.3 Exploded diagram of the hopper (MK IV)

IX.5.7 Hopper high level

The hopper has two contact plates at the top on the inside. If the fill level of the hopper rises to reach these contact plates, another 100 coins will be sorted into the hopper. After that the coin diverter will route coins to the cashbox. Please see also section IV.5.6 Hopper Refill.

Page 410

08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

HARDWARE

IX.6
IX.6.1
45M002P1UK-03

Ticket Printer
Position in the machine Function Troubleshooting Exchanging the Ticket Printer Loading Tickets Removing Tickets Status LED Firmware Update

IX.6.2 IX.6.3 IX.6.4 IX.6.5 IX.6.6 IX.6.7 IX.6.8

08 2006 AGI GmbH

P a g e 4 11

HARDWARE

IX.6.1 Position in the machine

Please see illustration IX.1 on page 375.

IX.6.2 Function
Ithaca Model EPIC 950 Thermal (serial) The Ithaca ticket printer enables the cashless insertion and payout of credits (Ticket In/Ticket Out). The player may gain a ticket either by cash at the cashdesk or by printing remaining credits on a ticket by pressing the CASH button provided on the terminal. After insertion of the ticket into the bill slot the value of ticket will be indicated in the Credit display area on the terminal screen.

IX.6.3 Troubleshooting
Check the power supply of the printer. Check the plug connection to the PC. Check the assignment of the serial port on the Novo Unity Server. Please see part V Novo Unity Server, section V.3.1.2.2.1 Devices, parameter Ithaca Printer COM Port <Ithaca>.

Illustr. IX.6.1 Ticket Printer (in the bill acceptor hood)

Illustr. IX.6.2 Service Door - opened

IX.6.4 Exchanging the Ticket Printer

If an error occurs that cannot be cleared the defective printer must be exchanged.

Page 412

08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

HARDWARE

A
Illustr. IX.6.3 Ticket Printer in the Top Large Door

45M002P1UK-03

Illustr. IX.6.4 Ticket Printer Retainer

E F

D
Illustr. IX.6.6 Ticket Slot Illustr. IX.6.7 Ticket Slot - Illumination

Illustr. IX.6.5 Cover - Ticket Slot

Dismounting instructions for the Ticket Printer (see illustr. IX.6.3 - IX.6.7):
1) Open the Top Large Door and power down the terminal. 2) Disconnect the power supply (A) of the printer. 3) Dismount the printer retainer by detaching the four screws (B) with the socket driver. 4) Take out the ticket printer together with the printer retainer. 5) Unscrew the printer retainer by releasing the four screws (C). 6) Dismount the cover of the ticket slot by removing both screws (D). 7) Unscrew the ticket slot by removing both screws (E). 8) Disconnect the power supply (F) of the ticket slot illumination. 9) Pull out the ticket printer from the outer chassis assembly. 10) Exchange the ticket printer. 11) To reinstall follow the above instructions in reverse order. Page 413

08 2006 AGI GmbH

HARDWARE

IX.6.5 Loading Tickets

When loading a new ticket stack, make sure that there is power to the printer. The printers ticket tray is integrated with a guide to direct the ticket into the printer mechanism.

release lever
Illustr. IX.6.8 Loading tickets

5)

feeding process. Close the Service Door.

Page 414

08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

1) 2) 3) 4)

Open the Service Door (see illustr. IX.6.2). Remove any remaining tickets from the tray (see next page). Load tickets into the ticket tray. Make sure that the black label is facing you. Insert the leading ticket into the printer mechanism assembly's insertion guide area. The ticket should be fed about 1/2 cm into the mechanism; at this time the printer automatically completes the

HARDWARE

IX.6.6 Removing Tickets

There are two ways to remove the unused tickets from the printer mechanism assembly: a) The first way is to release the ticket cover by lifting and rotating backwards. This will relieve pressure to the platen and tickets can be removed. This also will allow an opening that provides space to clean the print head or to check the printer for jams. The second way is to use the feed button, which will feed out tickets from within the printer mechanism assembly.
ticket tray

b)

ticket cover
FEED READY PAPER OPEN FAULT

feed button

release lever
45M002P1UK-03
Illustr. IX.6.9 Removing loaded tickets

ad a) Removing loaded tickets from the printer by opening the ticket cover: 1) Open the Service Door. 2) Lift and rotate the ticket cover backwards, towards the rear of the printer. 3) Remove all tickets from the ticket path and check for any debris. 4) Remove any remaining tickets from the ticket tray. 5) Rotate the ticket cover back into the latched (magnetic) position. 6) Proceed with ticket loading procedure. See section IX.6.5. ad b) Removing loaded tickets from the printer by using the FEED button: 1) Open the Service Door. 2) Separate ticket currently loaded in the platen assembly from the ticket stack and remove any remaining ticket stack. 3) Press the FEED button to eject the ticket. 4) Proceed with ticket loading procedure. See section IX.6.5.

08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page 415

HARDWARE

IX.6.7 Status LED

The Status LED report the status of the printer whenever power is present.

FEED READY PAPER OPEN FAULT

Illustr. IX.6.10 Ticket Printer Ithaca EPIC 950 - Status LED

CONDITION Printer ready Ticket cover open Chassis open Ticket out Ticket low Paper jam

LED READY ON ON ON ON ON ON PAPER ON BLINK OPEN ON BLINK FAULT BLINK

45M002P1UK-03 08 2006 AGI GmbH

TROUBLESHOOTING
ERROR Ticket cover open Chassis open Ticket out Ticket low Paper jam ERROR DESCRIPTION The ticket cover is open. The chassis is open. Results when the printer does not detect any paper present. Printer will run out of tickets soon. Results when the printer detects an error in the ticket path for presenting the ticket to the customer. TROUBLESHOOTING Close the ticket cover. Close the chassis. Load a new ticket stack. Load a new ticket stack soon. Open the printer head and inspect for a jammed ticket.

Page 416

HARDWARE

IX.6.8 Firmware Upgrade

Occasionally the printer can require a firmware upgrade. For this purpose the printer features a firmware download port:

FEED READY PAPER OPEN

firmware and graphics download port
Illustr. IX.6.11 Ticket Printer Ithaca EPIC 950 - Firmware Upgrade

FAULT

Upgrade procedure:
1) Dismount the ticket printer. See section IX.6.4 Exchanging the ticket printer - step 1-4.
45M002P1UK-03

2) Connect again the ticket printer to the power supply cable in the terminal. See illustration IX.6.3 Ticket printer in the Top Large Door. 3) Connect the printer to the computer by using the download cable (Download Port) see illustr. IX.6.11. 4) 5) 6) 7) For the upgrade procedure the printer needs tickets. If necessary, load a new ticket stack. Open the chassis slid. Open the ticket cover. Apply power to the printer by switching on the machine, while holding the FEED button on the printer. The POWER LED will be blinking and the FAULT LED should be on solid. 8) Start the firmware download program. The following window will be displayed:

08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page 417

HARDWARE

9 10

9) Select the proper serial port (Communications Port) to allow data transfer to the printer. 10) Move the slider Serial performance to the right until 115200 baud (do not select higher rates). Quit possible warning messages by pressing the OK button.

11

11) Select the printer symbol in the task menu and activate XOn/XOff (serial) by a mouse click.

13 12 14

12) Select the Get Printer Information button. Afterwards the current printer information will be displayed below this button. 13) Use the Select file to Download button and choose the required firmware download file. 14) Confirm with the Download Now button to start the firmware upgrade procedure. 15) The completion of the download upgrade procedure will be displayed by a message window. 16) Close the ticket cover and the chassis slid. 17) Turn off the terminal. 18) Disconnect the download and power supply cable from the printer. 19) Reinstall the ticket printer together with the printer retainer into the terminal. 20) Switch on the terminal. 21) Now an automatic test ticket is printed, which shows the new configuration. 22) The ticket printer is now ready for operation.

Page 418

08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

HARDWARE

IX.7
IX.7.1
45M002P1UK-03

Mechanical Meters
Position in the machine Function Troubleshooting Exchanging the Meters Unit Connectors

IX.7.2 IX.7.3 IX.7.4 IX.7.5

08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page 419

HARDWARE

IX.7.1 Position in the machine

Please see illustration IX.1 on page 375.

IX.7.2 Function
Each player terminal is equipped with 8 mechanical meters. These meters are used to verify machine accounting. The meter settings will be made by the Technical Support of AGI on the Novo Unity Server. Please see also part V Novo Unity Server, section V.3.1.2.1.9 Counters. Each meter can be configured individually. The following configurations can be selected on the Novo Unity Server: Bet: Win: Remote In: Handpay Out: Hopper Refill: Cashless In: Cashless Out: Ticket In: Bill In: Jackpot: Cancelled Credit: Printer Out: Tip Money: Coins To Drop: Total In: Total Out: Coin In: Coin Out: Game Number: Total amount of bets Total amount of wins Total of credits added by the attendant via the remote function Total amount of manual payouts by the attendant (Jackpots + Cancelled Credits) Total amount of coins refilled into the hopper Total amount of credits paid in via cards Total amount of payouts to a card Total amount of credits paid in via tickets Total amount of bills accepted via the bill acceptor Total amount of wins paid out manually by the attendant Total amount of manual payouts by the attendant, except for jackpots Total amount of printed, redeemable tickets Total amount of tip money Total amount of coins transferred to the cashbox Total value paid in (coins + bills + tickets + remote in) Total value paid out (coins + tickets + manual payouts by the attendant) Total value of coins accepted via the coin acceptor Total value of coins paid out via the hopper Total sum of games

IX.7.3 Troubleshooting
Check that the plug connector is connected correctly to the meter unit. Also check the voltage and that the program chip is properly fixed.

IX.7.4 Exchanging the Meters Unit

If an error occurs that cannot be cleared the defective meters board must be exchanged.

Page 420

08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

HARDWARE

Release nuts

Connector meter illumination

Illustr. IX.7.1 Mechanical meters (top view)

Illustr. IX.7.2 Meters unit (back view)

Dismounting instructions for the Mechanical Meters (see illustr. IX.7.1 and IX.7.2):
1) 2) 3) 4)
45M002P1UK-03

Open the Top Large Door and the Front Large Door and power down the terminal.

Disconnect all plug connections from the meters board. (Connector of meter illumination!) Disconnect the two nuts on the front side from the meters unit and pull the unit off backwards. Take off the deep drawn component from the board by releasing the four nuts. To reinstall follow the above instructions in reverse order.

5)

IX.7.5 Connectors 1 2 3 4

Illustr. IX.7.3 Mechanical meters

1 2 3 4

Power supply Connection to the multi-interface and the PC (RS485) Not used Not used

08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page 421

HARDWARE

Page 422

08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

HARDWARE

IX.8
IX.8.1
45M002P1UK-03

Illumination
Position in the machine Exchanging the Illumination on the terminal Exchanging the Illumination for Multi-Player Configurations

IX.8.2 IX.8.3

08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page 423

HARDWARE

IX.8.1 Position in the machine

Please see illustration IX.1 on page 375.

IX.8.2 Exchanging the Illumination on the terminal

Connector

Illustr. IX.8.1 Exchanging the bill acceptor illumination

Dismounting instructions for the Bill Acceptor Illumination (see illustr. IX.8.1):
1) 2) 3) 4) 5)

Open the Top Large Door and power down the terminal. Disconnect the connector from the board. Release the four screws (please see illustration above) and remove the cover. Exchange the defective fluorescent tube (pull away from the holding). To reinstall follow the above instructions in the reverse order.

Lamps

Illustr. IX.8.2 Exchange of the meter illumination

Dismounting instructions for the Meter Illumination (see illustr. IX.8.2):

1) 2) 3) 4) Open the Top Large Door and power down the terminal. Open the Front Large Door. Exchange the defective lamps (remove from PCB). To reinstall follow the above instructions in reverse order.

Page 424

08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

HARDWARE

IX.8.3 Exchanging the illumination for Multi-Player Configurations

Illustr. IX.8.3 Exchanging the spotlights

Dismounting instructions for the spotlights (see illustr. IX.8.3):

1) 2) 3) 4) Pull the defective spotlight in its holding downwards. Disconnect the spotlight (please see illustration above). Remove the holding ring and exchange the spotlight. To reinstall follow the above instructions in reverse order.

45M002P1UK-03

Illustr. IX.8.4 Exchanging the lamps on the number corona

Dismounting instructions for the lamps on the number corona (see illustr. IX.8.4):
1) 2) Pull the defective lamp in its holding out of the number corona. Insert the new lamp in its holding in the number corona.

08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page 425

HARDWARE

Page 426

08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

HARDWARE

IX.9
IX.9.1
45M002P1UK-03

Monitor
Terminal Monitor Animation Display Monitor

IX.9.2

08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page 427

HARDWARE

IX.9.1 Terminal Monitor IX.9.1.1 Position in the machine

Please see illustration IX.1 on page 375.

IX.9.1.2 Function
Type: Tovis 21-inch or compatible The monitor is used to display the game play, error messages and accounting information.

IX.9.1.3 Troubleshooting
Make sure that the monitor is anchored properly in its mounting. Also check the connectors of the monitor cable.

IX.9.1.4 Exchanging the Monitor

If an error occurs that cannot be cleared the defective monitor must be exchanged. There should always be two people to exchange the monitor, because the monitor is rather heavy and may be difficult to handle for one person.
45M002P1UK-03 Illustr. IX.9.1 Dismounting the monitor (terminal)

Dismounting instructions for the Monitor (see illustr. IX.9.1):

1) 2) 3) 4) Open the Top Large Door and power down the terminal. Open the Logic Door. Disconnect the VGA and the touchscreen cable from the PC. Open the Front Large Door.

Page 428

08 2006 AGI GmbH

HARDWARE

5)

Remove the hopper. Please see section IX.5. Disconnect the power supply for the monitor from the mains power supply.

6)

DANGER
Be careful not to touch the picture tube and the PCB! High voltage! 7) 8) 9) Disconnect the power supply for the controller. Remove the coin acceptor mounting and close the Front Large Door. Lift the monitor up slightly holding at the fastenings provided and pull out from the terminal at an angle towards the front (the monitor weighs about 25 kg). Carefully remove all cables still fixed on the monitor from the terminal. To reinstall follow the above instructions in reverse order.

10) 11)

IX.9.1.5 Adjustment of the Monitor

45M002P1UK-03

At the bottom of the monitor, on the left-hand side at the monitor mounting a PCB is attached for the adjustment of brightness, contrast and geometry of the picture.

Using the board:

MODE SEL/DGU UP/DOWN

- To call up the menu. - To confirm the selected menu item (marked red). - To select the option to be changed.

MODE accepts the changed option and the next option to be changed can be selected using the Up/Down function. If no operation on the board is performed for a period of 20 seconds, the menu will automatically shut down. SEL/DGU - If this function is used when the menu has not been called up, it demagnetises the monitor.

08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page 429

HARDWARE

IX.9.2 Animation Display Monitor IX.9.2.1 Position in the machine

Please see illustration IX.11 on page 385.

IX.9.2.2 Function
Type: NEC PlasmaSync 61XM4, 61z Wide XGA multimedia screen or compatible The Animation Display screen displays the current game play. Players on the terminals can follow the game (sequences, bets and wins of all players) on the animation display.

IX.9.2.3 Troubleshooting
If an error occurs please contact the Technical Support AGI.

Page 430

08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

HARDWARE

IX.10
IX.10.1
45M002P1UK-03

Touchscreen
Position in the machine Function Troubleshooting / Exchanging the Touchscreen

IX.10.2 IX.10.3

08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page 431

HARDWARE

IX.10.1 Position in the machine

Please see illustration IX.1 on page 375.

IX.10.2 Function
The touchscreen allows players to place or cancel bets by selecting the respective functions on the monitor. Additionally, the touchscreen facilitates menu navigation and access to accounting statistics.

IX.10.3 Troubleshooting / Exchanging the Touchscreen

If the touchscreen does not react to finger tips, a reset of the entire terminal should be carried out. Check the voltage connection on the controller. Also check whether the green LED on the controller is on, emitting light at medium intensity, and whether it glows with high intensity (glowing brightly) when the touchscreen is operated. If this is not the case, the entire monitor unit (monitor + touchscreen + controller) should be exchanged as described above. Please see section IX.9.1.4 Exchanging the Monitor. After a new monitor unit has been installed, the touchscreen must be calibrated. Please see section IV.4.3 Calibrate Touchscreen.
45M002P1UK-03

Page 432

08 2006 AGI GmbH

HARDWARE

IX.11
IX.11.1
45M002P1UK-03

Multi-Interface
Position in the machine Function Explanation of connectors Troubleshooting Exchanging the Multi-Interface

IX.11.2 IX.11.3 IX.11.4 IX.11.5

08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page 433

HARDWARE

IX.11.1 Position in the machine

Please see illustration IX.1 on page 375.

IX.11.2 Function
The multi-interface is the central control unit of the bill acceptor, the coin acceptor and the hopper.

IX.11.3 Explanation of connectors 5

3 4

8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
Page 434

10

11

12

Illustr. IX.11.1 Connections of the multi-interface

- WBA bill acceptor - Main power supply - 12V power supply - Hopper - Network (RS485) - Not used - Coin acceptor - Not used - Coin diverter - Illumination (Insert Bill, arrow) - Not used - Coin channel optics
08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

HARDWARE

IX.11.4 Troubleshooting
Check all plug connections on the multi-interface.

IX.11.5 Exchanging the Multi-Interface

If an error occurs that cannot be cleared the defective multi-interface must be exchanged.

45M002P1UK-03

Illustr. IX.11.2 Exchange of the multi-interface

Dismounting instructions for the Multi-Interface (see illustr. IX.11.2):

1) 2) 3) Open the Top Large Door and power down the terminal. Disconnect all plug connections from the multi-interface. Release the butterfly nut (top left-hand side), pull the multi-interface slightly upwards and take it out from the terminal. Unscrew the multi-interface from the fastening metal. To reinstall follow the above instructions in reverse order.

4) 5)

08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page 435

HARDWARE

Page 436

08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

HARDWARE

IX.12
IX.12.1
45M002P1UK-03

Logic Unit (PC)

Position in the machine Function Troubleshooting Exchanging the Logic Unit 64-pin main plug Pin assignment of the main wire loom PC Card

IX.12.2 IX.12.3 IX.12.4 IX.12.5 IX.12.6 IX.12.7

08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page 437

HARDWARE

IX.12.1 Position in the machine

Please see illustration IX.1 on page 375.

IX.12.2 Function
The PC is the electronic control and logic unit. In addition the PC stores all accounting data and controls the game procedures. Either of the two PC types may be installed in the devices. Both types incorporate the same hardware and software and share the same functions. The only differences lie in the cabinet design and in the way they are installed in the terminal.

IX.12.3 Troubleshooting
Check that all plug connections are fixed properly on the PC.

IX.12.4 Exchanging the Logic Unit

If an error occurs that cannot be cleared the defective PC must be exchanged.

Page 438

08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

HARDWARE

Illustr. IX.12.1 Dismounting Bandit PC

Illustr. IX.12.2 Dismounting Booksize PC

Dismounting instructions for the PC (see illustr. IX.12.1 and IX.12.2):

1) 2) Open the Top Large Door and power down the terminal. Open the Logic Door.

!
45M002P1UK-03

ATTENTION
Do not stretch, turn or bend any cables at the left side of the PC! 3) 4) 5) Disconnect all plug connections at the back of the PC. Remove the bracket behind the PC by releasing both screw nuts. Carefully take out the PC from the terminal.

ATTENTION
Insert the new PC sliding it carefully into the terminal, open the Front Large Door and pull the power cable a little bit to the back to avoid squeezing the cable. 6) To reinstall follow the above instructions in reverse order.

08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page 439

HARDWARE

Illustr. IX.12.3 Dismounting the PC Security Cover

Illustr. IX.12.4 Dismounting the bracket in front of the PC

C
45M002P1UK-03 Illustr. IX.12.6 Disconnecting the plug connections of the security board 08 2006 AGI GmbH

Illustr. IX.12.5 Dismounting the Cover of the security board

Page 440

HARDWARE

INFORMATION
In certain jurisdictions the PC Security Cover is mounted in front of the PC to fulfil relevant technical standard requirements. Following describes the dismounting instructions for the PC considering the PC Security Cover.

Dismounting instructions for the PC considering the PC Security Cover (see illustr. IX.12.3 - IX.12.6):
1) 2) 3) 4) 5) 6) Open the Top Large Door and power down the terminal. Open the Logic Door. Release both mounting screws (A) of the PC Security Cover. Take out the PC Security Cover from the terminal. Disconnect all plug connections at the back of the PC. Remove the bracket behind the PC by releasing both screw nuts (B).

45M002P1UK-03

ATTENTION
Do not stretch, turn or bend any cables of the PC! 7) 8) 9.) 10) 11) Pull out slightly the PC towards the front of the terminal. Release the four mounting screws (C) of the security board cover. Disconnect the plug connections of the security board. Carefully take out the PC from the terminal. Unscrew the mounting plate for the security board by releasing both screws (at the right and left side of the PC).

ATTENTION
Insert the new PC sliding it carefully into the terminal, open the Front Large Door and pull the power cable a little bit to the back to avoid squeezing the cable. 12) To reinstall follow the above instructions in reverse order.

08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page 441

HARDWARE

IX.12.5 64-pin main plug

Pin 01a 01c 02a 02c 03a 03c 04a 04c 05a 05c 06a 06c 07a 07c 08a 08c 09a 09c 10a 10c 11a 11c 12a 12c 13a 13c 14a 14c 15a 15c 16a 16c 17a 17c 18a 18c 19a 19c 20a 20c Colour nc nc nc nc nc nc nc nc nc nc nc nc nc nc nc nc nc grey nc nc nc nc nc nc nc nc nc pink/orange nc nc violet/black nc nc nc nc orange/green pink/grey nc blue/black nc Function nc nc nc nc nc nc nc nc nc nc nc nc nc nc nc nc nc Top Light (white) nc nc nc nc nc nc nc nc nc Top Light (blue) nc nc Top Light (reserve) nc nc nc nc Meter Lamps Doorswitch transmitter (Main Doors (Top+Front)) nc Doorswitch (Cashbox) nc

Page 442

08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

HARDWARE

IX.12.5 64-pin main plug - continued

Pin 21a 21c 22a 22c 23a 23c 24a 24c 25a 25c 26a 26c 27a 27c 28a 28c 29a 29c 30a 30c 31a 31c 32a 32c Colour yellow/grey green/grey pink/violet nc pink brown/black nc white/orange nc nc nc pink/blue yellow/brown nc nc white/black nc nc nc nc nc nc nc nc Function Doorswitch (logic box) Power fail detection (low voltage) Doorswitch (Front Door) nc Doorswitch (stacker box) Keyswitch 09 (remote) nc Keyswitch 10 (bookkeeping all pages) nc nc nc Doorswitch Receiver (Main Doors (Top+Front)) Paper low nc nc Keyswitch 08 (bookkeeping 1st page) nc nc nc nc nc nc nc nc

45M002P1UK-03

08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page 443

HARDWARE

IX.12.6 Pin assignment of the main wire loom

Connector 02: Connection for the power supply of the PC card 5-pin MOLEX bushing housing Mini Fit Pin Colour Function 01 red +5V DC (NFS) 02 nc nc 03 nc nc 04 black GND (NFS) 05 nc nc

Connector 03: Connection for loudspeakers 3,5 mm stereo jack plug Pin Colour Function green/black GND orange/green sound left red/black sound right

Connector 04: Power supply switching power supply NFS 110 18-pin MOLEX Pin housing Mini Fit Pin Colour Function 01 red +5V DC (multi-interface) 02 red +5V DC (PC card) 03 red +5 DC (X2) 04 black GND (connection with transformer) 05 black GND (X1) 06 yellow +12V DC (multi-interface) 07 yellow +12V DC (meters) 08 yellow +12V DC (touchscreen and meter illumination) 09 green +24V DC (multi-interface) 10 red +5V DC (printer) 11 red +5V DC (TFT) 12 black GND (PC card) 13 black GND (meters) 14 black GND (printer) 15 yellow +12V DC (TFT) 16 yellow +12V DC (TFT) 17 green/grey Power fail detection (low voltage) 18 green +24V DC (X4)

Page 444

08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

HARDWARE

Connector 05: Connection power supply multi-interface 6-pin MOLEX bushing housing Mini Fit Pin Colour Function 01 red +5V DC (NFS) 02 yellow +12V DC (NFS) 03 green +24V DC (NFS) 04 green/grey Power fail detection (low voltage) 05 black GND (NFS) 06 black GND (NFS)

Connector 06: Connection power supply serial meters 4-pin MOLEX bushing housing Mini Fit Pin Colour Function 01 black GND (NFS) 02 nc nc 03 nc nc 04 yellow +12V DC (NFS)

Connector 07: Connection power supply meter illumination 6-pin MOLEX bushing housing Mini Fit Pin Colour Function 01 nc nc 02 black GND (NFS) 03 orange/green Meter lamps 04 yellow +12V DC (NFS) 05 nc nc 06 nc nc

45M002P1UK-03

Connector 08: Connection power supply touchscreen 2-pin MOLEX pin housing Pin Colour Function 01 black GND (NFS) 02 yellow +12V DC (NFS)

Connector 09: Connection power supply printer 6-pin MOLEX bushing housing Mini Fit Pin Colour Function 01 red +5V DC (NFS) 02 black GND (NFS) 03 nc nc 04 black GND (NFS) 05 green +24V DC (NFS) 06 nc nc

08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page 445

HARDWARE

Connector 10: Connection power supply top light plug 4-pin MOLEX Power-Connector bushing housing Pin Colour Function 01 white +12V DC (transformer) 02 pink/orange Top Light (blue) 03 grey Top Light (white) 04 violet/black Top Light (reserve)

Connector 11: Connection door optics, Top and Front Doors - receiver 4-pin MOLEX bushing housing RM2.54 Pin Colour Function 01 red +5V DC (NFS) 02 pink/blue Doorswitch receiver (Main Doors (Top+Front)) 03 orange/black GND switches 04 ***** INVERSE-POLARITY PROTECTION

Connector 13: Connection power supply 6.5" TFT 6-pin MOLEX pin housing Mini Fit Pin Colour Function 01 black GND (NFS) 02 black GND (NFS) 03 red +5V DC (NFS) 04 yellow +12V DC (NFS) 05 yellow +12V DC (NFS) 06 green +24V DC (NFS) Connector 14: Connection paper low sensor control (P412) 4-pin MOLEX bushing housing RM2.54 Pin Colour Function 01 red +5V DC (NFS) 02 yellow/brown Paper low 03 orange/black GND switches 04 nc nc

Page 446

08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

Connector 12: Connection door optics, Top and Front Doors - transmitter 4-pin MOLEX bushing housing RM2.54 Pin Colour Function 01 red +5V DC (NFS) 02 pink/grey Doorswitch transmitter (Main Doors (Top+Front)) 03 ***** INVERSE-POLARITY PROTECTION 04 nc nc

HARDWARE

Connector 16: Connection serial control PC 4-pin modular telephone type connector Pin Colour Function 01 yellow GND 02 green Serial connection RS-485 03 brown Serial connection RS-485 04 white GND

Connector 17: Connection serial control meters - PC 4-pin modular telephone type connector Pin Colour Function 01 yellow GND 02 green Serial connection RS-485 03 brown Serial connection RS-485 04 white GND

45M002P1UK-03

Connector 18: Connection serial control multi-interface - meters 4-pin modular telephone type connector Pin Colour Function 01 yellow GND 02 green Serial connection RS-485 03 brown Serial connection RS-485 04 white GND

Connector 19: Connection serial control multi-interface 4-pin modular telephone type connector Pin Colour Function 01 yellow GND 02 green Serial connection RS-485 03 brown Serial connection RS-485 04 white GND Connector 20: Connection illumination corporate logo 4-pin MOLEX bushing housing RM2.54 Pin Colour Function 01 white +12V DC (transformer) 02 nc (Option: GND (transformer)) 03 black GND (transformer) 04 nc (Option: +12V DC (transformer))

08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page 447

HARDWARE

Connector 21: Connection 12V DC power supply transformer 6-pin MOLEX bushing housing Mini Fit Pin Colour Function 01 white +12V DC (multi-interface) 02 white +12V DC (illumination corporate logo) 03 white +12V DC (top light) 04 black GND (connection with NFS) 05 black GND (multi-interface) 06 black GND (corporate logo)

Connector 22: Connection 12V DC power supply multi-interface transformer 2-pin MOLEX bushing housing Pin Colour Function 01 black GND (transformer) 02 white +12V DC (transformer) Connector 23: Control hopper - multi-interface-side 12-pin MOLEX bushing housing Pin Colour Function 01 black GND motor (NFS) 02 orange/black GND switches (NFS) 03 green +24V DC motor (NFS) 04 blue/black Payout 05 pink High level 06 violet IN 1 07 red/black Low level 08 yellow +12V DC logic(NFS) 09 nc nc 10 blue Security 11 grey IN 2 12 white/violet IN 3 Connector 24: Control hopper - hopper-side 12-pin hopper housing Pin Colour Function 01 black GND motor (NFS) 02 orange/black GND switches (NFS) 03 nc nc 04 violet IN 1 05 blue Security 06 pink High level 07 red/black Low level 08 grey IN 2 09 green +24V DC motor (NFS) 10 yellow +12V DC logic (NFS) 11 blue /black Payout 12 white/violet IN 3 Page 448
08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

HARDWARE

Connector 25: Power supply security print 4-pin MOLEX bushing housing Mini Fit Pin Colour Function 01 nc nc 02 black GND (NFS) 03 red +5V DC (NFS) 04 nc nc

Connector 26: Control WBA-illumination multi-interface-side 4-pin MOLEX bushing housing Pin Colour Function 01 yellow +12V DC (NFS) 02 pink LED A (red) 03 blue LED B (green) 04 nc nc

45M002P1UK-03

Connector 27: Control WBA illumination 4-pin MOLEX bushing housing Pin Colour Function 01 yellow +12V DC (NFS) 02 pink LED A (red) 03 blue LED B (green) 04 nc nc Connector 28: Control illumination bill acceptor - bill insertion 4-pin MOLEX bushing housing Pin Colour Function 01 yellow +12V DC (NFS) 02 nc nc 03 blue LED B (green) 04 nc nc

08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page 449

HARDWARE

IX.12.7 PC Card IX.12.7.1 Position within the PC

Please see illustr. IX.12.7 Position of the PC card - Booksize PC.

IX.12.7.2 Function
The PC card is the interface between the PC and the proprietary electronics of the manufacturer (e.g. multi-interface, meters, etc.) and it controls door switches, key switches and the top light.

IX.12.7.3 Troubleshooting
Check that all plug connectors are fixed properly on the card.

IX.12.7.4 Exchanging the PC Card

If an error occurs that cannot be cleared the defective PC card must be exchanged. PC card

Illustr. IX.12.7 Position of the PC card - Booksize PC

Dismounting the PC Card (see illustr. IX.12.7):

1) 2)

Open the Top Large Door and power down the terminal. Take out the PC from the terminal. Please see section IX.12.4 Exchanging the Logic Unit. Unscrew both slots and carefully pull the PC card up a bit.

3) 4) 5)

Disconnect the flat ribbon cable and remove the PC card. To reinstall follow the above instructions in reverse order.

Page 450

08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

HARDWARE

IX.12.7.5 Explanation of connections 2

1 3 4 5 6

Illustr. IX.12.8 Connections PC card

1 2 3 4 5 6

I/O Connectors (door switches, key switches and lamps) Not used Not used Voltage control option Not used Serial interface RS485

45M002P1UK-03

08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page 451

HARDWARE

Page 452

08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

HARDWARE

IX.13

Security Board (Not in all jurisdictions)

Position in the machine Function Exchanging the Security Board Connectors

IX.13.1
45M002P1UK-03

IX.13.2 IX.13.3 IX.13.4

08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page 453

HARDWARE

IX.13.1 Position in the machine

Please see illustration IX.1 on page 375.

IX.13.2 Function
For certain jurisdictions the security board is mounted at the upside of the PC to fulfil security relevant standard requirements. The security board is responsible for the monitoring of the Logic Area and the Security Bill Door.

IX.13.3 Exchanging the Security Board

If an error occurs that cannot be cleared the defective security board must be exchanged.

Illustr. IX.13.1 Dismounting the PC Security Cover

Illustr. IX.13.2 Dismounting the bracket in front of the PC

Illustr. IX.13.3 Dismounting the Cover of the security board

Page 454

08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

HARDWARE

Illustr. IX.13.4 Dismounting the security board

Dismounting instructions for the Security Board (see illustr. IX.13.1 - IX.13.4): NOTE
If no PC Security Cover is mounted, please skip step three and four. 1) 2)
45M002P1UK-03

Open the Top Large Door and power down the terminal. Open the Logic Door. Release both mounting screws (A) of the PC Security Cover. Take out the PC Security Cover from the terminal. Disconnect all plug connections at the back of the PC. Remove the bracket behind the PC by releasing both screw nuts (B).

3) 4) 5) 6)

ATTENTION
Do not stretch, turn or bend any cables of the PC! 7) 8) 9) 10) Pull out slightly the PC towards the front of the terminal. Remove the cover of the security board by releasing the four mounting screws (C). Disconnect the plug connections of the security board. Release the four mounting screws of the security board (D).

ATTENTION
Insert the PC sliding it carefully into the terminal, open the Front Large Door and pull the power cable a little bit to the back to avoid squeezing the cable. 11) To reinstall follow the above instructions in reverse order. Page 455

08 2006 AGI GmbH

HARDWARE

IX.13.4 Connectors

5 6 7

1 2 3 4

Illustr. IX.13.5 Security board - Connectors

Page 456

08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

Logic Door PC Security Cover Security Bill Door Not used Connection to the PC - I/O Card (RS-485) Not used Power Supply

HARDWARE

IX.14
IX.14.1
45M002P1UK-03

Animation Display PC
Position in the machine Function Troubleshooting Exchanging the Animation Display PC

IX.14.2 IX.14.3 IX.14.4

08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page 457

HARDWARE

IX.14.1 Position in the machine

Please see illustration IX.11 on page 385.

IX.14.2 Function
The animation display PC is a mere display medium indicating the winning numbers generated by the random generator of the Novo Unity Server.

IX.14.3 Troubleshooting
Check the line voltage and if all plug connections are fixed properly on the PC.

IX.14.4 Exchanging the Animation Display PC

If an error occurs that cannot be cleared the defective PC must be exchanged.

Page 458

08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

HARDWARE

Illustr. IX.14.1 Animation Display Service Door closed

Illustr. IX.14.2 Animation Display Service Door open

45M002P1UK-03

Illustr. IX.14.3 Rear view Animation Display PC (Bandit)

Illustr. IX.14.4 Rear view Animation Display PC (Booksize)

Dismounting instructions for the Animation Display PC (see illustr. IX.14.1 - IX.14.4):
1) 2) 3) 4) 5) Switch off the main power switch and open the door. Release all plug connections at the back of the PC. Remove the bracket behind the PC by releasing both screw nuts. Carefully take out the PC from the cabinet. To reinstall follow the above instructions in reverse order.

08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page 459

HARDWARE

Page 460

08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

HARDWARE

IX.15
IX.15.1
45M002P1UK-03

Network Distributor (HUB)

Position in the machine Function Troubleshooting Exchanging the Network Distributor

IX.15.2 IX.15.3 IX.15.4

08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page 461

HARDWARE

IX.15.1 Position in the machine

Upon installation of the system, the network distributor (HUB) is set up at a suitable place, which should be in the vicinity of the terminals.

IX.15.2 Function
The network distributor enables the communication of several PCs with each other, that means that several PCs (terminals) can access one server (Novo Unity Server PC).

IX.15.3 Troubleshooting
Check that the plug connections on the network distributor are connected properly. If the red power LED does not glow, the voltage must be checked. Every input is assigned its own LED. If this LED glows, that indicates that: .) The cable has been connected correctly. .) The PC at the end of the connections is powered up.

IX.15.4 Exchanging the Network Distributor

If an error occurs that cannot be cleared the network distributor must be exchanged.
45M002P1UK-03 Illustr. IX.15.1 Network distributor (8-port HUB) Illustr. IX.15.2 Network distributor (16-port HUB)

Dismounting instructions for the Network Distributor

1) 2) 3) 4) Release all plug connections from the network distributor. Exchange the network distributor (HUB). To reinstall follow the above instructions in reverse order.

Shut down the Novo Unity Server program and switch off the installation.

Page 462

08 2006 AGI GmbH

HARDWARE

IX.16
IX.16.1
45M002P1UK-03

Barcode Reader (Cashdesk)

Barcode Reader Operation Cashdesk Program Security Tickets

IX.16.2 IX.16.3 IX.16.4 IX.16.5

08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page 463

HARDWARE

IX.16.1 Barcode Reader

The barcode reader is connected to the cash desk PC via a serial interface. It is used to scan in tickets.

IX.16.2 Operation
To scan in a ticket approach it to the barcode reader starting at a distance of about 20 cm away from the reader. After the barcode has been detected and read the ticket is clearly identified by the proprietary cashdesk program specifically developed for this purpose. This program compares the 40-digit encrypted barcode (ticket number) with all tickets stored in the Novo Unity Server database and confirms it by sending a visual release signal (green bar with the corresponding payout amount).

IX.16.3 Cashdesk Program

This program verifies the authenticity of a ticket using the barcode reader. The cashdesk program is installed on a WINDOWS XP computer (or higher version) which is connected to the Novo Unity Server to enable data transfer. The ticket data are sent from the terminals to the Novo Unity Server PC, where they will be stored. After a ticket has been scanned with the barcode reader the cashdesk PC will compare the ticket data with those stored on the Novo Unity Server PC. If the data agree a copy of the ticket data will be made on the cashdesk PC and the payout will be released.

IX.16.4 Security
Paper: Special paper using ultraviolet imprint provides high counterfeit protection. The imprint glows when held under an UV lamp (e.g. device used to detect counterfeit bills). Barcode Reader: The barcode reader detects only 40-digit barcodes with Interleaved 2/5 Codes.

Page 464

08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

HARDWARE

IX.16.5 Tickets
Depending on the printer installed in the terminal the following information is indicated on the ticket. The data are also included in the barcode to guarantee the authenticity of a ticket. All tickets that are scanned can only be paid out once. Should a ticket be scanned a second time, an alert message is displayed on the screen. Ticket-related parameters can be set on the Novo Unity Server. For detailed information please see part V Novo Unity Server, section V.3.1.2.1.12 Ticket.

IX.16.5.1 Seiko Ticket

Ticket Logo Day, Date, Time Terminal no., Ticket no., Game no. Payout amount Valid time Barcode
45M002P1UK-03

IX.16.5.2 Ithaca Ticket

Casino Name Streetname and no. City, country and zip code Barcode Date, Time, Ticket no. Payout amount Valid time, Terminal no.

08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page 465

HARDWARE

Page 466

08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

HARDWARE

IX.17
IX.17.1
45M002P1UK-03

Monitor (Server)
Position in the machine Function Troubleshooting Exchanging the Monitor

IX.17.2 IX.17.3 IX.17.4

08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page 467

HARDWARE

IX.17.1 Position in the machine

Please see illustrations IX.6 - IX.10 on pages 380 - 384.

IX.17.2 Function
Type: A) LCD/TFT Display 19z AU Optronics Corporation or compatible used for on-screen display of the Novo Unity Server program (Novo Unity Server) or the Game Manager and Game Server program (Game Server). B) LCD/TFT Display 10.4z TVS or compatible (Game Server for Novo Touchbet Live-Roulette) used for on-screen display of the Game Manager and Game Server program.

Illustr. IX.17.1 10.4" LCD/TFT Display Dealer Board (Game Server)

IX.17.3 Troubleshooting
Type A LCD/TFT Display 19z Make sure that the monitor is anchored properly in its mounting. Check the connectors of the monitor cable. Type A LCD/TFT Display 10.4z Please contact the Technical Support of AGI in the event of any problems.

IX.17.4 Exchanging the 19z Monitor

If an error occurs that cannot be cleared the defective monitor must be exchanged.

Page 468

08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

HARDWARE

B A

Illustr. IX.17.2 Dismounting the 19z monitor (Novo Unity Server/Game Server)

Dismounting instructions for the 19z Monitor (see illustr. IX.17.2):

1)

Disconnect the power plug to make sure that all devices are powered off within the Novo Unity Server cabinet. Wait for the uninterruptible power supply (UPS) to shut down (depending on the setting on the Novo Unity Server this will take maximally ten minutes). Open the Server Display Door.

45M002P1UK-03

2)

3) 4) 5)

Disconnect the power supply cable and the VGA cable from the monitor. Unscrew the micro switch (A) from the mounting angle by removing both screw nuts and the washers. Unscrew the monitor from the left and right mounting angle (B) by removing both screws. Lay down the monitor unit onto the Novo Unity Server cabinet and unscrew the monitor's grip. Change the monitor. To reinstall follow the above instructions in reverse order.

6) 7) 8) 9)

08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page 469

HARDWARE

Page 470

08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

HARDWARE

IX.18
IX.18.1
45M002P1UK-03

Server PC
Position in the machine Function Troubleshooting Exchanging the Server PC Raid System of the Novo Unity Server

IX.18.2 IX.18.3 IX.18.4 IX.18.5

08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page 471

HARDWARE

IX.18.1 Position in the machine

Please see illustrations IX.6 - IX.10 on pages 380 - 384.

IX.18.2 Function
The Novo Unity Server represents as central-server the basis of the system where setup, statistic, accounting, trace and game-related data are stored. Therefore all settings of server- and game-related parameters has to be performed on the Novo Unity Server PC. The Novo Unity Server PC provides also reporting tools and RAID protection for enhanced data security. The Game Server PC controls the details of the course of the game and transmits all game-related data (win numbers, game phases) to the linked terminals.

IX.18.3 Troubleshooting
Check that all plug connectors are connected properly to the server PC.

IX.18.4 Exchanging the Server PC

If an error occurs that cannot be cleared the defective server PC must be exchanged.
45M002P1UK-03 Illustr. IX.18.1 Novo Unity Server PC (Booksize) Illustr. IX.18.2 Game Server PC (Booksize)

Page 472

08 2006 AGI GmbH

HARDWARE

Illustr. IX.18.3 Novo Unity Server PC (Bandit)

Illustr. IX.18.4 Game Server PC (Bandit) 45M002P1UK-03

Dismounting instructions for the Novo Unity / Game Server PC (see illustr. IX.18.1 - IX.18.4):
1)

Disconnect the power plug to make sure that all devices are powered off within the Novo Unity Server cabinet. Wait for the uninterruptible power supply (UPS) to shut down (this will take maximal ten minutes depending on the setting on the Novo Unity Server). Open the Server Front Door. Remove the holding angel of the PC by releasing the fastening butterfly nut. Open the Server Back Door. Disconnect all connections from the PC. Pull out the PC towards the front of the cabinet. To reinstall follow the above instructions in reverse order.

2)

3) 4) 5) 6) 7) 8)

08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page 473

HARDWARE

IX.18.5 Raid System of the Novo Unity Server IX.18.5.1 Position in the machine
The raid system is situated next to the Novo Unity Server PC. (Please see illustr. IX.18.1 and IX.18.3.)

IX.18.5.2 Function
The raid system provides increased security because data are written simultaneously to two hard disks, that is the system always creates a back-up copy.

IX.18.5.3 Troubleshooting
Please contact the Technical Support of AGI In the event of any problems. Insert slots for hard disks

Illustr. IX.18.5 Raid system of the Novo Unity Server PC

Page 474

08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

HARDWARE

IX.19
IX.19.1
45M002P1UK-03

Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS)

Position in the machine Function Troubleshooting Exchanging the UPS

IX.19.2 IX.19.3 IX.19.4

08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page 475

HARDWARE

IX.19.1 Position in the machine

Please see illustrations IX.6 - IX.10 on pages 380 - 384.

IX.19.2 Function
The UPS (uninterruptible power supply) allows the system to store data safely and shut down the current game in the event of a power failure. In addition, the UPS is capable of compensating power surges and power sags. If the line voltage does not comply with the requirements, the UPS will temporarily switch to battery operation.

IX.19.3 Troubleshooting
UPS is switching itself off: Internal error: Do not use the UPS. Switch off the UPS immediately and have it examined. All indicators light up, and the UPS emits a continuous warning signal: Internal error: Do not use the UPS. Switch off the UPS immediately and have it examined. Sensitivity of UPS to power variances is set too high: To reduce the sensitivity of the UPS press the configuration button on the backside control panel. (Press 1x for reduced, 2x for low and 3x for normal sensitivity). If the UPS sensitivity setting is normal, the configuration LED glows brightly, when set to reduced, the LED glows dimly and when set to low, the LED is off. (These settings are made upon installation of the system by AGI's Technical Support team.) The UPS charges its batteries when the device is connected to line voltage. The batteries are fully charged after the first 4 hours of normal operation time. During this initial charging period the UPS does not yet provide the full nominal capacity (bridgeover time). As a default setting, the UPS issues a warn signal to indicate low battery when the battery can ensure another 2 minutes of operation.
45M002P1UK-03

DANGER
Do not open or damage batteries. Batteries contain toxic electrolyte that can cause skin and eye irritations!

IX.19.4 Exchanging the UPS

If an error occurs that cannot be cleared the defective UPS must be exchanged.

Page 476

08 2006 AGI GmbH

HARDWARE

A B

Illustr. IX.19.1 UPS (front view)

Illustr. IX.19.2 UPS (back view)

Dismounting instructions for the UPS (see illustr. IX.19.1 and IX.19.2):
1) 2) 3)
45M002P1UK-03

Open the Server Display Door.

Login and shut down the server PC. Close the Server Display Door. Open the Server Front Door. Switch off the UPS by pressing the 0 button. Disconnect the power plug to make sure that all devices are powered off within the server cabinet. Open the Server Back Door. Release all plug connections from the UPS, from the server PC and cut-off the binders. Release both screws of the holding angles for the raid system and pull out the raid system towards the front of the cabinet. Pull out the server PC towards the front of the cabinet. Release the screws of the server PC drawer and remove it completely. Dismount the holding angles (B) for the UPS by releasing the eight hexagon head screws (A) on the side wall and on the bottom of the server cabinet. Exchange the UPS. To reinstall follow the above instructions in reverse order. Switch on the UPS by using the I (Test) button at the top front. Page 477

4) 5) 6) 7) 8) 9)

10) 11) 12)

13) 14) 15)

08 2006 AGI GmbH

HARDWARE

Page 478

08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

HARDWARE

IX.20
IX.20.1
45M002P1UK-03

Modem
Position in the machine Explanation Function Troubleshooting

IX.20.2 IX.20.3 IX.20.4

08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page 479

HARDWARE

IX.20.1 Position in the machine

Please see illustration IX.6 on page 380 and illustrations IX.9 and IX.10 on pages 383 - 384 (inside the Novo Unity Server PC).

IX.20.2 Explanation
The modem facilitates the coordination of work between casino technicians and AGI's Technical Support team (employees of AGI) by providing a tool for both to view the desktop (the on-screen display of the program running on the terminal) at the same time. A remote program, NetSupport, allows the Technical Support to view software and hardware related technical problems from the point of view of the technician (game view).

IX.20.3 Function
The remote program runs on the server and on each terminal of the installation to support remote serviceability. Security: In the normal game operation, the system is operated off-line, that means that there is no physical connection (modem cable) between the gaming system and the world outside. In the event of an error, the casino technician connects the modem cable to an existing telephone socket (direct ISDN line or direct analogue line). Software security: A program version (Master) specially licensed for AGI, allows a remote log-on to the terminals (clients). The access is restricted exclusively to members of the Technical Support team of AGI. For security reasons, a protocol file is maintained at the Master registering every step that is performed on the terminal. This protocol file exists on each client and can be viewed by the authorised system administrator or casino technician. A comparison between the protocol file of the master and the protocol file of the client can be made at any time. Visual control: The authorised casino technician can observe every step performed on the server or the client.

IX.20.4 Troubleshooting
Check the connecting plug of the modem. In the event of any problems please contact the Technical Support of AGI.

Page 480

08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

HARDWARE

IX.21
IX.21.1
45M002P1UK-03

Server Interface Board

Position in the machine Function Exchanging the Server Interface Board

IX.21.2 IX.21.3

08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page 481

HARDWARE

IX.21.1 Position in the machine

Please see illustrations IX.6 - IX.10 on pages 380 - 384.

IX.21.2 Function
The door switches of the server are connected to the server interface board. When Novo Touchbet LiveRoulette is installed, the Reader Heads and the maybe used dealer panel are additionally connected to the server interface board.

IX.21.3 Exchanging the Server Interface Board

If an error occurs that cannot be cleared the defective server interface board must be exchanged.

Illustr. IX.21.1 Server interface board

Dismounting the Server Interface Board (see illustr. IX.21.1):

1)

Disconnect the power plug to make sure that all devices are powered off within the Novo Unity Server cabinet. Wait for the uninterruptible power supply (UPS) to shut down (this will take maximal ten minutes depending on the setting on the Novo Unity Server). Open the Server Front Door. Release all plug connections from the server interface board. Release the fastening butterfly nut and raise the metal plate with the server interface board out of the holding angle. Unscrew the server interface board from the fastening metal. To reinstall follow the above instructions in reverse order.
08 2006 AGI GmbH

2)

3) 4) 5)

6) 7) Page 482

45M002P1UK-03

HARDWARE

IX.22
IX.22.1
45M002P1UK-03

Top Light
Position on the machine Function Pin assignment of main wire loom Exchanging the Top Light Operating status indication of the Top Light

IX.22.2 IX.22.3 IX.22.4 IX.22.5

08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page 483

HARDWARE

IX.22.1 Position on the machine

The top light is fixed on top of the terminal.

IX.22.2 Function
The top light indicates the various operation modes (Jackpot, error, service, etc.).

IX.22.3 Pin assignment of the main wire loom

Pin 01 02 03 04 Colour brown blue black nc Function +12V/DC(S) blue light white light nc

IX.22.4 Exchanging the Top Light

Illustr. IX.22.1 Top Light - Terminal FV680PC

Illustr. IX.22.2 Top Light - 8 Player Configuration

Dismounting instruction for the Top Light (see illustr. IX.22.1 or IX.22.2):

Release the fixing screws and the plug connections from the top light and exchange the top light.

Page 484

08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

HARDWARE

IX.22.5

Operating status indication of the Top Light

IX.22.5.1 Novomatic Standard

The various operating statuses are indicated on the toplight (error, service call, etc.):

Blue

Blue

Blue light on: The SERVICE button has been pressed. If the SERVICE button is pressed again by the attendant the light goes off.

White

White

Blue

Blue

White light is blinking quickly: The device is in idle mode with a door opened. The light is blinking until the beginning of the next game.

White

White

45M002P1UK-03

Blue

Blue

Blue light is blinking slowly: Error - the device is not ready for game play. The error message is displayed on the screen. Please see part VII Error Handling.

White

White

Blue

Blue

Blue light is blinking slowly and white light is blinking quickly: Error - the device is not ready for game play. The error message is displayed on the screen and a door of the device is open. Please see part VII Error Handling.

White

White

Blue

Blue

Blue and white lights are blinking slowly: A manual payout by the attendant is required (CANCEL CREDITS or HANDPAY button). Afterwards the lights go off. Page 485

White

White

08 2006 AGI GmbH

HARDWARE

IX.22.5.2 Bally France

The various operating statuses are indicated on the toplight (Jackpot, error, service call, etc.):

Green Red Yellow

Green Red Yellow

Green light is blinking quickly: A limit has been reached. After the manual payout the light goes off.

Green Red Yellow

Green Red Yellow

Red light on: Error - the machine is not ready for game play. The error message is displayed on the screen. Please see part VII Error Handling.
45M002P1UK-03 08 2006 AGI GmbH

Green Red Yellow

Green Red Yellow

Red light is blinking slowly: A door is open on the machine.

Green Red Yellow

Green Red Yellow

Yellow light is blinking quickly: The SERVICE button has been pressed. If the SERVICE button is pressed again by the attendant the light goes off.

Green Red Yellow

Green Red Yellow

Yellow light is blinking slowly: The blackbox was removed or is damaged.

Page 486

HARDWARE

IX.22.5.3 Ontario

White

White

Blue

Blue

At any one time, each of the two tower lights may be in one of the five states as follows: 1) 2) 3) 4) 5) Off means the light is off; On means the light is on continually; Slow Flash means the light is flashing regularly at a 500 millisecond interval; Medium Flash means the light is flashing regularly at a 250 millisecond interval; Fast Flash means the light is flashing regularly at 125 millisecond interval.

There are three separate methods by which a machine may be placed in an unplayable state: 1) 2)
45M002P1UK-03

3)

Administrative mode means that an authorised person has placed the machine in an unplayable state in order to access the setup or recall functions of a machine game. Disabled mode means that an authorised person has placed the machine in an unplayable state for any reason other than those described in administrative mode. Tilt mode means that the machine placed itself in an unplayable state due to some type of malfunction or an exception condition whereby the machine cannot return to a playable state without intervention by an authorised person.

Each of the following combinations of light states are displayed by the machine tower light to indicate the machine operational status that is described therewith until the status is changed by an authorised person:

White (top) Light

Off Off Off

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Coloured (bottom) Light

Off

Machine Operational Status

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Idle and the machine door(s) is (are) closed. Idle and the machine door(s) is (are) open.

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Medium Flash Fast Flash Off On

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Idle and the machine Cashbox Door is open.

On On On

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Change or another service request by patron and the machine door(s) is (are) closed. Machine in disabled mode. The machine door(s) is (are) open and a) a patron is requesting change or another service; or b) the machine is in disabled mode.

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Medium Flash

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

On

Fast Flash

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

The machine is in disabled mode and its Cashbox Door is open.

08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page 487

HARDWARE

White (top) Light

Slow Flash Slow Flash

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Coloured (bottom) Light

Off Slow Flash

Machine Operational Status

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

The machine is in tilt mode and its door(s) is (are) closed.

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

a) The machine is displaying a hand-paid jackpot combination and its door(s) is (are) closed; or b) The machine is displaying a hand-paid jackpot and has gone into tilt mode while its door(s) is (are) closed. a) The machine is displaying a hand-paid jackpot combination and its door(s) is (are) open; or b) The machine is displaying a hand-paid jackpot and has gone into tilt mode while its door(s) is (are) open.

Slow Flash

Medium Flash

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Slow Flash

Fast Flash

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

a) The machine is displaying a hand-paid jackpot combination and its Cashbox Door is open; or b) The machine is displaying a hand-paid jackpot and has gone into tilt mode while its Cashbox Door is open. The machine is in administrative mode and its door(s) is (are) closed.

Fast Flash Fast Flash Fast Flash

Off Medium Flash Fast Flash

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

The machine is in administrative mode and its door(s) is (are) open.

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Additional information:

The Cashbox Door and machine door open operational status conditions have higher priority when more than one condition triggers the display of tower light.

Page 488

08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

The machine is in administrative mode and its Cashbox Door is open.

HARDWARE

IX.23
IX.23.1
45M002P1UK-03

Airwheel for Novo Multi-Roulette

Position in the machine Function Description of Components Sensor Adjustment Programmable Logic Controller (PLC)

IX.23.2 IX.23.3 IX.23.4 IX.23.5

08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page 489

HARDWARE

IX.23.1 Position in the machine

Please see illustration IX.4 on page 360 and illustration IX.5 on page 361.

IX.23.2 Function
The mechanical Roulette wheel is used to determine the winning numbers. The determination of the winning numbers is completely random because the time when the ball is launched and the operating time of the fan vary in each game. For additionally enhanced randomness, the ball is launched alternately left and right. (Please see illustrations below.)

Illustr.

IX.23.1 Roulette wheel with plexiglass dome

DANGER
The below service instructions are intended for trained and authorised personnel only.

Page 490

08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

HARDWARE

IX.23.3 Description of Components

A B

45M002P1UK-03

D
Illustr. IX.23.2 Roulette bowl with cover and plexiglass dome removed

Description of illustration IX.23.2:

A - No More Bets sensor (item no. 09600031) This sensor verifies whether the ball has come to rest on the number ring of the wheel. (Please see section on sensor adjustment below.) - Laser sensor cable (delivered attached to the sensor!) Power supply of the sensor. - Pocket sensor (item no. 09600021) This sensor verifies whether the ball has fallen into a pocket. (Please see section on sensor adjustment below.) - Adjusting screw This screw is used to adjust the height of the laser beams.

08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page 491

HARDWARE

Illustr.

IX.23.3 Roulette bowl with wheel and cone removed

- Infrared sensor (Item no. 35500115) Sensor used to determine the winning number (Please see section on sensor adjustment below.) - Infrared sensor (item no. 35500115) Sensor used to determine the zero position on the Roulette wheel. (Please see section on sensor adjustment below.) - Ball collecting channel (item no. 31400029) This component takes the Roulette ball to the slide (ball launching mechanism).

Page 492

08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

Description of illustration IX.23.3:

HARDWARE

I
45M002P1UK-03

Illustr.

IX.23.4 Roulette bowl with ball channel removed

Description of illustration IX.23.4:

H I - Lift mechanism unit (lift motor item no. 17100027) - Adjusting nut This nut is used to adjust the height of the Roulette wheel. - Microswitches These two microswitches are used to adjust the lifting and lowering height (of the wheel cone and centrepiece).

08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page 493

HARDWARE

L K M

N
Illustr. IX.23.5 Roulette bowl (seen from below)

Description of illustration IX.23.5:

K - Wheel drive unit (item no. 40450307) (gear motor item no. 17100026 drive rings item no. 60400128) - Ball launching mechanism (slide) - complete unit (item no. 40450288) Takes the Roulette ball to the correct launching position. - Fan (radial fan) (item no. 17110006) - Wire-loom Airwheel (item no. 38000621-0) The four positions indicated mark the connections of the PLC (Programmable Logic Controller).

M N

Additional spare parts: Ball flap foil (in the bowl - ball launch) Roulette ball PLC unit

item no. 25900019 item no. 86820007 item no. 40450151

Page 494

08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

HARDWARE

45M002P1UK-03

Illustr.

IX.23.6 Adjustment of the axis (Roulette bowl seen from below)

Description of illustration IX.23.6:

O - Cheese-head screws (3 or 4 pieces) These screws are used to adjust the wheel horizontally (screw only quite carefully mm by mm).

08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page 495

HARDWARE

Description of the normal wheel operation

- Lift motor (cone with centrepiece) rises. - The Roulette ball runs through drillings to drop into the ball collecting channel. - One ball rolls into the air-operated ball launching mechanism (slide). - Lift motor (cone with centrepiece) goes down. - Roulette wheel starts to spin. - The slide (ball launching mechanism) moves the ball into the respective launch position. - The fan is activated and spins the Roulette ball through the launching tube into the Roulette wheel. - The ball falls into a pocket. - The ball is detected by the pocket sensor. The position of the wheel is determined by the lower infrared sensors. The second laser sensor is designed to ensure increased security (e.g. it detects the ball if it comes to rest on the number ring of the wheel).
45M002P1UK-03

Page 496

08 2006 AGI GmbH

HARDWARE

IX.23.4 Sensor Adjustment NOTE

Concerning the Multi-Player Configuration (FS681PC) terminal 8 must be pushed away from installation, before adjusting the sensors located on the Roulette bowl.

ATTENTION
Open and fix the wheel door carefully. The plexiglass dome scratches easily.

45M002P1UK-03

Illustr.

IX.23.7 Ball detection

Ball detection: (Move the wheel until number 0 is aligned in front of the sensor.) To adjust the Pocket sensor place the ball in the pocket centrally against the outer pocket wall separating the pocket from the number ring. Adjust the sensor so that the red dot is on the centre of the ball about 1 mm above the aluminium edge of the number ring (using the adjusting screw located on the outside of the sensor). The control LEDs of the sensor must glow yellow and green when the ball is hit in the centre by the laser beam. The sensor must be so adjusted that only the green LED is on when the ball is placed against the left or the right compartment divider within the pocket. The sensitivity of the sensor can be adjusted using the potentiometer located just behind the control LEDs. The sensitivity must be increased if the sensor cannot detect the ball accurately (the beam hits the ball in the centre --> LEDs glow red and yellow). If the detection area is too large the sensitivity must be decreased (yellow LED on the sensor does not go off when the ball is moved towards the left or the right side of the pocket).

08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page 497

HARDWARE

Number ring detection To adjust the No More Bets sensor, first place the Roulette ball in a pocket against the pocket's outer wall separating the pocket from the number ring. The laser beam should now be about 2-3 mm above the ball. The ball should not be detected by the number ring detection sensor when it is in a pocket. The laser beam should hit the ball only if it comes to rest outside the pocket. When the beam hits the ball lying between the border of the bowl and the number ring, the control LED must glow green.

Illustr.

IX.23.8 Number ring detection 45M002P1UK-03

Two more sensors are located below the Roulette wheel. Lift the Roulette wheel (brown cone) using the lift motor and CAREFULLY lay the wheel beside the device (approx. 12 kg).

Page 498

08 2006 AGI GmbH

HARDWARE

Infrared sensors (located underneath the wheel attached to the Roulette bowl)

ATTENTION
When adjusting the infrared sensors, it is advisable to also check the laser sensor for ball-in-pocket detection, as described in the procedures below. The infrared sensors detect the black marks on the bottom side of the wheel. The inner sensor is responsible for the detection of the 0 position of the wheel. The outer sensor counts the narrow black marks (37 or 38) thus indicating the position of the wheel. The sensors are accurately adjusted if: 1) the black strips on the wheel run exactly through the centre of the outer sensor 2) both sensors are not activated at the same time (LED 6 and LED 7 on the PLC input side must not go off at the same time). For an accurate adjustment of the infrared sensors, first choose a number, then slowly move the wheel to the right until LED 6 on the PLC goes off. Mark this position (e.g. by using a pencil). Now slowly turn the wheel to the left until LED 6 on the PLC goes off. Mark the position and move the wheel to the centre position just in between the two positions you have marked. Hold the wheel steady so that it will not move, place the ball in the pocket on which the laser sensor for the ball detection is directed.

45M002P1UK-03

The laser sensor must be adjusted so that 1) it detects the ball if the ball is placed in about the centre of the pocket (LEDs glow green and yellow) and 2) it does not detect the ball any more if the ball is in the pocket and is moved to the left or to the right against the dividers of the pocket (one LED on the sensor glows green, yellow goes off).

Illustr.

IX.23.9 Sensors must be adjusted towards the centre of the Roulette bowl

08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page 499

HARDWARE

Page 500

08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

HARDWARE

IX.23.5 Programmable Logic Controller (PLC)

The PLC (programmable logic controller) is the electronic control unit of the Roulette wheel. It is responsible for the control and the evaluation of the sensors and the microswitches.

PLC assignment - inputs and outputs: Input 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11

45M002P1UK-03

Function wheel in lift position wheel down position slide out slide in without function laser ball-in-pocket detection outer IR sensor inner IR sensor laser number ring detection without function doorswitch bowl without function

Output 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07

Function reversal (on=lifts wheel and changes direction of wheel spin to the left) fan wheel drive without function wheel turn time change lift motor slide motor without function

08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page 501

HARDWARE

Illustr.

IX.23.10 PLC cabinet

A
Illustr. IX.23.11 Exchange of the PLC

Illustr. IX.23.12 PLC - Front view

Page 502

08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

HARDWARE

Illustr.

IX.23.13 Relays R1 and R2 - detail view

Illustr.

IX.23.14 PLC - detail view

If an error occurs that cannot be cleared the defective programmable logic controller unit must be exchanged.

Dismounting instructions for the Programmable Logic Controller (see illustrations IX.23.10 - IX.23.12):
1) installation. 2)
45M002P1UK-03

Concerning the Stand-Alone Configuration (FS690) the Wheel Service Door has to be opened. Concerning the Multi-Player Configuration (FS681) terminal 8 must be pushed away from

Depending on the jurisdiction the PLC may be installed in a cabinet. In this case open the cabinet with the respective key. Disconnect the main plug of the PLC and both plug connections from the PLC to the Roulette bowl (C). In case of an existing fan release the clamp fixing the fan cable (B). Release the three screws (A) of the fastening wood plate of the PLC unit and pull it out towards the front. Exchange the PLC unit. Reinstall the PLC unit following the above instructions in reverse order.

3)

4) 5)

6) 7)

08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page 503

HARDWARE

Page 504

08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

HARDWARE

IX.24
IX.24.1
45M002P1UK-03

Camera
Technical Data Screen-in-Screen System

IX.24.2

08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page 505

HARDWARE

IX.24.1 Technical Data

The cameras used are Pulnix TMC6700 and Pulnix TMC6760. They are modern high-speed colour cameras with a 24-bit resolution and reach a high image repeat rate of 60 frames/s, which allows a nonflickering reproduction of moving objects (e.g. Roulette wheel). Programmable frame grabbers enable reprogramming of the entire grabber hardware. The system is carefully adjusted to the connected camera and enables the transmission of image data to be transmitted via a network. Please see illustrations in section II.9 Network Configuration.

IX.24.2 Screen-in-Screen System

The moving object is recorded by the camera, which is connected to an image capturing system. This system is located in the Game Server. The image data are recorded by the frame grabber, which transmits a section of the entire image to the Game Server and subsequently to clients (i.e. the terminals).

Page 506

08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

HARDWARE

IX.25
IX.25.1
45M002P1UK-03

Dealer Panel
Dealer Panel for Novo Multi-Roulette Dealer Panel for Novo Touchbet Live-Roulette

IX.25.2

08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page 507

HARDWARE

IX.25.1 Dealer Panel for Novo Multi-Roulette

As the Multi-Roulette system incorporates an electromechanical Roulette wheel, it is not standard that a dealer is employed. However, a special solution offers the possibility of a manual ball launch carried out by a dealer instead of the automatic ball launch in standard case. Therefore the dealer panel will be connected to the server interface board in the Game Server cabinet. Afterwards a dealer can launch the ball manually by pressing the green button on the dealer panel in the Finish Betting game phase. Please note that for this function the parameter Manual ball launch button has to be activated and the parameter Wheel Game Mode has to be set to Dynamic mode on the Novo Unity Server. Please see also part V Novo Unity Server - section V.3.2.2.4 Multi-Roulette.

Illustr. IX.25.1 Dealer Panel for Novo Multi-Roulette

Page 508

08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

HARDWARE

IX.25.2 Dealer Panel for Novo Touchbet Live-Roulette

The dealer panel is connected to the server interface board in the server cabinet. By pressing the red button on the dealer panel the dealer has the possibility to intervene in the game play in instances of a ball detection error caused by the Reader Heads or by an invalid spin. Please see part VII Error Handling. After pressing the green button on the dealer panel the players will be informed about a dealer change by the message Dealer has changed displayed on all terminal screens. Display: On the display of the dealer panel game relevant data like game phases, hot/cold number information, spin ball message, etc. can be provided to the dealer. In addition an acoustic signal can be activated appearing concurrently with the visual spin ball message. For detailed information on parameter settings affecting the dealer panel. Please see part V Novo Unity Server - section V.3.2.2.3 Live-Roulette.

45M002P1UK-03

Illustr. IX.25.2 Dealer Panel for Novo Touchbet Live-Roulette

08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page 509

HARDWARE

Page 510

08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

HARDWARE

IX.26

Reader Heads for Novo Touchbet Live-Roulette

Description of the Advanced Reader Heads Installation of the Advanced Reader Heads Troubleshooting

IX.26.1
45M002P1UK-03

IX.26.2 IX.26.3

08 2006 AGI GmbH

P a g e 5 11

HARDWARE

IX.26.1 Description of the Advanced Reader Heads

The Advanced Reader Head (ARH) sensor device enables the system to detect the winning number from virtually all types of Roulette wheels. For an utmost level of security, two Reader Heads are used and interconnected through the server interface board for data evaluation. The Advanced Reader Head sensor sends a signal, through the Game Server, to the connected terminals for the No More Bets message.

Reader Head

Illustr. IX.26.1 Roulette wheel with Reader Head

IX.26.2 Installation of the Advanced Reader Heads

45M002P1UK-03

The Reader Heads are mounted and adjusted upon the initial installation of the system at the location.

ATTENTION
The ball used for adjustment must be the same as the ball used for the actual game operation. The light situation during the adjustment procedure must correspond to the light situation during the game operation. An alteration of the lighting conditions after adjustment may cause an increased number of ball recognition failures. At every subsequent restart of the system the Reader Heads will be reinitialised automatically.

IX.26.3 Troubleshooting
If an error occurs please contact the Technical Support of AGI.

Page 512

08 2006 AGI GmbH

Annex A EC Declaration of Conformity

45M002P1UK-03

08 2006

Wiener Strasse 158 A-2352 Gumpoldskirchen Austria Europe Tel.: +43-2252-606 www.austrian-gaming.com e-mail: support@novomatic.com

Austrian Gaming Industries GmbH

ANNEX A

Page A2

08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

ANNEX A

45M002P1UK-03

08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page A3

ANNEX A

Page A4

08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

ANNEX A

45M002P1UK-03

08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page A5

ANNEX A

Page A6

08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

ANNEX A

45M002P1UK-03

08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page A7

ANNEX A

Page A8

08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

ANNEX A

45M002P1UK-03

08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page A9

ANNEX A

Page A10

08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

Annex B List of Illustrations

45M002P1UK-03

08 2006

Wiener Strasse 158 A-2352 Gumpoldskirchen Austria Europe Tel.: +43-2252-606 www.austrian-gaming.com e-mail: support@novomatic.com

Austrian Gaming Industries GmbH

ANNEX B

Page B2

08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

ANNEX B

Illustration Illustr. Illustr. Illustr. Illustr. Illustr. Illustr. Illustr. Illustr. Illustr. Illustr. Illustr. Illustr. Illustr. Illustr. Illustr. Illustr. Illustr. Illustr. Illustr. Illustr. Illustr. Illustr. Illustr. Illustr. Illustr. Illustr. Illustr. Illustr. Illustr. Illustr. Illustr. Illustr. Illustr. Illustr. Illustr. Illustr. Illustr. 0.1 I.1 I.2 I.3 I.4 I.5 I.6 I.7 I.8 I.9 I.10 I.11 I.12 I.13 I.14 I.15 I.16 I.17 I.18 I.19 I.20 I.21 I.22 I.23 II.1 II.2 II.3 II.4 II.5 II.6 II.7 II.8 II.9 II.10 II.11 II.12 II.13

Description ID plate Dimensions Terminal FV680PC (in millimetres) Dimensions Terminal FV680PC 8 Player Configuration (in millimetres) Dimensions Square Top FV680PC (in millimetres) Dimensions Terminal FV623PC (in millimetres) Dimensions Square Tops FV623PC (in millimetres) Dimensions bottom part FV623PC (in millimetres) Dimensions 8 Player Configuration FS681 (in millimetres) Dimensions Roulette Bowl FS690 (in millimetres) Dimensions Novo Unity Server FS695PC / Game Server FS696PC (in millimetres) Dimensions Game Server FS696PC (in millimetres) Dimensions Dealer Board (in millimetres) Dimensions Animation Display FS773 (in millimetres) Dimensions Camera (in millimetres) Description of Components Terminal FV680PC Description of Components Terminal FV623PC Description of Components 8 Player Configuration FS681 Description of Components Roulette Bowl FS690 Description of Components Novo Unity Server FS695PC Description of Components Game Server FS696PC for Novo Multi- and Flying-Roulette Description of Components Game Server FS696PC for Novo Touchbet Live-Roulette Description of Components Game and Novo Unity Server FS695PC for Novo Multi- and Flying-Roulette Description of Components Game and Novo Unity Server FS695PC for Novo Touchbet Live-Roulette Description of Components Animation Display FS773 Meter Interface Door Switches Terminal FV680PC Door Switch Server Display Door (FS695PC) Door Switch Server Back Door (FS695PC) Door Switch Server Front Door (FS695PC) Door Switch Server Front Door (FS696PC) Door Switch Server Back Door (FS696PC) Door Switch Wheel Service Door Door Switch Wheel Door Data network configuration (Novo Multi-Roulette and Novo Touchbet Live-Roulette) Data network configuration (Novo Flying-Roulette) Camera star layout network configuration Camera daisy chain network configuration (optional)

Page 2 15 15 16 17 17 18 19 20 21 22 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 30 31 31 32 32 33 33 34 42 43 44 44 44 45 45 46 46 52 53 54 55

45M002P1UK-03

08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page B3

ANNEX B

Illustration Illustr. Illustr. Illustr. Illustr. Illustr. Illustr. Illustr. Illustr. Illustr. Illustr. Illustr. Illustr. Illustr. Illustr. Illustr. Illustr. Illustr. Illustr. Illustr. Illustr. Illustr. Illustr. Illustr. Illustr. Illustr. Illustr. Illustr. Illustr. Illustr. Illustr. Illustr. Illustr. Illustr. Illustr. Illustr. Illustr. Illustr. VII.1 VII.2 VII.3 VII.4 VII.5 VII.6 VII.7 VII.8 VII.9 VII.10 VII.11 VII.12 VII.13 VII.14 VII.15 VII.16 VII.17 VII.18 VII.19 VII.20 VII.21 VII.22 VII.23 VII.24 VII.25 VIII.1 IX.1 IX.2 IX.3 IX.4 IX.5 IX.6 IX.7 IX.8 IX.9 IX.10 IX.11

Description Fuses and light diode on mains supply unit Main switch Position of audit key switch Example for an error message Memory chip FRAM FM24C04A-P FRAM position on the multi-Interface P425 PLC-Power supply Plug connection from PLC to Roulette bowl Lift motor Limit switches for lift device Limit switches for the linear actuator motor Wheel drive motor Pivot arm of motor mounting Wheel drive motor - detail Worn drive rings Infrared sensors (from top) Alignment of infrared sensors Foil on underneath side of wheel Voltage control board P500 Evaluation electronics board P328 Rectangular sensor Cylindric sensor Ball transport tracks Ball transport tracks - detail Connections of the Reader Heads Cleaning of the bill acceptor Description of Components Terminal FV680PC Description of Components Terminal FV623PC Block diagram Description of Components 8 Player Configuration FS681 Description of Components Roulette Bowl FS690 Description of Components Novo Unity Server FS695PC Description of Components Game Server FS696PC for Novo Multi- and Flying-Roulette Description of Components Game Server FS696PC for Novo Touchbet Live-Roulette Description of Components Novo Unity and Game Server FS695PC for Novo Multi- and Flying-Roulette Description of Components Novo Unity and Game Server FS695PC for Novo Touchbet Live-Roulette Description of Components Animation Display FS773

Page 323 323 325 325 341 341 349 349 351 352 353 354 354 354 354 355 355 355 356 357 358 358 359 359 362 365 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 381 382 382 383 383 384 384 385

Page B4

08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

ANNEX B

Illustration Illustr. Illustr. Illustr. Illustr. Illustr. Illustr. Illustr. Illustr. Illustr. Illustr. Illustr. Illustr. Illustr. Illustr. Illustr. Illustr. Illustr. Illustr. Illustr. Illustr. Illustr. Illustr. Illustr. Illustr. Illustr. Illustr. Illustr. Illustr. Illustr. Illustr. Illustr. Illustr. Illustr. Illustr. Illustr. Illustr. Illustr. Illustr. Illustr. Illustr. Illustr. Illustr. Illustr. Illustr. Illustr. Illustr. Illustr.
08 2006 AGI GmbH

Description Fuses and LED on main power supply unit Main switch Exchange of the main power supply Modular power supply Exchange of the switching power supply Exchanging the bill acceptor WBA Exchanging the bill acceptor UBA Components WBA-25-SS2 Components UBA Collecting bills - WBA-25-SS2 Collecting bills - UBA Removing jammed bills - WBA-25-SS2 Removing jammed bills - UBA Acceptor unit Dip switches before adjustment Dip switches after adjustment Coin acceptor in the machine Coin acceptor mounting Exchange of the hopper Pin assignment of the hopper (back side) Exploded diagram of the hopper (MK IV) Ticket Printer (in the bill acceptor hood) Service Door - opened Ticket Printer in the Top Large Door Ticket Printer Retainer Cover - Ticket Slot Ticket Slot Ticket Slot - Illumination Loading tickets Removing loaded tickets Ticket Printer Ithaca EPIC 950 - Status LED Ticket Printer Ithaca EPIC 950 - Firmware Upgrade Mechanical meters (top view) Meters unit (back view) Mechanical meters Exchanging the bill acceptor illumination Exchange of the meter illumination Exchanging the spotlights Exchanging the lamps on the number corona Dismounting the monitor (terminal) Connections of the multi-interface Exchange of the multi-interface Dismounting Bandit PC Dismounting Booksize PC Dismounting the PC Security Cover Dismounting the bracket in front of the PC Dismounting the Cover of the security board

Page 388 388 390 391 395 398 398 399 399 400 400 401 401 402 402 402 405 405 408 409 410 412 412 413 413 413 413 413 414 415 416 417 421 421 421 424 424 425 425 428 434 435 439 439 440 440 440 Page B5

IX.1.1 IX.1.2 IX.1.3 IX.1.4 IX.2.1 IX.3.1 IX.3.2 IX.3.3 IX.3.4 IX.3.5 IX.3.6 IX.3.7 IX.3.8 IX.3.9 IX.3.10 IX.3.11 IX.4.1 IX.4.2 IX.5.1 IX.5.2 IX.5.3 IX.6.1 IX.6.2 IX.6.3 IX.6.4 IX.6.5 IX.6.6 IX.6.7 IX.6.8 IX.6.9 IX.6.10 IX.6.11 IX.7.1 IX.7.2 IX.7.3 IX.8.1 IX.8.2 IX.8.3 IX.8.4 IX.9.1 IX.11.1 IX.11.2 IX.12.1 IX.12.2 IX.12.3 IX.12.4 IX.12.5

45M002P1UK-03

ANNEX B

Illustration Illustr. Illustr. Illustr. Illustr. Illustr. Illustr. Illustr. Illustr. Illustr. Illustr. Illustr. Illustr. Illustr. Illustr. Illustr. Illustr. Illustr. Illustr. Illustr. Illustr. Illustr. Illustr. Illustr. Illustr. Illustr. Illustr. Illustr. Illustr. Illustr. Illustr. Illustr. Illustr. Illustr. Illustr. Illustr. Illustr. Illustr. Illustr. Illustr. Illustr. Illustr. Illustr. Illustr. IX.12.6 IX.12.7 IX.12.8 IX.13.1 IX.13.2 IX.13.3 IX.13.4 IX.13.5 IX.14.1 IX.14.2 IX.14.3 IX.14.4 IX.15.1 IX.15.2 IX.17.1 IX.17.2 IX.18.1 IX.18.2 IX.18.3 IX.18.4 IX.18.5 IX.19.1 IX.19.2 IX.21.1 IX.22.1 IX.22.2 IX.23.1 IX.23.2 IX.23.3 IX.23.4 IX.23.5 IX.23.6 IX.23.7 IX.23.8 IX.23.9 IX.23.10 IX.23.11 IX.23.12 IX.23.13 IX.23.14 IX.25.1 IX.25.2 IX.26.1

Description Disconnecting the plug connections of the security board Position of the PC card - Booksize PC Connections PC card Dismounting the PC Security Cover Dismounting the bracket in front of the PC Dismounting the Cover of the security board Dismounting the security board Security board - Connectors Animation Display Service Door closed Animation Display Service Door open Rear view Animation Display PC (Bandit) Rear view Animation Display PC (Booksize) Network distributor (8-port HUB) Network distributor (16-port HUB) 10.4" LCD/TFT Display Dealer Board (Game Server) Dismounting the 19z monitor (Novo Unity Server/Game Server) Novo Unity Server PC (Booksize) Game Server PC (Booksize) Novo Unity Server PC (Bandit) Game Server PC (Bandit) Raid system of the Novo Unity Server PC UPS (front view) UPS (back view) Server interface board Top Light - Terminal FV680PC Top Light - 8 Player Configuration Roulette wheel with plexiglass dome Roulette bowl with cover and plexiglass dome removed Roulette bowl with wheel and cone removed Roulette bowl with ball channel removed Roulette bowl (seen from below) Adjustment of the axis (Roulette bowl seen from below) Ball detection Number ring detection Sensors must be adjusted towards the centre of the Roulette bowl PLC cabinet Exchange of the PLC PLC - Front view Relays R1 and R2 - detail view PLC - detail view Dealer Panel for Novo Multi-Roulette Dealer Panel for Novo Touchbet Live-Roulette Roulette wheel with Reader Head

Page 440 450 451 454 454 454 455 456 459 459 459 459 462 462 468 469 472 472 473 473 474 477 477 482 484 484 490 491 492 493 494 495 497 498 499 502 502 502 503 503 508 509 512

Page B6

08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

Annex C Novo CAM (Camera Analysing Module)

Version: 0.2.5.6 or higher

45M002P1UK-03

08 2006

Wiener Strasse 158 A-2352 Gumpoldskirchen Austria Europe Tel.: +43-2252-606 www.austrian-gaming.com e-mail: support@novomatic.com

Austrian Gaming Industries GmbH

ANNEX C

Page C2

08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

ANNEX C

Table of Contents
1 General Information C5 C5 C6 C7 C15 C15 C23 C37

1.1 Network Configuration of the Novo Camera Analysing Module 1.2 Camera Placement 1.3 Drop-Down Menus 2 Configuration

2.1 Automatic Configuration Process 2.2 Advanced Configuration 3 Main Window

45M002P1UK-03

08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page C3

ANNEX C

Page C4

08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

ANNEX C

General Information

1.1 Network Configuration of the Novo Camera Analysing Module

Camera TMC 6760

Camera Link

Ethernet Out Ethernet Out Ethernet In

Roulette Wheel

Ethernet

Game Server

Camera Server PC

USB

USB USB Camera Module (NetLink Frame Grabber)

Ethernet

Winning Number

Camera Image

Ethernet
NO BILLS INSERT BILLS

45M002P1UK-03

NO BILLS INSERT BILLS

NO BILLS INSERT BILLS

Terminal XX Animation Display Terminal 2

Terminal 1
Novo Unity Server

1 GB Switch

Ethernet

Router

Camera Ethernet Data Ethernet

Illustr. 1 08 2006 AGI GmbH Network Configuration of the Novo Camera Analysing Module

Page C5

ANNEX C

1.2 Camera Placement

To ensure the best possible quality and processability for the transferred image place the camera above the Roulette wheel as illustrated below:

Camera TMC 6760

Roulette Wheel k
h (camera height) 2200 mm (camera angle) 8 k (pocket ring diameter) = 450 mm F (focal length) 12 mm
45M002P1UK-03 08 2006 AGI GmbH Illustr. 2 Camera Placement

NOTE
The above values have been determined for a pocket ring diameter (k) of 450 millimetres. If the pocket ring diameter is reasonably different, the values may need to be changed accordingly.

Page C6

ANNEX C

1.3 Drop-Down Menus 1.3.1 Logged Out

Across the top of the program window a menu bar with three drop-down menus is provided: Security Level, Detection and View.

Function:

Path: Security Level

Function:

Users can authenticate themselves by entering their password and subsequently will be given the respective user rights. After clicking on the Login command the following window will be displayed:

45M002P1UK-03

Description:
User Password OK Cancel

- Use the drop-down button to select the user (Supervisor, Administrator, Producer). - Enter the valid password. - Select the OK button to allow the password check. - Select the Cancel button to abort the process without logging in and to close the window.

Additional information:

All characters entered by a user are displayed with an asterisk * in the edit window. After login the following window appears confirming the security level of the user logged in. Select the OK button to continue:

08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page C7

ANNEX C

Path: Detection

Function:
Exit

- Select this command to shut down the Novo CAM application.

Path: View \ Info

Info

- Opens the below illustrated window showing software and copyright information.

Page C8

08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

ANNEX C

1.3.2 Logged In Path: Security Level

After login the drop-down menu Parameters will be added to the menu bar provided across the top of the program window. Depending on the users access rights the menus contain certain commands described below.

Function:
Logout

- Use this command to terminate access.

Path: Detection

45M002P1UK-03

Function:

Start Processing Stop Processing Automatic Configuration

Advanced Configuration

Exit

- Starts the Novo CAM application. - Stops the Novo CAM application. - Starts the automatic configuration process that can be executed after login as Supervisor, Administrator or Producer. This configuration method leads through the process step by step and automatically detects the settings. - Starts the advanced configuration process that can only be executed after login as Administrator or Producer. By selecting this configuration method it is possible to either go through the process step by step or to directly select one single setting that needs to be changed. The settings can be automatically defined but also manually, if the results of the automatic configuration are undesirable. Furthermore Additional Settings are offered that can only be modified after the advanced configuration method has been selected. - Select this command to shut down the Novo CAM application.

08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page C9

ANNEX C

Path: Parameters

Function:

Load Parameters Save Parameters Load Parameters From File

Save Parameters To File

- Loads the default parameter file. - Saves configuration results in the default parameter file. - Opens a window where the desired parameter file can be selected. Highlight the file and select the Open button to apply the settings saved in this file to the Novo CAM application. - Saves specified configuration settings in a file that can be reloaded with the command Load Parameters From File.

Page C10

08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

ANNEX C

Path: View \ Preview Window

Function:

Preview Window

- Opens the below illustrated camera preview window where the whole detection process can be watched.

INFORMATION
For the indication of the camera image the configuration has to be completed first.

45M002P1UK-03

08 2006 AGI GmbH

P a g e C 11

ANNEX C

Path: View \ System Status

System Status

- Opens the below illustrated window showing information on the current system status of the Novo CAM application.

Description:
System Status

Frame Rate [fps] Game Phase Error Ball Speed [rpm] (Ball) Direction Wheel Speed [rpm] (Wheel) Direction Winning Number OK Page C12

- Phases during the ball recognition process: a) IDLE: Stand-by mode. b) Wait Game: Before the ball is launched. c) Before Finish Betting: Right after the ball has been launched. d) Finish Betting: During rotation of the ball in the rim. e) Verify Lighting: During rotation of the ball in the rim. f) Win Detect: After the ball has fallen into a pocket. g) Win Celebrate: After the winning number has been detected. - The number of frames (images) processed by the Novo CAM application every second. - Game phase display (Place Bets, Finish Betting, No More Bets and Win Celebrate) - Error display area. - Speed of the ball in revolutions per minute (rpm). - Spin direction of the ball (clockwise / anticlockwise). - Speed of the Roulette wheel in revolutions per minute (rpm). - Spin direction of the Roulette wheel (clockwise / anticlockwise) - Detected winning number. - Closes the window.
08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

ANNEX C

Path: View \ Log File

Log File

- Opens the log file in a separate window (see below).

45M002P1UK-03

Description:

DATE and TIME DESCRIPTION Pg Up Pg Dn Ln Up Ln Dn Home End Refresh Close

08 2006 AGI GmbH

- Date and time of the event. - Designation of the event, for example: Game stopped / started, loading files and parameters, register parameter limits, etc. - Go to previous page. - Go to next page. - Go back one line. - Go to next line. - Show first entry. - Show last entry. - Performs an update (required only if the window is open for a longer period of time while games are being played in the background). - Closes the window. Page C13

ANNEX C

Additional information:

When the Options button is selected the below window will be displayed:

Description:

Activate the respective check boxes in the left part of the window to select the types of events to be displayed. If no check box is selected, all events of the selected period will be displayed. TIME OPTIONS Last Month Last Week Last Day Last Hour Advanced CANCEL Set

When the Export button in the Log file window is selected the following window will be opened:

Enter the file name in the edit field and accept the suggested folder to save the log file as a text file. The location can also be changed, but do not select the write protected disk C:\ ! Activate the check box next to Read only, if you would like to make sure that no changes can be made. Select the OK button to carry out the process.

INFORMATION
The Network button has no function! Page C14
08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

- Shows all events of the last month. - Shows all events of the last week. - Shows all events of the last day. - Shows all events of the last hour. - Press this button to activate the edit fields from and to to enter a selected period. - Closes the window. - Displays events for the selected period of time and closes the window.

ANNEX C

Configuration

2.1 Automatic Configuration Process

1) Place the camera above the Roulette wheel as illustrated in section 1.2 Camera Placement.

2)

Select the command Automatic Configuration in the menu Detection to open the following configuration window.

45M002P1UK-03

Descriptive illustration

3) 4)

Click on the Start button to start the configuration process beginning with the first step Image Position. Manually adjust focus and zoom ring of the camera to obtain the best possible image.

08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page C15

ANNEX C

5) 6)

7)

8) 9)

Select the Continue button to proceed to the next step Colour Adjustment. Determine the values for the Red and Blue Scaling Factor by using the sliders to adjust the camera image to the lighting conditions of the casino. The values are correct when the red and green pockets are clearly distinctive from each other building the best possible contrast to the rest of the image.

Page C16

08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

Use the arrow buttons to adjust image offset and size so that nothing is visible except for the Roulette bowl. Select the applicable Bayer init (Bayer RGB colour filter array, CFA) by using the arrow buttons. Test all levels (0-3) and choose the number displaying the pockets of the Roulette wheel in their real colour. Select the Accept button to save your settings.

ANNEX C

10) Confirm with the Accept button and proceed to the next step Rim Outer Border. 11) Stop the Roulette wheel. 12) Launch the ball and click the Continue button. A video will be recorded to determine the position of the rim.
45M002P1UK-03

13) Select the Accept button when the rim is closely covered by the circle displayed. For all other cases use the Retry button to repeat the process. 14) Remove the ball and turn the Roulette wheel. 15) Click the Continue button. A video will be recorded to determine the position of the Roulette wheel.

08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page C17

ANNEX C

19) Select the Continue button. A video will be recorded to determine the position of the pocket ring. 20) Select the Accept button when the pocket ring is placed between both circles displayed. For all other cases use the Retry button to repeat the process. 21) Click the Continue button. The video already recorded will be analysed to determine the position of the green pocket. Page C18
08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

16) Select the Accept button when the wheel is closely covered by the displayed circle with the rim completely outside. For all other cases use the Retry button to repeat the process. 17) Click the Continue button. Skip the following setting Fast Spin Detection (deactivated by default). 18) Therefore select the Accept button without activating the check box in the Fast Spin Detection window.

ANNEX C

45M002P1UK-03

22) To display the detected result select the Continue button. 23) Select the Accept button when only the green pocket is blue highlighted and marked with a green cross for (nearly) the whole video sequence. For all other cases use the Retry button to repeat the process. 24) Click the Continue button. The video already recorded will be analysed to determine the position of the red pockets.

25) To display the detected result select the Continue button. 26) Select the Accept button when only the red pockets are blue highlighted for (nearly) the whole video sequence. For all other cases use the Retry button to repeat the process by recording a further video for analysis.
08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page C19

ANNEX C

27) Click the Continue button. The video already recorded will be analysed to determine the current lighting conditions in the casino (brightness, lighting spots, etc.). This analysis takes only a few seconds and does not require any confirmation.

29) Move the pocket with the ball into the framed sector. 30) After successful recognition the ball will be marked with a blue cross. Select the Accept button to perform the calibration for the next sector. If the recognition has failed select the Retry button to repeat the process for the current sector or choose the Skip button to ignore the current sector. Page C20
08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

28) Place the ball in a black pocket between two red pockets and click the Continue button. The Roulette bowl will appear grey coloured. One sector of the pocket ring will be framed with a blue line.

ANNEX C

ATTENTION
Please consider that not more than three sectors should be skipped during the complete Ball in Pocket calibration process! 31) Repeat the calibration for all sectors. 32) Click the Continue button to complete the configuration process. The following message will be displayed:

33) Select the Yes button to save all settings defined during the configuration process. Finally the following window will be displayed:

45M002P1UK-03

34) Select the Default button to save in the default file or the Custom button to save in a new file.

08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page C21

ANNEX C

Page C22

08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

ANNEX C

2.2 Advanced Configuration Function:

The advanced configuration process can only be executed after login as Administrator or Producer. By selecting this configuration method it is possible to either go through the process step by step or to directly select one single setting that needs to be changed. The settings can be automatically defined but also manually after selecting the Advanced button.

NOTE
Please note that it is recommended to go through the automatic configuration process first. Only if the results are undesirable the advanced (manual) configuration should be considered! Furthermore Additional Settings are offered that can only be modified after the advanced configuration method has been started.

45M002P1UK-03

08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page C23

ANNEX C

Open the Menu Detection and select Advanced Configuration to open the following configuration window:

Descriptive illustration

Description:

Depending on the selected button the following settings can be adjusted: Configuration Flow Image Position - Image size, image offset and colour filter (Bayer Init (Bayer RGB colour filter array, CFA). Colour Adjustment - Red and blue scaling factor (adjustment of the lighting conditions). Rim Outer Border - Centre and outer diameter of the bowl. Rim Inner Border - Centre and outer diameter of the wheel. Pocket Ring - Centre, the inner and outer diameter of the pocket ring. Green Field - Binarisation thresholds for the colour and size of the green pocket. Red Fields - Binarisation thresholds for the colour of the red pockets. Light Condition - Determination of the current lighting conditions in the casino (brightness, lighting spots, etc.) Ball in Pocket - Binarisation thresholds for the colour and size of the ball. Additional Settings Timing Settings - Time and speed limits during the ball detection process. Winning Number Results - Conditions to be fulfilled for the detection of a valid winning number. Ball Spinning - Thresholds for the brightness and size of the spinning ball. Minimum number of ball rotations required for the validity of the game. Light Sensitivity - Setting how sensitive the system should be for changes in lighting conditions. Network Settings - Camera Server function, Game Server IP address and Image Channel of the USB Camera Module (NetLink frame grabber)
45M002P1UK-03 08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page C24

ANNEX C

2.2.1 Configuration Flow 2.2.1.1 Rim Outer Boarder

1) Select the Rim - Outer Border button. 2) Select the Advanced button to enter the values manually by using the arrow buttons. The settings are correct when the rim is closely covered by the circle displayed. R4 - To increase or decrease the diameter of the circle displayed. X4 - To move the circle right (+) or left (-) along the horizontal axis. Y4 - To move the circle down (+) or up (-) along the vertical axis.

45M002P1UK-03

08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page C25

ANNEX C

2.2.1.2 Rim Inner Boarder

1) Select the Rim - Inner Border button. 2) Select the Advanced button to enter the values manually by using the arrow buttons. The settings are correct when the wheel is closely covered by the circle displayed with the rim completely outside. R3 - To increase or decrease the diameter of the circle displayed. X3 - To move the circle right (+) or left (-) along the horizontal axis. Y3 - To move the circle down (+) or up (-) along the vertical axis.

Page C26

08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

ANNEX C

2.2.1.3 Pocket Ring

1) Select the Pocket Ring button. 2) Select the Advanced button to enter the values manually by using the arrow buttons. The settings are correct when the pocket ring is placed between both circles displayed. R1 - To increase or decrease the diameter of the inner circle displayed. R2 - To increase or decrease the diameter of the outer circle displayed. X1 - To move both circles right (+) or left (-) along the horizontal axis. Y1 - To move both circles down (+) or up (-) along the vertical axis.

45M002P1UK-03

08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page C27

ANNEX C

2.2.1.4 Green Field

1) Select the Green Field button. 2) Select the Advanced button to enter the values manually by using the arrow buttons. The settings are correct when only the green pocket is blue highlighted and marked with a green cross for (nearly) the whole video sequence. Red - To set the maximal red intensity value. Green - To set the minimal green intensity value. Blue - To set the maximal blue intensity value. Green Field Area Min - To set the minimum size of the green pocket in pixels. Green Field Area Max - To set the maximum size of the green pocket in pixels.

NOTE
The colour settings (Red, Green, Blue) affect the blue marking of the green field while the green field area settings (Min and Max) affect the display of the green cross.

Page C28

08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

ANNEX C

2.2.1.5 Red Fields

1) Select the Red Fields button. 2) Select the Advanced button to enter the values manually by using the arrow buttons. The settings are correct when only the red pockets are blue highlighted for (nearly) the whole video sequence. Red - To set the minimal red intensity value. Green - To set the maximal green intensity value. Blue - To set the maximal blue intensity value.

45M002P1UK-03

08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page C29

ANNEX C

2.2.1.6 Ball in Pocket

1) Select the Ball in Pocket button. 2) Place the ball in a black pocket between two red pockets. 3) Select the Advanced button to enter the values manually by using the arrow buttons. The settings are correct when the ball is yellow highlighted and marked with a blue cross. Red - To set the minimal and maximal red intensity value. Green - To set the minimal and maximal green intensity value. Blue - To set the minimal and maximal blue intensity value. Ball In Area Min - To set the minimum size of the ball in pixels. Ball In Area Max - To set the maximum size of the ball in pixels.

NOTE
The colour settings (Red, Green, Blue) affect the yellow marking of the ball while the ball in area settings (Min and Max) affect the display of the blue cross.

Page C30

08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

ANNEX C

2.2.2 Additional Settings 2.2.2.1 Timing Settings

Description:

Finish Betting Minimum Time

- To set how many milliseconds the Finish Betting game phase should take as a minimum. Finish Betting Maximum Time - To set how many milliseconds the Finish Betting game phase should take as a maximum. Winning Number Detection Timeout - To set how many milliseconds the winning number detection should take as a maximum. Win Celebration Time - To set the duration of the win celebration in milliseconds (only relevant during offline mode). Critical Speed for NO MORE BETS - To set the speed of the ball in revolutions per minute (rpm) at which the No More Bets game phase will be initiated. Cancel - To close the window without saving the settings. Accept - To save the settings and to close the window.

45M002P1UK-03

08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page C31

ANNEX C

2.2.2.2 Winning Number Rules

Description:

Number of Recognitions - To set how many results have to be detected during one winning number recognition process. [%] Critical Percentage - To set how many percent of the results must be identical for the determination of a valid winning number.

Minimum Wheel Speed - To set the minimum speed of the wheel in revolutions per minute (rpm) required for the validity of the game. Cancel Accept - To close the window without saving the settings. - To save the settings.
45M002P1UK-03

Page C32

08 2006 AGI GmbH

ANNEX C

2.2.2.3 Ball Spinning

Description:

Ball Spinning Threshold - To set the threshold for the brightness of the ball. The brighter the ball, the higher this value has to be set. This value has to be decreased when the ball recognition should be improved at the rim (for initiation of the No More Bets game phase), . Ball Size Ball Out Area Min Ball Out Area Max Valid Spin Minimum Revolutions Validation Level

45M002P1UK-03

- To set the minimum size of the spinning ball in pixels. - To set the maximum size of the spinning ball in pixels.

- To set the minimum number of ball rotations required for the validity of the game. - To set the sensitivity of the system for ball recognitions within the rim zone of the Roulette wheel (0 = high, 2 = low). This parameters should be set to 2 by default! - To close the window without saving the settings. - To save the settings.

Cancel Accept

08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page C33

ANNEX C

2.2.2.4 Light Sensitivity

Description:

To define how sensitive the system should be for changes in lighting conditions: Sensitivity Level Level 1 - High - High sensitivity Level 2 - Medium - Medium sensitivity Level 3 - Low - Low sensitivity Action Halt on Light Change - Activate this check box if the system should stop after winning number detection in cases of changes in the lighting conditions regarding to the sensitivity level. Cancel Accept - To close the window without saving the settings. - To confirm the settings.

Page C34

08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

ANNEX C

2.2.2.5 Network Settings

Description:

Game Server Game Server IP Game Type Detector Mode Online Mode

- To enter the IP address of the Game Server. - To select the game installed on the Novo Unity Server.

Image Channel

- Activate this check box if the Camera Server PC is connected to the Game Server for the game phase handling and the winning number determination. Deactivate this check box to specify the Camera Server PC as an additional control tool embedded in a Roulette system using reader heads for the winning number detection. - To define the image channel of the USB Camera Module (NetLink frame grabber): Game Server 1 = Image Channel 0, Game Server 2 = Image Channel 1, Game Server 3 = Image Channel 2.

45M002P1UK-03

Cancel Accept

- To close the window without saving the settings. - To confirm the settings.

2.2.2.6 Users

Description:
User

- Use the drop-down button to select the user whose password has to be changed. - Enter the valid password for the user currently logged in. All characters entered are displayed with an asterisk *. - Enter the new password for the above selected user. All characters entered are displayed with an asterisk *.

Password for current security level

New password for selected user

08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page C35

ANNEX C

Page C36

08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03

ANNEX C

Main Window
Function:
After applying power to the Camera Server PC the main program window of the Novo CAM application will be automatically displayed. After selecting the Login command in the Security Level menu users can authenticate themselves by entering their password and subsequently will be given the respective user rights for the Novo CAM application.

Description:
System Status
45M002P1UK-03

Game Phases Ball Spinning Status

- States of the application: a) RUN indicates the game play mode. b) IDLE indicates the stand-by mode. - The activated radio button indicates the current game phase (Place Bets, Finish Betting, No More Bets and Winning Number). - The bar indicates the speed of the ball in revolutions per minute (rpm). The blue line indicates the speed value at which the No More Bets game phase is initiated.

08 2006 AGI GmbH

Page C37

ANNEX C

Description:

Winning Number Status

- The bar indicates how many percent of the required results are detected for the determination of a valid winning number. The blue line indicates the critical percentage point. This value defines how many results are required to be identical for the determination of a valid winning number. Determined Winning Number - Shows the valid winning number. Current Estimation - Shows the expected winning number during the detection process. Current Recognition - Shows the result just detected.

Page C38

08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M002P1UK-03